[R26BK01798984] 자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 5SE 제작

===== 1. 공고문 (자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 5SE 2026-7974)_제한경쟁.hwp =====

한국원자력연구원 입찰공고번호 : 2026-7974

제조 전자입찰 공고

※ 본 계약은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제5조의2에 따른 청렴계약제가 적용 되며, 입찰참가자는 ‘청렴계약 이행서약서 및 청렴계약 이행각서’에 관한 내용을 숙지하여 입찰에 참가하여야 하고 본 공고의 낙찰자는 계약체결 시 청렴계약 이행각서를 제출하여야 합니다. 동 내용을 위반한 경우 발주기관의 조치에 대하여 어떠한 이의도 제기 할 수 없습니다.

1. 입 찰 명 : 자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 5SE 1식 제작

* 사업예산 : 212,000,000원(VAT포함)

2. 계약기간 : 계약후 455일 이내

3. 입찰일시 : 마감일시까지 가격입찰(나라장터 투찰) 및 입찰서류 접수(접수방법 반드시 확인)가 모두 완료되어야 유효한 입찰로 인정함

구
분

일
시

장
소

사전규격공개 2026.10.14. ~ 2026.10.19 나라장터 가격입찰 및 기술제안서 접수

2026.10.29. ~ 2026.11.09. 11:00

나라장터 및 구매팀(가격입찰 및 기술제안서·구비서류 제출)

기술제안서 평가 ~2026.11.12. 18:00 우리 연구원 개찰 2026.11.13. 11:00

(개찰일시는 제안서 평가 진행 상황에 따라 변경될 수 있습니다.)

입찰담당관 PC

※ 무응찰, 단독응찰, 평가일정 등에 따라 개찰일시는 변경될 수 있음

4. 입찰·낙찰·계약방법 : 전자입찰, 규격·가격 동시입찰, 제한경쟁(총액계약)

5. 입찰참가 자격

가. 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령｣ 제12조 및 동법 시행규칙 제14조에 의한 자격요건을 구비한 업체

나. 입찰공고일 현재 은행 또는 법정관리, 화의개시 중에 있지 않고, 정부기관에 의한 부정당업체로 제재 중에 있지 않은 업체

다. 「중소기업제품 구매촉진 및 판로지원에 관한 법률」 제9조 및 같은 법 시행령 제10조에 의한 직접생산확인증명서[세부품명: 송풍기 4010160101]를 소지한 자

라. 「중소기업기본법｣ 제2조 제2항에 따른 중·소기업 또는 「소상공인 보호 및 지원에 관한 법률｣ 제2조에 따른 소상공인으로서 「중소기업 범위 및 확인에 관한 규정｣에 따라 발급된 중·소기업 또는 소상공인확인서를 소지한 업체

* 중소기업·소상공인확인서는 ‘중소기업제품 공공구매 종합정보망(http://www.smpp.go.kr)’에서 확인이 안 될 경우 입찰 참가자격이 없습니다.(특별법인은 특별법인임을 확인할 수 있는 서류를 제출하여야 함)

* 전자입찰서 제출 마감일 전일까지 발급된 것으로 유효기간 내에 있어야 합니다.

마. 조달청 나라장터에 입찰참가자격등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 입찰참가자격을 등록하지 않은 자는 「국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정｣에 따라 기술제안서 접수 마감일 전일18:00까지 입찰참가자격등록을 하여야 합니다.

바. 나라장터 전자입찰 이용자 등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 전자입찰 이용자등록을 하지 않은 자는 지정 공인인증기관의 인증서를 교부 받은 후 「국가종합전자조달시스템 이용약관｣에 동의한 다음 나라장터에 이용자등록을 하여야 합니다.

사. 이 입찰에 참여하고자 하는 업체는 우리 연구원 품질보증부서 승인공급자목록에 “자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Fan) 상세설계 및 제조” 분야의 T 등급으로 등록되어 있어야 합니다.

*입찰공고일 현재 위 목록에 등록되지 아니한 업체가 입찰에 참여하기 위해서는 입찰접수 마감전일 기준으로 1주일 전까지 우리 연구원 품질보증부서에 자격심사를 신청하여야 합니다.

*자격심사 신청접수 및 관련 정보 제공처는 우리 연구원 품질보증부서(051-726-7618, 042-868-8873)이며, 공급자 승인 증빙서류를 구매팀으로 제출하여야 합니다.

*해외 공장실사가 요구되거나 공급업체의 귀책 사유로 인해 입찰접수 마감 전일까지 자격심사가 완료되지 못할 수도 있으며, 이 경우 우리 연구원은 이에 대한 책임을 지지 않습니다.

6. 입찰보증금 및 귀속

가. 입찰보증금의 납부는 입찰보증금액의 납부확약 내용이 명시된 조달청 나라장터 전자입찰서의 납부이행 지급각서로 갈음합니다.

나. 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령 제37조 및 제38조의 규정에 의거 입찰보증금의 국고귀속사유가 발생한 경우에는 입찰금액의 100분의 5에 해당하는 금액을 지체없이 납부하여야 합니다.

7. 기술제안서 및 구비서류 제출 가. 접수기간 : 위의 3. 입찰일시 참고

나. 제출방법 (hard-copy와 전자파일 모두 제출을 완료하여야 함)

1) hard-copy 제출 : 한국원자력연구원 본관동 1층 구매팀(대전광역시 유성구 대덕대로 989번길 111, 042-868-8734)

※ 제출자는 자료제출 후 제출장소에 비치된 기술입찰서(기술제안서) 접수대장 작성

※ 제출을 위한 방문 전날 16시까지 원자력연 E-biz(https://ebiz.kaeri.re.kr)에서 담당자(민상기) 앞으로 사전 방문신청 필수

2) 전자파일 제출 : 국가종합전자조달시스템 나라장터(https://www.g2b.go.kr)의 해당 입찰공고 페이지

※ 입찰자는 반드시 기술입찰서의 정상송신 여부를 확인하여야 하며, 미확인으로 발생되는 모든 책임은 입찰참가자에 있음

※ 필요할 경우 기술입찰 관련 문의를 위해 담당자 정보 입력 요망(이름, 메일, 연락처 등)

다. 입찰등록 및 계약 구비서류 (직접 제출대상인 hard-copy 기준이며, 해당자료 각 1부를 나라장터를 통해서도 제출)

1) A4 규격의 기술(규격)입찰서 (제안서 및 요약서 등) 6부(원본1, 사본5) hard-copy 제출

• 기술입찰서는 분량제한없으나 요약서의 경우는 PDF 25페이지 이내

• 세부 작성요령 : 첨부의 제안요청서 파일 참조 (제출서류 확인)

2) 사업자등록증(사본), 인감증명원, 사용인감계(필요시), 법인등기부등본(법인에 한함), 거래은행통장사본 각 1부

* 우리 연구원 등록업체는 위의 서류를 “거래업체등록필증”으로 갈음할 수 있음

3) 공고 게시일 이후 나라장터에서 등록 또는 갱신하여 출력한 경쟁입찰참가자격등록증 전체페이지 1부

4) 중·소기업 또는 소상공인확인서 1부

※ 참가자격 확인을 위하여 필요시에는 관계기관이 발행한 증빙서류를 참가자에게 요구할 수 있음

5) 직접생산확인증명서 [세부품명: 송풍기 4010160101] 1부

6) 우리 연구원 품질보증부서가 발행한 공급자 승인 증빙서류(“자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Fan) 상세설계 및 제조” 분야의 T 등급)

7) (입찰안내서 등에서 별도로 요청할 경우) 기타 평가에 필요한 자료 각 1부

8. 가격입찰서 제출

가. 본 입찰은 전자입찰 입찰자 신원확인제도가 적용됨에 따라 개인인증서를 보유한 대표자 또는 사전에 등록된 입찰대리인만이 입찰서 제출이 가능합니다.

나. 전자입찰서는 지정된 기간 내에 조달청국가종합전자시스템을 통하여 송신되어야 합니다.

다. 입찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 입찰금액은 반드시 부가가치세를 포함한 가격으로 투찰해야 하며, 입찰결과 낙찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 계약금액은 낙찰금액에서 부가가치세 상당액을 차감한 금액으로 합니다.

라. 본 입찰의 예정가격 작성방식은 단일예가 방식이며, 사업예산은 다음과 같습니다.

* 사업예산 : 212,000,000원(VAT포함)

9. 낙찰자 결정방법 : 기술(규격)입찰서 적격자 중 예정가격 이하 최저투찰자

가. 기술(규격)제안서 평가 결과 적정점수 이상의 점수를 획득한 업체에 한해 적격자로 판정하며, 적격자를 대상으로 가격입찰서를 개찰하여 예정가격 이하의 최저가 입찰자를 낙찰자로 선정합니다.(동일가격으로 입찰한 최저가 입찰자가 2인 이상인 경우에는 제안서 평가 점수가 고득점인 자를 낙찰자로 결정, 제안서 평가 점수 또한 동점인 경우 추첨을 통해 결정)

나. 기술(규격)적격자가 2인 이상인 경우로서 가격개찰 결과, 예정가격 이하로 입찰한 자가 없을 때에는 당해 기술(규격)적격자를 대상으로 다시 가격입찰을 실시할 수 있습니다.

* 낙찰자는 낙찰 후 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 하며, 정당한 사유 없이 계약을 체결하지 않을 경우 부정당업자 제재 등 불이익을 받을 수 있습니다.

10. 무효입찰

가. 우리 연구원 계약업무요령 제23조의 규정(입찰참가자격이 없는 자가 행한 입찰 등), 국가계약법시행령 제39조 3항, 동법 시행규칙 제44조에 해당하는 경우에는 그 입찰을 무효로 합니다.

나. 입찰참가자격등록상의 상호 및 대표자(수인대표인 경우 대표자 전원의 성명을 모두 등재, 각자 대표도 해당)가 법인등기부등본상의 상호, 대표자와 다른 경우에는 입찰 참가자격등록증을 변경등록하고 입찰에 참여하여야 하며, 변경등록하지 않고 참여한 입찰은 무효입찰임을 알려드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.

다. 입찰참가자격의 판단기준일은 입찰참가자격등록일 마감일(기준일이 정해져 있는 경우에는 해당일)이며 마감일(일시가 정해져 있는 경우에는 해당 일시)까지 참가자격을 갖추지 않은 경우 무효입찰을 알려드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.

라. 국가계약법 시행규칙 제44조 및 제조입찰유의서 제12조에 정한 입찰무효 해당여부 확인을 위하여 등록정보 확인을 위한 서류(법인등기부등본, 입찰대리인임을 확인할 수 있는 서류, 관련되는 면허 등을 증명하는 서류 등)를 요청하는 경우, 낙찰대상자는 관계서류를 수요기관으로 제출하여야 합니다.

11. 청렴계약 이행준수

본 입찰에 참가하고자 하는 자는 청렴계약이행을 위한 조달청 청렴계약 입찰특별 유의서 및 청렴계약 특수조건을 숙지하고 입찰에 참가하여야 하며 낙찰자는 계약 시 소정의 청렴계약이행각서를 첨부하여야 합니다.

12. 기 타

가. 본 입찰과 관련한 사업내용 및 제안서 내용, 평가 등은 붙임문서를 참조하시기 바랍니다.

나. 입찰공고내용이 붙임문서와 상이한 경우에는 본 공고서 내용이 우선하며, 공고서에 없는 사항은 붙임문서에 의합니다.

다. 입찰자는 입찰공고, 법령 및 계약예규, 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서, 국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정, 입찰유의서, 계약조건 등 본 입찰에 관련한 제반사항을 완전히 숙지하고 입찰에 응하여야 하며, 이를 숙지하지 못한 책임은 입찰자에게 있습니다.

* 법령 및 계약예규 : 국가법령정보센터(http://www.law.go.kr)

* 조달청 고시 등 : 조달청 홈페이지(http://pps.go.kr) → 정보제공 → 업무별 자료

라. 전자입찰 참가희망업체의 전산장비 등의 사유로 인하여 전자입찰등록 및 투찰이 곤란한 경우에는 나라장터 Call Center(1588-0800)에 문의하여 주시기 바라며, 위와 같은 문제로 발생되는 모든 책임은 입찰참가자에게 있습니다.

마. 법령(국세징수법 등)에 따라 4대 사회보험료, 국세 및 지방세 미납 낙찰업체에게는 (세액 납부 완료 시까지)일체의 대금 지급이 불가하오니, 입찰 시 참고하시기 바랍니다.(대금지급 전 4대 보험료 및 국세/지방세 납부 완납 증명서 제출하여야 함)

바. 낙찰자는 낙찰통지를 받은 후 3일 이내에 물품 제조원가계산서(산출내역서)를 제출하여야 하며, 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 합니다. 낙찰자가 계약을 체결하지 않을 때에는 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 제9조 제3항 및 동법 시행령 제38조의 규정에 의하여 입찰보증금이 국고로 귀속됩니다.

사. 직접생산을 요구하는 계약에서 계약상대자가 직접생산 확인기준을 위반한 사실이 확인된 경우 계약해지, 계약보증금 국고 귀속, 입찰참가자격제한 등의 조치가 가해질 수 있습니다. 다만, 해당 계약물품을 직접생산 확인기준을 위반하여 제조･납품한 사실이 없는 경우에는 입찰참가자격제한 조치는 제외할 수 있습니다.

아. 이 입찰 공고 건은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령」 제73조와 「(계약예규) 정부 입찰․계약집행기준」 제19장에 따라 기성대가 및 준공대가 지급 시 국민건강보험료 등을 사후 정산하게 됩니다. 입찰참가자는 입찰금액 산정 시 예정가격에 반영된 아래의 국민건강보험료 등의 금액(부가가치세 제외)을 조정 없이 반영하여야 합니다.

자. 계약자는 계약체결 이후 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한 법률 」 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·보건에 관한 의무를 준수하여야 하며, 입찰자는 현장여건, 과업내용 등을 미리 확인하여 이와 관련된 제반비용을 입찰가격에 반영하여야 합니다. 수요기관은 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한 법률 시행령」 제4조 제9호에 따라 계약자가 동 법 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·보건에 관한 의무를 준수하는지 평가·점검할 수 있으며, 계약자는 수요기관이 평가·점검을 실시하는 경우 이에 협조하여야 합니다.

차. 아래 관련규정은 입찰 공고일 기준 현행 규정을 적용합니다.

• (조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서

• (조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정

- (계약예규) 물품구매(제조) 입찰유의서 - (계약예규) 정부 입찰·계약 집행기준 - (계약예규) 물품구매(제조)계약 일반조건

• (조달청 지침) 물품구매(제조)계약 특수조건

• (조달청 지침) 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건

• (조달청 지침) 물품구매계약 품질관리 특수조건

• (조달청 고시) 조달 물자의 하자처리 등 사후관리에 관한 규정

카. 본 입찰과 관련한 기술적인 사항, 평가 및 낙찰 이후의 제작 협의는 발주부서 담당자(T. 010-5228-7464,
[email protected])로, 기타 계약관련 사항은 구매팀(T.042-868-8734, [email protected])으로 문의하여 주시기 바랍니다.

위와 같이 공고함 2026. 10. 한 국 원 자 력 연 구 원 장

===== 1. 공고문 (자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 5SE 2026-7974)_제한경쟁.pdf =====
한국원자력연구원 입찰공고번호 : 2026-7974
제조 전자입찰 공고
※ 본 계약은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제5조의2에 따른 청렴계약제가 적용
되며, 입찰참가자는 ‘청렴계약 이행서약서 및 청렴계약 이행각서’에 관한 내용을 숙지하여 입찰에 참
가하여야 하고 본 공고의 낙찰자는 계약체결 시 청렴계약 이행각서를 제출하여야 합니다. 동 내용을
위반한 경우 발주기관의 조치에 대하여 어떠한 이의도 제기 할 수 없습니다.
1. 입 찰 명 : 자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 5SE 1식 제작
* 사업예산 : 212,000,000원(VAT포함)
2. 계약기간 : 계약후 455일 이내
3. 입찰일시 : 마감일시까지 가격입찰(나라장터 투찰) 및 입찰서류 접수(접수방법 반드시 확인)가
모두 완료되어야 유효한 입찰로 인정함
구 분 일 시 장 소
사전규격공개 2026.10.14. ~ 2026.10.19 나라장터
나라장터 및
가격입찰 및
2026.10.29. ~ 2026.11.09. 11:00 구매팀(가격입찰 및
기술제안서 접수
기술제안서·구비서류 제출)
기술제안서 평가 ~2026.11.12. 18:00 우리 연구원
개찰 2026.11.13. 11:00 입찰담당관 PC
(개찰일시는 제안서 평가 진행 상황에 따라 변경될 수 있습니다.)
※ 무응찰, 단독응찰, 평가일정 등에 따라 개찰일시는 변경될 수 있음
4. 입찰·낙찰·계약방법 : 전자입찰, 규격·가격 동시입찰, 제한경쟁(총액계약)
5. 입찰참가 자격
가. 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령｣ 제12조 및 동법 시행규칙 제14조에 의한 자격
요건을 구비한 업체
나. 입찰공고일 현재 은행 또는 법정관리, 화의개시 중에 있지 않고, 정부기관에 의한 부정당업체로
제재 중에 있지 않은 업체
다. 「중소기업제품 구매촉진 및 판로지원에 관한 법률」 제9조 및 같은 법 시행령 제10조에 의한 직접
생산확인증명서[세부품명: 송풍기 4010160101]를 소지한 자
라. 「중소기업기본법｣ 제2조 제2항에 따른 중·소기업 또는 「소상공인 보호 및 지원에 관한 법률｣

제2조에 따른 소상공인으로서 「중소기업 범위 및 확인에 관한 규정｣에 따라 발급된 중·소기업
또는 소상공인확인서를 소지한 업체
* 중소기업·소상공인확인서는 ‘중소기업제품 공공구매 종합정보망(http://www.smpp.go.kr)’에서
확인이 안 될 경우 입찰 참가자격이 없습니다.(특별법인은 특별법인임을 확인할 수 있는
서류를 제출하여야 함)
* 전자입찰서 제출 마감일 전일까지 발급된 것으로 유효기간 내에 있어야 합니다.
마. 조달청 나라장터에 입찰참가자격등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 입찰참가자격을 등록하지 않은
자는 「국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정｣에 따라 기술제안서 접수 마감일 전일
18:00까지 입찰참가자격등록을 하여야 합니다.
바. 나라장터 전자입찰 이용자 등록을 한 자이어야 합니다. 전자입찰 이용자등록을 하지 않은 자는
지정 공인인증기관의 인증서를 교부 받은 후 「국가종합전자조달시스템 이용약관｣에 동의한
다음 나라장터에 이용자등록을 하여야 합니다.
사. 이 입찰에 참여하고자 하는 업체는 우리 연구원 품질보증부서 승인공급자목록에 “자연증발계통
배기용송풍기(NES Fan) 상세설계 및 제조” 분야의 T 등급으로 등록되어 있어야 합니다.
*입찰공고일 현재 위 목록에 등록되지 아니한 업체가 입찰에 참여하기 위해서는 입찰접수 마감
전일 기준으로 1주일 전까지 우리 연구원 품질보증부서에 자격심사를 신청하여야 합니다.
*자격심사 신청접수 및 관련 정보 제공처는 우리 연구원 품질보증부서(051-726-7618,
042-868-8873)이며, 공급자 승인 증빙서류를 구매팀으로 제출하여야 합니다.
*해외 공장실사가 요구되거나 공급업체의 귀책 사유로 인해 입찰접수 마감 전일까지 자격심사가
완료되지 못할 수도 있으며, 이 경우 우리 연구원은 이에 대한 책임을 지지 않습니다.
6. 입찰보증금 및 귀속
가. 입찰보증금의 납부는 입찰보증금액의 납부확약 내용이 명시된 조달청 나라장터 전자입찰서의
납부이행 지급각서로 갈음합니다.
나. 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령 제37조 및 제38조의 규정에 의거 입찰보증금의
국고귀속사유가 발생한 경우에는 입찰금액의 100분의 5에 해당하는 금액을 지체없이 납부하여야 합니다.
7. 기술제안서 및 구비서류 제출
가. 접수기간 : 위의 3. 입찰일시 참고
나. 제출방법 (hard-copy와 전자파일 모두 제출을 완료하여야 함)
1) hard-copy 제출 : 한국원자력연구원 본관동 1층 구매팀(대전광역시 유성구 대덕대로 989번길 111, 042-868-8734)
※ 제출자는 자료제출 후 제출장소에 비치된 기술입찰서(기술제안서) 접수대장 작성
※ 제출을 위한 방문 전날 16시까지 원자력연 E-biz(https://ebiz.kaeri.re.kr)에서 담당자(민상기)
앞으로 사전 방문신청 필수
2) 전자파일 제출 : 국가종합전자조달시스템 나라장터(https://www.g2b.go.kr)의 해당 입찰공고 페이지
※ 입찰자는 반드시 기술입찰서의 정상송신 여부를 확인하여야 하며, 미확인으로 발생되는 모든

책임은 입찰참가자에 있음
※ 필요할 경우 기술입찰 관련 문의를 위해 담당자 정보 입력 요망(이름, 메일, 연락처 등)
다. 입찰등록 및 계약 구비서류 (직접 제출대상인 hard-copy 기준이며, 해당자료 각 1부를 나라장터를
통해서도 제출)
1) A4 규격의 기술(규격)입찰서 (제안서 및 요약서 등) 6부(원본1, 사본5) hard-copy 제출

• 기술입찰서는 분량제한없으나 요약서의 경우는 PDF 25페이지 이내
• 세부 작성요령 : 첨부의 제안요청서 파일 참조 (제출서류 확인)

2) 사업자등록증(사본), 인감증명원, 사용인감계(필요시), 법인등기부등본(법인에 한함), 거래은행
통장사본 각 1부
* 우리 연구원 등록업체는 위의 서류를 “거래업체등록필증”으로 갈음할 수 있음
3) 공고 게시일 이후 나라장터에서 등록 또는 갱신하여 출력한 경쟁입찰참가자격등록증 전체페이지 1부
4) 중·소기업 또는 소상공인확인서 1부
※ 참가자격 확인을 위하여 필요시에는 관계기관이 발행한 증빙서류를 참가자에게 요구할 수 있음
5) 직접생산확인증명서 [세부품명: 송풍기 4010160101] 1부
6) 우리 연구원 품질보증부서가 발행한 공급자 승인 증빙서류(“자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Fan)
상세설계 및 제조” 분야의 T 등급)
7) (입찰안내서 등에서 별도로 요청할 경우) 기타 평가에 필요한 자료 각 1부
8. 가격입찰서 제출
가. 본 입찰은 전자입찰 입찰자 신원확인제도가 적용됨에 따라 개인인증서를 보유한 대표자 또는
사전에 등록된 입찰대리인만이 입찰서 제출이 가능합니다.
나. 전자입찰서는 지정된 기간 내에 조달청국가종합전자시스템을 통하여 송신되어야 합니다.
다. 입찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 입찰금액은 반드시 부가가치세를 포함한 가격으로 투찰해야
하며, 입찰결과 낙찰자가 면세사업자인 경우 계약금액은 낙찰금액에서 부가가치세 상당액을
차감한 금액으로 합니다.
라. 본 입찰의 예정가격 작성방식은 단일예가 방식이며, 사업예산은 다음과 같습니다.
* 사업예산 : 212,000,000원(VAT포함)
9. 낙찰자 결정방법 : 기술(규격)입찰서 적격자 중 예정가격 이하 최저투찰자
가. 기술(규격)제안서 평가 결과 적정점수 이상의 점수를 획득한 업체에 한해 적격자로 판정하며,
적격자를 대상으로 가격입찰서를 개찰하여 예정가격 이하의 최저가 입찰자를 낙찰자로 선정
합니다.(동일가격으로 입찰한 최저가 입찰자가 2인 이상인 경우에는 제안서 평가 점수가 고득점인
자를 낙찰자로 결정, 제안서 평가 점수 또한 동점인 경우 추첨을 통해 결정)
나. 기술(규격)적격자가 2인 이상인 경우로서 가격개찰 결과, 예정가격 이하로 입찰한 자가 없을
때에는 당해 기술(규격)적격자를 대상으로 다시 가격입찰을 실시할 수 있습니다.
* 낙찰자는 낙찰 후 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 하며, 정당한 사유 없이 계약을 체결하지
않을 경우 부정당업자 제재 등 불이익을 받을 수 있습니다.

10. 무효입찰
가. 우리 연구원 계약업무요령 제23조의 규정(입찰참가자격이 없는 자가 행한 입찰 등), 국가계약법
시행령 제39조 3항, 동법 시행규칙 제44조에 해당하는 경우에는 그 입찰을 무효로 합니다.
나. 입찰참가자격등록상의 상호 및 대표자(수인대표인 경우 대표자 전원의 성명을 모두 등재,
각자 대표도 해당)가 법인등기부등본상의 상호, 대표자와 다른 경우에는 입찰 참가자격등록증을
변경등록하고 입찰에 참여하여야 하며, 변경등록하지 않고 참여한 입찰은 무효입찰임을 알려
드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.
다. 입찰참가자격의 판단기준일은 입찰참가자격등록일 마감일(기준일이 정해져 있는 경우에는
해당일)이며 마감일(일시가 정해져 있는 경우에는 해당 일시)까지 참가자격을 갖추지 않은
경우 무효입찰을 알려드리오니 주의하시기 바랍니다.
라. 국가계약법 시행규칙 제44조 및 제조입찰유의서 제12조에 정한 입찰무효 해당여부 확인을
위하여 등록정보 확인을 위한 서류(법인등기부등본, 입찰대리인임을 확인할 수 있는 서류,
관련되는 면허 등을 증명하는 서류 등)를 요청하는 경우, 낙찰대상자는 관계서류를 수요기관
으로 제출하여야 합니다.
11. 청렴계약 이행준수
본 입찰에 참가하고자 하는 자는 청렴계약이행을 위한 조달청 청렴계약 입찰특별 유의서 및
청렴계약 특수조건을 숙지하고 입찰에 참가하여야 하며 낙찰자는 계약 시 소정의 청렴계약이행
각서를 첨부하여야 합니다.
12. 기 타
가. 본 입찰과 관련한 사업내용 및 제안서 내용, 평가 등은 붙임문서를 참조하시기 바랍니다.
나. 입찰공고내용이 붙임문서와 상이한 경우에는 본 공고서 내용이 우선하며, 공고서에 없는
사항은 붙임문서에 의합니다.
다. 입찰자는 입찰공고, 법령 및 계약예규, 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서, 국가종합
전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정, 입찰유의서, 계약조건 등 본 입찰에 관련한 제반사항을
완전히 숙지하고 입찰에 응하여야 하며, 이를 숙지하지 못한 책임은 입찰자에게 있습니다.
* 법령 및 계약예규 : 국가법령정보센터(http://www.law.go.kr)
* 조달청 고시 등 : 조달청 홈페이지(http://pps.go.kr) → 정보제공 → 업무별 자료
라. 전자입찰 참가희망업체의 전산장비 등의 사유로 인하여 전자입찰등록 및 투찰이 곤란한 경우
에는 나라장터 Call Center(1588-0800)에 문의하여 주시기 바라며, 위와 같은 문제로 발생되는
모든 책임은 입찰참가자에게 있습니다.
마. 법령(국세징수법 등)에 따라 4대 사회보험료, 국세 및 지방세 미납 낙찰업체에게는 (세액 납부
완료 시까지)일체의 대금 지급이 불가하오니, 입찰 시 참고하시기 바랍니다.(대금지급 전 4대
보험료 및 국세/지방세 납부 완납 증명서 제출하여야 함)

바. 낙찰자는 낙찰통지를 받은 후 3일 이내에 물품 제조원가계산서(산출내역서)를 제출하여야
하며, 10일 이내에 계약을 체결하여야 합니다. 낙찰자가 계약을 체결하지 않을 때에는 국가를
당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 제9조 제3항 및 동법 시행령 제38조의 규정에 의하여 입찰
보증금이 국고로 귀속됩니다.
사. 직접생산을 요구하는 계약에서 계약상대자가 직접생산 확인기준을 위반한 사실이 확인된 경우
계약해지, 계약보증금 국고 귀속, 입찰참가자격제한 등의 조치가 가해질 수 있습니다. 다만,
해당 계약물품을 직접생산 확인기준을 위반하여 제조･납품한 사실이 없는 경우에는 입찰참
가자격제한 조치는 제외할 수 있습니다.
아. 이 입찰 공고 건은 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령」 제73조와 「(계약예규)
정부 입찰․계약집행기준」 제19장에 따라 기성대가 및 준공대가 지급 시 국민건강보험료 등을
사후 정산하게 됩니다. 입찰참가자는 입찰금액 산정 시 예정가격에 반영된 아래의 국민건강보험료
등의 금액(부가가치세 제외)을 조정 없이 반영하여야 합니다.
자. 계약자는 계약체결 이후 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한 법률 」 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·
보건에 관한 의무를 준수하여야 하며, 입찰자는 현장여건, 과업내용 등을 미리 확인하여 이와
관련된 제반비용을 입찰가격에 반영하여야 합니다. 수요기관은 「중대재해 처벌 등에 관한
법률 시행령」 제4조 제9호에 따라 계약자가 동 법 제4조 및 제5조에 규정된 안전·보건에
관한 의무를 준수하는지 평가·점검할 수 있으며, 계약자는 수요기관이 평가·점검을 실시하는
경우 이에 협조하여야 합니다.
차. 아래 관련규정은 입찰 공고일 기준 현행 규정을 적용합니다.

• (조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 전자입찰특별유의서
• (조달청 고시) 국가종합전자조달시스템 입찰참가자격등록규정
• (계약예규) 물품구매(제조) 입찰유의서
• (계약예규) 정부 입찰·계약 집행기준
• (계약예규) 물품구매(제조)계약 일반조건
• (조달청 지침) 물품구매(제조)계약 특수조건
• (조달청 지침) 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건
• (조달청 지침) 물품구매계약 품질관리 특수조건
• (조달청 고시) 조달 물자의 하자처리 등 사후관리에 관한 규정

카. 본 입찰과 관련한 기술적인 사항, 평가 및 낙찰 이후의 제작 협의는 발주부서 담당자(T. 010-5228-7464,
[email protected])로, 기타 계약관련 사항은 구매팀(T.042-868-8734, [email protected])으로 문
의하여 주시기 바랍니다.
위와 같이 공고함
2026. 10.
한 국 원 자 력 연 구 원 장

===== 붙임1. KJ-789-KG-427-001_R1_자연증발계통_배기용_송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan)_구매_과업지시서(260921).pdf =====
PROPRIETARY
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
수출용신형연구로 자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan)(T clas )구매과업지시서
Doc. No. : KJ-789-KG-427-001 Rev. No. : 1
Prepared by :
Reviewed by :
Reviewed by :
Reviewed by :
Reviewed by :
Approved by :
SHIN SUNG KEE 2026-09-21
Construction
Management Signature Date
최민호 2026-09-21
공사관리팀 Group
Manager Signature Date
ChansikCho 2026-09-21
시공기술팀 Group
Manager Signature Date
Nam Ji-hee (代) 2026-09-21
Quality As urance Group
Manager Signature Date
HA SUNG WOOK 2026-09-21
Construction Management
Site Manager(SM) Signature Date
Min-Hwan Kim 2026-09-21
Kijang Research Reactor Design &
Construction Agency Manager(PM) Signature Date
This document is the property of the Korea Atomic Energy Research Institute (KAERI) and is to be
used only for the purpose of the agreement with KAERI pursuant to which it is furnished.
1/2
Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

Revision History
Document Title : 수출용신형연구로 자연증발계통 배기용송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan)(T clas )구매과업지시서
Document No. : KJ-789-KG-427-001 Rev. No. : 1
Rev. Description of Revision Prepared Approved
Date Section or Page
No. (Including the Revision Reason) by by
SHIN SUNG Min-Hwan
0 2024-08-21 Ful Revision Initial is ue
KEE Kim
1.2.3.(3), 1.2.4.(1), 시운전조건부계약 명시, 과업기간 수정, 계약일반 SHIN SUNG Min-Hwan
1 2026-09-21
2.1.(4) 조건 최신본 적용 KEE Kim
Section or page
N/A
including TBD
2/2
Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 1/18
목 차
1.0 과업(구매) 일반사항 -------------------------------- 2
1.1 사업개요 ---------------------------------------- 2
1.2 과업역무 범위 ----------------------------------- 2
1.3 과업 일반사항 ----------------------------------- 4
2.0 과업 특수사항 ------------------------------------ 9
2.1 지식 재산권의 침해 ----------------------------- 9
2.2 품질보증 --------------------------------------- 10
2.3 표준 및 공정관리 ------------------------------- 12
2.4 포장, 납품 및 검사 ----------------------------- 13
2.5 대가지급 --------------------------------------- 17
2.6 하자보수보증 ----------------------------------- 17
Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 2/18
1.0 과업(구매) 일반사항
1.1 사업 개요
한국원자력연구원(이하 “발주자”)은 부산시 기장군에 수출용신형연구로 (이하
“기장로”)라고 명칭한 15MW 연구용원자로 1기를 건설 예정이다. 이 기장로는
부산광역시 기장군 장안읍 동남권 의과학산업단지 내에 있다.
1.2 과업 역무범위
1.2.1 과업명 및 공급 기기
본 과업지시서는 “수출용신형연구로 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기 (Natural
Evaporation System Exhaust Fan)”공급에 적용한다.
자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기의 공급 업무는 아래와 같은 기기 품목들을 포함하
고, 기술규격 요건과 설계도서에 따른 해석 및 설계, 자재 및 부품구매, 제작, 공
장 성능시험, 운송, 설치 지원, 성능시험, 시운전 지원업무 등을 포함하며 상세
한 사항은 설계시방서 (KJ-789-DN-416-001 Design Specification for Natural
Evaporation System) 내용을 따른다.
기기 설계 단계에서 계통 내 기기(필요시 계측기 포함)의 크기 및 수량은 발주자
의 승인 후 변동될 수 있다. 설치에 필요한 모든 부품과 설치, 운전 및 유지보수
에 필요한 모든 부품 및 전용 공구는 공급자가 준비하는 것을 원칙으로 하되, 필
요시 협의할 수 있다.
1.2.2 품목별 적용 설계, 기술규격 및 역무범위
(1) 품목별 적용 설계 및 기술규격

• KJ-789-DN-416-001 : Design Specification for Natural Evaporation System

(2) 공급 대상기기

• 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기 (Natural Evaporation System Exhaust Fan)

NO 품 명 규 격※주1) 수 량 Quality
Class
1
자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기
Exhaust Fan (NES Pkg.)
[KJ-789-AF-001~005]
Vane Axial Flow Fan
96,000m3/hr
Motor TEFC type, 1750 rpm
5 EA T
※주 1) KJ-789-DN-416-001 Design Specification 5.2 및 Annex 1. 참조

• 2 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 3/18
(3) 상세역무범위

• 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기의 기기 설계, 제작, 도장, 검사, 공장성능시험,

청결유지, 포장, 운송은 공급자 역무에 포함하는 것을 원칙으로 하나, 불필요
함이 명확하다고 판단되는 경우 발주자의 승인을 득한 후 제외 할 수 있다.

• 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기의 성능시험(System Performance Test)을 포함

한 모든 시운전시 기술지원 업무도 포함하는 것을 원칙으로 하나, 과업에
미치는 영향을 고려하여 발주자와 협의할 수 있다.

• 설계도면(Engineering drawing)에 따른 제작 도면(shop detail drawing)은

발주자의 승인을 득한 후에 제작에 착수하여야 한다.

• 적용 Codes & Standards를 변경할 시 발주자와 협의 및 승인을 득한 후

수행한다.

• 공급자는 필요시 설비의 작동성 확인을 위해 목업(mock-up) 시험을 수행

해야 하며, 모든 시험 결과는 보고서의 형태로 제출해야 한다. 이는 가급
적 요구되나 불필요 하다고 판단되는 경우 발주자의 승인을 득한 후 제외
할 수 있다.
1.2.3 공급 요건 및 특기 사항
(1) 공급자는 품목별 기술규격서에서 요구하는 재료/부품 구매, 설계, 제작,
성능시험 또는 성능검증을 만족시켜야 하고, 과업지시서 및 설계시방서,
기술규격서에서 요구하는 제출문서 들을 모두 제출하여야 한다.
(2) 관련 역무 범위는 본 과업지시서에 기술된 역무 범위와 설계시방서
(KJ-789-DN-416-001 Design Specification for Natural Evaporation
System) 내용에 따르며, 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서의 요건에 따라 공
급자의 설계 및 해석 업무, 공장성능시험 및 성능 검증 업무를 포함하는
것을 원칙으로 하나, 인허가 등에 문제가 없고 명확히 불필요하다고 판
단되는 경우 발주자의 승인을 득한 후 일부 제외 할 수 있다. 또한 현장
설치에 필요한 모든 물품은 공급자가 준비하여야 한다.
(3) 공급자는 납품시 시운전조건부계약 추가특수조건(조달청지침 제7356호,
'26.01.01.)에 따라 납품 검사 완료일로부터 시운전 종료일까지의『시운전
성능이행 보증』을 하여야 하며, 시운전을 통해 성능을 확인한 후 제2.6
항에 의한 하자보수보증을 하여야 한다.
(4) 발주자는 시운전시 성능시험을 수행하여 납품한 물품의 성능 요건을 검
사하며, 공급자는 성능 불만족 시 설계시방서 및 기술규격서의 요건 대
로 성능을 구현하기 위한 조치를 취하는 등 시운전 지원 업무를 수행하
여야 한다.
(5) 기술규격에 맞지 않는 제품은 계약 후 SDDR 등을 제출하여 변경 승인을

• 3 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 4/18
득한 후 제작하여야 한다.
1.2.4 과업기간 및 납품 특기사항
(1) 과업기간은 계약일로부터 16개월 이내로 한다.
(2) 납품은 가능한 현장설치 일정에 따라 납품이 가능하도록 제작일정을 관리
하여야 하고, 계약 후 발주자와 협의된 일정에 맞추어 제작 착수 시점과 납품
시점을 조정하여야 한다. 현장설치 일정변경으로 인해 납품시점이 지연
될 경우 공급자 책임하에 제품 품질에 문제가 발생하지 않도록 적절히 보관
되어야 한다.
(3) 납품조건: 부산광역시 기장군 장안읍 동남권 의과학산업단지 내 현장 / 납품
장소 차상도 조건.
1.3 과업 일반사항
1.3.1 수행계획서
(1) 공급자는 계약체결 후 30일 이내에 아래 내용을 포함하는 과업수행계획서를
제출하여야 한다. 발주자가 승인한 과업 수행계획서 내용 개정은 발주자의
재 승인을 받아야 한다.

• 과업수행 체계 : 조직 및 인력 투입계획
• 과업수행 계획 : 기기설계(응력해석 포함), (필요시) 제작(구매 포함), 납품

(운송 포함) 계획 등

• 품질관리 계획 : 품질보증 및 품질관리계획, 제출문서 목록 및 문서관리 계획
• 공장 성능시험, 현장설치 후 시험계획 및 절차 : 공장 성능시험 등
• 기술지원 계획 : 시운전 성능시험 등
• 기타 : 하도급을 포함하는 경우 하도급 업무 및 일정 관리 계획

※ 아래 도서는 각각의 파일로 제출되어야 한다.
a. 서류목록 (List of Documents and Drawings)
b. 서류제출 일정 (Document Submital Schedule)
c. 품질증빙서류 (Quality Verification Documents ; QVD)
(2) 과업수행계획서에는 1.2 항의 과업 역무 범위(품목, 수량, 납품일정, 특기
사항 등)에 따라 세부 일정이 아래와 같이 구분되어 작성되어야 한다.

• 4 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 5/18

• 과업 착수 ~ 제작 시행 이전

a. 해석 및 설계 (필요시)
b. 제작도면
c. 자재구매
d. 성능검증계획 (필요시)

• 제작 착수 ~ 제작 종료

a. 수행 절차 및 소요 일정
b. 기기 제작 (시험용 목업 포함) (필요시)
c. 공장성능시험 (필요시)

• 제작 종료 ~ 납품

a. 성능시험 및 성능검증 (필요시)
b. 도장 및 검사
c. 저장보관 및 유지관리, 포장, 운반, 납품
d. 설치 지원
(3) 과업수행계획서 제출 및 승인 이후 일지라도, 건설공사 일정의 단축 또는
지연으로 인하여 발주자가 기기 공급 일정(납품 일정) 조정을 요청하는
경우, 공급자는 발주자의 요청에 따른 납품 일정 변경에 최대한 협조하여야
하고 쌍방의 협의 하에 조치 되어야 한다.
1.3.2 기성관리절차서
(1) 공급자는 계약체결 후 30일 이내에 아래 내용을 포함하는 기성관리절차서를 제출
하여야 한다. 기성관리절차서는 1.3.1 항의 과업수행계획서와 연동되어야
한다. 발주자가 승인한 기성관리절차서 내용 개정은 발주자의 재 승인을 받
아야 한다.

• 기성관리 일반사항 : 목적, 기성율 산정 기준 정의, 기성 신청 기본 사항
• 기성고 신청 및 검사 절차
• 예정기성율 산정 : 월별 예정 기성을, 기성 신청 계획, 예정 누계 기성율,
• 5 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 6/18
예정기성율 기준 공정표 등
(2) 건설공사 일정의 단축 또는 지연으로 발주자가 기기 공급 일정(납품 일정)
조정을 요청하여 쌍방 협의하여 조치 된 경우, 기성관리 절차서내용 개정 후
발주자의 재 승인을 받아야 한다.
1.3.3 수행지침
(1) 문서관리 및 교신

• 공급자가 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 따라 발행하는 모든 설계도서

(기자재 설계 및 제작 관련 도서, 절차서, 성능시험 및 성능검증보고서,
품질보증 문서 등)는 추후 발주자가 제공하는 수출용신형연구로 사업
관리절차서(이하“사업관리절차서”)에 따라 생산되어야 한다. 이는 공
급자의 하도급자가 발행하는 모든 설계도서에도 공통으로 적용되어야
한다.

• 계약 쌍방의 계약서에 따른 의사전달(계약상 모든 통지, 요청, 청구, 승

인)은 사업관리절차서에 따라야 한다.

• 공급자(하도급자 포함)는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 명시된 제출문

서와 관련된 제반 기술적 자료 이외에 과업수행(공장성능시험, 기기검
증 등) 과정에서 이용 또는 취득하는 back-up data 및 기타 특기사항
자료(응용프로그램 등)를 관리하고, 발주자 요청 시에 제공할 수 있어
야 한다.

• 공급자(하도급자 포함)의 모든 문서 관리는 사업관리절차서에 따라야

하고, 공급자의 모든 설계도서 및 제출문서들은 사업관리절차서에 따라
문서 번호가 부여되어야 한다.
(2) 공급자 정보(시공 연계 사항)

• 공급자가 기기 설계 이전 제공한 기기 정보(기기 크기, 기기 기초, 기기

앵커 등)들이 공급자 기기 제작 설계, 응력해석, 성능시험 결과에 따라
수정 조치가 필요한 경우, 공급자는 해결방안을 제시하고 건설공사 일
정에 영향이 없는 조치가 가능하여야 한다.

• 공급자 공급 부품의 시공연계사항 반영 조치 결함 등으로 인하여 사후

조치가 필요한 경우, 변경내용 사후조치를 위한 추가 자재 및 보수 비
용 등은 공급자의 책임사항이 된다.
(3) 제작 설계 및 설계변경

• 공급자는 기기 설치 위치, 크기 및 계통과 연계된 부품들의 설계도서

(기기배치도, 기초도면 등)에 대한 검토 의무를 갖는다. 제작 설계는 기

• 6 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 7/18
기배치도 및 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서의 요건 등을 만족시킬 수 있
어야 하고, 공급자가 제공하는 기기 및 기기 기초의 정보에 대한 책임
을 가져야 한다.

• 공급자는 기기설계, 제작 도면, 제작 기술사양서 등을 발주자에게 제출

하여 사전 기술검토회의 과정을 거친 후 제작에 착수해야 한다.

• 공급자가 제출하는 설계 도서는 해당 기기 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서

에서 요구하는 설계, 제작, 설치, 시험 등의 요건에 부합하여야 한다.

• 발주자의 요구에 따라 상당 부분의 설계변경(계약 당시 기준으로 기기 품목

수량 증가, 자재등급 변경 또는 상당한 물량 증감)이 불가피하다고 쌍방
이 인정되는 경우를 제외하고, 제작도서 제출/승인 이후라 할지라도 공
급자 도서의 부분적인 경미한 수정 또는 변경 조치에 의한 변경 내역들은
모두 계약금액에 포함된 것으로 본다.
(4) 구매 및 하도급

• 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서의 요건이 하도급자에게도 공통으로 적용될

수 있도록 구매 시방을 작성하여야 한다.

• 계약상의 주요 업무에 대하여 공급자가 직접 수행하여야 한다. 다만 공

급 기자재 구성품목의 일부 부품 가공 및 구매, 공장성능시험 및 기기
검증, 비파괴검사 등의 특수 업무에 대해서 발주자 승인 후 하도급자에
게 위임할 수 있다.

• 하도급자에게 위임하고자 하는 업무가 발주자의 사전 승인 업무에 해당

하는지 여부가 불명확한 경우, 공급자는 발주자에게 요청하여 명확한 해
석을 받아야 한다.

• 공급자는 하도급자 선정 이전, 하도급자의 정보(부품공급이력, 재정상태)

및 하도급에 대한 공급자 평가 결과를 발주자에게 제출, 승인 후에 계
약하여야 한다. 발주자는 기자재의 성능요건을 만족시킬 수 없다고 판단
되는 하도급에 대해서는 거절할 수 있는 권한을 갖는다.

• 공급자의 역무 일부를 하도급으로 하는 경우, 본 과업의 계약에 따른

공급자의 의무는 면제되지 않는다. 또한 공급자는 하도급자의 모든 결
과물에 대한 최종책임을 갖는다.
(5) 기술지원 및 하자관리

• 공급자는 납품하는 기기의 성능요건을 만족시키기 위해 수행하는 성능시

험 동안 기술지원을 제공하여야 한다.

• 공급자 기기의 성능시험 기술지원 일정은 발주자와의 과업수행일정 조정회

의 결과에 따른다.

• 공급자는 포장, 운송 및 현장취급 과정에서 발생할 수 있는 파손 및 기능
• 7 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 8/18
손상 방지를 위한 보호 장치를 해야만 하고, 현장납품 시에 공급기기 및
부품들의 취급 절차 및 주의사항 등을 제공하여야 한다.

• 공급자의 기술지원은 공급기기의 성능시험 이외에 추가로 기기납품 및

계약종료 이후 시운전 기간 동안 발생할 수 있는 성능개선 요구사항에
대한 해결방안 조치 등의 지원업무를 포함한다.

• 발주자의 시운전 기간 동안 공급기기의 성능요건 미달인 경우로 판정되

는 경우 공급자는 하자보수 또는 성능 달성을 위한 조치에 대한 책임을
진다.
(6) 인허가 관리

• 공급자는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에서 요구하는 제출문서 이외에 발주

자의 인허가 취득과 관련하여 허가기관이 추가로 요구하는 자료 등의 제
출 요구에 적극 협조하여야 한다.

• 운영허가 획득을 위해 수행되는 발주자 수검과 관련하여 공급자는 검사

자의 업무 [1)서류검토 및 보고서 작성 업무, 2)품질/성능 확인을 위한
자료제공 및 답변, 3)성능검증 또는 성능시험 결과에 대한 자료제공 및
답변] 등을 지원할 수 있도록 협력하여야 한다.
(7) 제출문서 및 책임

• 공급자가 발행하는 문서, 결과물로 공급하는 기기 및 부품(예비품 포함)의

성능 및 하자에 대한 책임이 있다. 이는 하도급자가 제공하는 모든 제출
문서 및 부품에 대해서도 동일하게 적용한다.

• 공급자(하도급자 포함)가 제출하는 자재의 CMTR or MTR(Material Test

Report; 재료시험보고서), 해석 및 설계도서, 제작도서, 성능시험 보고서
및 기기 설치/시운전 매뉴얼 등에 대한 기술지원 책임이 있다. 발주자의
승인 문서라 할지라도 설계시방서 및 기술규격서 제반 요건을 만족하지
못하는 결과물의 수정/변경 사항에 대해서는 재 승인을 받아야 한다.

• 설계시방서 및 기술규격서에서 요구하는 제출문서 이외에 인허가, 성능

검증, 운전, 유지보수 등에 필요한 상세 기술 데이터(기술특기사항, 사
용 절차, 보수 절차, 성능시험 데이터)의 추가 제출 요청에 협력하여야
한다.

• (필요시) 구조해석 입력 파일, 3차원 설계 파일 (STEP, IGES 등), 운전제

어 로직 파일을 제출해야 한다.

• 품질증빙서류 (Quality Verification Documents) 일체
• 과업기간 중 제출되는 자료는 출력물 및 파일(전자문서) 형태로 제출하
• 8 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 9/18
며, 제출 내용중 기일 내에 미제출 또는 불성실한 내용으로 인한 납기
지체에 대한 책임은 공급자에게 있다. (발주자의 필요에 따라 전자문서
로만 제출할 수 있다.)
(8) 포장, 운송, 인수, 저장 및 취급

• 공급 기기의 포장, 운송, 인수, 저장 및 취급은 ASME NQA-1 (KEPIC

QAP-2, II.2)에 따른다

• 공급 품목의 등급(Level)은 아래 표에 따른다.

Item Level
자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기 B
2.0 과업 특수사항
2.1 지식 재산권의 침해
(1) 공급자는 계약에 의한 역무 및 공급한 결과물로 인하여 발주자가 제3자
로부터 일체의 특허권, 실용신안권, 디자인권, 프로그램, 상표권, 저작권,
지식재산권 및 기타 법령 또는 조항에 따라 보호되는 독점적 권리(이하
“지식재산권 등”)에 대한 침해를 이유로 소송 또는 손해배상청구 등을
받지 않도록 해야 한다. 발주자가 지식재산권 등의 침해와 관련한 소송이 제
기된 사실을 공급자에게 서면으로 통보하면, 공급자는 자기 부담으로 소송
을 수행해야 하며, 발주자에게 부과된 배상금·소송비용 등 그와 관련
된 손실을 전액 보상해야 한다.
(2) 공급자는 (1)항의 소송 등으로 인하여 용역 결과물을 발주자가 사용하지
못하는 경우 신속한 조치를 취하여 발주자의 사업에 영향을 미치지 않
도록 해야 한다. 또한 본 지식재산권의 침해 보증은 계약의 해지 또는
만료에 관계없이 유효한 것으로 본다.
(3) 발주자를 상대로 손해배상 청구소송이 제기되면 계약자는 피해자 측에 합
의 배상하고 발주자를 상대로 민·형사상 청구권을 포기하겠다는 합의서
를 제출해야 하며, 동 합의서 제출 시까지 과업 대가의 지급을 보류한다.
(4)『물품구매(제조)계약일반조건(재정경제부계약예규 제146호, 시행2026.04.30.)』
제29조의 2(계약목적물의 지식재산권 귀속 등)에도 불구하고 계약목적물
에 대한 지식재산권 및 계약의 이행과정에서 발생한 무형적 결과물은 발
주기관의 소유로 한다. 다만, 이의가 있을 경우 위의 『물품구매(제조)계
약 일반조건』제31조(분쟁의 해결)에 의해 해결한다.

• 9 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 10/18
2.2 품질보증
2.2.1 일반사항
(1) 본 조항은 품질등급 T 품목에 적용한다. 품질등급 S 품목은 본 조항의
적용이 요구되지 않으나, 공급자는 설계 및 제작에 요구되는 품질 수준
을 만족할 수 있도록 본 조항을 참조하여 적절한 품질 활동을 수행하여
야 한다.
(2) 공급자는 본 조항과 기장연구로 사업 품질보증구매시방서(QPS-KJ-001)에
기술된 요건에 따라 품질보증 활동을 수행하여야 한다.
2.2.2 품질보증계획
(1) 공급자는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서 등의 적용 서류와 기장연구로 사
업 품질보증구매시방서에 규정된 품질보증 기준에 따라 품질보증계획을
수립하여 이행할 책임이 있다.
(2) 공급자는 수립된 품질보증계획서를 발주자에게 제출하여 승인 받아야
한다
(3) 공급자가 업무의 일부를 다른 기관에 하도급하거나 구매하는 경우, 본
품질보증 요건이 하도급자에게 적용되도록 요구하고 관리하여야 한다.
2.2.3 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사
(1) 발주자(대리인 포함) 또는 정부 규제기관(이하 발주자)은 품질보증감사,
품질감독 또는 품질검사 등을 위해 별도의 비용 지불 없이 공급자(하도
급업체 포함)의 해당 시설을 출입하거나, 서류, 기록을 열람하거나, 검사
장비를 사용하는 등의 활동을 수행할 수 있으며, 공급자는 이에 적극
협조하여야 한다.
(2) 품질검사가 요구되는 업무를 수행하는 공급자는 해당 업무(하도급 업무
포함)에 대한 시험, 검사 및 서류검토 공정을 상세하게 기술하는 품질검
사계획(Quality Plan 또는 Inspection & Test Plan)을 작성 및 제출하여
해당 업무 착수 2주 이전까지 발주자의 승인을 받아야 한다. 또한 입회
점(Witness Point) 및 필수확인점(Hold Point)으로 선정된 공정에 대해 공
급자는 발주자와 검사일자를 협의한 후 입회검사 요청을 해야 한다.
(3) 발주자는 중대한 품질 문제에 대하여 해결될 때까지 해당 작업 중지를
요청할 권한을 가지며, 공급자는 작업을 중지하고 필요한 조치를 취한
후 그 결과를 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다. 이러한 경우 작업 중지에
따른 제반 책임은 공급자에게 있다.
(4) 발주자에 의한 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사가 품질보증계획 이
행에 대한 공급자의 책임을 면제하는 것은 아니다.
(5) 본 과업지시서의 지정된 작업에 대해 다음 품질 등급을 적용한다.

• 10 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 11/18
Item ID Quality class
자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) T
2.2.4 불일치 사항의 관리
(1) 공급자는 업무 또는 시험 및 검사과정에서 불일치사항이 발견되면 즉시
해당 작업을 중지하고 품질보증 요건에 따라 처리하여야 한다.
(2) 불일치품목을 현상태사용(Use-as-is) 또는 수리(Repair)로 처리하고자 하
는 경우에는 기술적 타당성과 처리방안을 문서화하며 발주자의 승인을
받아야 한다.
2.2.5 서류제출
(1) 공급자는 수출형신형연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, 설계시방서 또는 기술규
격서 등 계약에 적용되는 문서에서 요구되는 각종 서류를 발주자에게 제
출하여야 한다.
(2) 공급자가 제출하는 모든 서류에는 자체 품질보증계획서에 따라 작성, 검
토, 승인되어야 하며 서명자의 소속, 직책, 성명, 서명 및 일자가 포함되
어야 한다.
2.2.6 품질보증기록
(1) 공급자는 품질보증기록이 명확하게 추적 관리되도록 사전에 관리체계를
수립하여 이행하여야 한다.
(2) 공급자는 발주자에게 제출하지 않은 품질보증기록에 대하여 품질보증기록
관리 요건에 따라 보존기간을 설정하고 관리하여야 한다. 기록 보관
중 공급자의 불가피한 사정으로 자체 보관이 어려운 경우에는 공급자 비
용으로 발주자에게 해당 품질보증기록을 인계하여야 한다.
2.2.7 일반규격품 대체사용
(1) Q등급 조립품(Assembly) 제작 시 안전기능을 수행하는 부품을 일반규격
품으로 사용하고자 하는 경우, 공급자는 일반규격품 품질검증(CGID:
Commercial Grade Item Dedication)을 수행하고, 일반규격품 품질검증프
로그램(CGID Program), 일반규격품 품질검증계획(CGID Plan) 및 일반규
격품 품질검증보고서(CGID Report)를 제출하여 발주자의 승인을 받아야
한다.
(2) (1)항에도 불구하고 설계문서 또는 발주자에 의해 CGID가 요구되는 경
우, 품질등급 T 품목에 대해서도 일반규격품 대체사용 지침을 적용할
수 있다.

• 11 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 12/18
2.2.8 위·모조품 및 의혹자재(CFSI) 사용방지
(1) 공급자는 계약이행과 관련하여 발주자에게 제출하는 품목 및 관련 서류
를 위조 또는 모조하여 납품(제출)하거나 그 밖의 방법으로 허위 제출해
서는 안된다. 만약 이러한 사실이 확인된 경우 발주자는 고발, 부정당업
자(업체) 제재조치, 공급자 등록 취소 및 일정 기간 재등록 금지, 손해배
상 등의 조치를 취할 수 있다.
(2) 공급자는 위․모조품 및 의혹자재가 제작 시 사용되거나, 공급되는 것을
방지하기 위한 관리 요건 및 절차를 문서화하고 이행해야 한다.
2.2.9 원자력안전법의 준수
(1) 원자력안전법 제15조의2의 이행을 위해, 공급자는 안전관련설비의 설계,
제작, 성능검증 하도급 계약을 체결한 경우, 계약체결일로부터 7일 이내
에 계약신고를 위한 서류를 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다.
(2) 원자력안전법 제15조의3의 이행을 위해, 공급자(성능검증기관, 일반규격
품 품질검증(CGID)수행기관 포함)가 안전관련설비를 발주자에게 정상적
으로 납품 후에 불일치를 발견하여 ‘원자력안전위원회고시 부적합사항
의 보고에 관한 규정’ 제6조에 따라 평가한 결과가 ‘원자력안전법’
제11조 및 제21조의 허가기준(제30조 및 제30조2에서 준용하는 경우 포
함)을 위배를 초래할 가능성이 있을 경우, 원자력안전위원회에 부적합사
항을 보고하여야 한다. 이 경우, 공급자는 즉시 발주자에게 해당 내용을
알려야 한다.
(3) 불일치 사항을 발견한 공급자가 스스로 평가할 능력이 없다고 판단할
경우, 그렇게 판단한 시점으로부터 근무일 기준 2일 이내에 발주자에게
해당 불일치 사항에 대한 평가를 요청하여야 한다.
(4) 성능검증 대상 품목의 공급자는 원자력안전법 제15조의4에 따라 성능검
증 관리기관으로부터 인증된 성능검증기관에서 성능검증을 수행하여야
한다.
(5) 공급자의 상기 규정 위반으로 인해 발주자가 과태료/과징금 처분을 받았
을 경우, 발주자는 공급자의 책임에 상당하는 금액을 청구할 수 있다.
2.3 표준 및 공정관리
2.3.1 코드·표준
(1) 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 달리 명시되어 있지 않은 한, 해당법규 및
계약발효일 현재 관할권을 갖는 법정기관의 법령 규정, 코드와 표준상의 요
건에 적합하여야 한다. 공급자는 필요한 경우 그러한 요건 적합성에 대
한 증명서를 획득하여야 한다.
(2) 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 달리 명시되어 있지 않은 한, 공급자는 도면,

• 12 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 13/18
자료, 운전 설명서 등에 국제단위계(SI system)를 사용하여야 하며, 계측기의 눈
금과 범위 및 물품의 명판에도 미터법을 사용하여야 한다. 그러나, 필요한 때
에는 피트-파운드법을 사용할 수 있다.
(3) 공급자가 계약에 따라 제공하여야 하는 모든 설계, 엔지니어링, 인허가
및 제작은 설계 시방서 또는 기술규격서에 규정된 모든 요건을 충족하여야
한다. 또한 계약 이후 새로 공표되거나 개정된 코드 및 표준이 공급자
판단에 의거 발주자에게 유익할 경우 공급자는 이를 제안하여야 하며,
발주자 사전승인 하에 새로운 코드 및 표준을 사용할 수 있다.
(4) 공급자가 계약 이후 새로 공표되거나 개정된 코드 및 표준에 따라 공급된
제품에 대한 설계변경 또는 공급제품의 성능 향상을 위해 설계변경을 시행
하고자 하는 경우에도 발주자의 검토, 승인 없이 설계변경을 수행할 수 없다.
2.3.2 공정관리
(1) 발주자는 공급자 또는 하도급 업체의 공장, 기타 시설물에 업무의 이행을
점검할 권한을 가진다. 공급자는 별도의 비용부담 없이 공급자 및 협력
업체의 공장이나 설비, 현장, 서류 등을 자유롭게 검토, 열람, 확인할 수
있도록 협조하여야 하고, 필요한 설비(사무실, 전화 등)를 제공하여야 한
다.
(2) 계약체결 후 발주자에게 제출, 합의된 예정공정표에 따라, 공급자의 계약
이행 진도를 실제적으로 파악할 수 있도록 상세한 내용의 월별 또는 분기별
진도보고서를 제출하여야 한다. 진도보고서에는 하도급자의 작업진도가 포
함되어야 한다.
(3) 물품의 납품은 계약문서에 규정된 조건에 따라 시험 및 검사에 합격한
물품을 “기장로” 부지 지정된 장소에서 공급자로부터 발주자(설치자 입회)
가 수령한 때에 완료된다.
(4) 계약서상 설치 및 현장 성능시험 등의 조건이 공급자 공급범위에 포함되어
있는 경우에는 이를 공급자가 완전히 수행하여 발주자가 확인, 인수한 때
에 완료된다.
2.4 포장, 납품 및 검사
2.4.1 공통 일반사항
(1) 본 과업지시서는 설계시방서 또는 기술규격서를 보완하는 사항이며, 이
계약에 의거 공급되는 물품의 포장, 보존, 표시 및 납품에 적용하되, 설
계시방서 또는 기술규격서에 규정하고 있는 요건을 우선 적용한다. (단,
본 과업지시서는 하도급자에게도 동일하게 적용한다)
(2) 모든 기자재 및 포장단위는 기계적으로 조작할 수 있는 특성을 가져야

• 13 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 14/18
하며, 필요할 경우 걸쇠, U링크 등이 물품에 장착되거나 활재(skid)를
갖추어야 한다.
(3) 기자재는 가능한 한 최대단위로 조립되어 납품되어야 한다. 납품여건상
분해되어 납품될 경우에는 각 부품에 연계 표시가 있어야 하며, 성능보증에
어떠한 영향도 미치지 않아야 한다. 모든 물품 및 그 용기는 계약번호
품목번호 등이 표시되어야 하고, 식별번호가 표시된 꼬리표를 최소 두 군
데 이상 각 물품에 부착하여야 한다.
(4) 공급자는 물품의 현장저장, 보관, 사용 및 취급상의 주의사항 및 요령을
제공하여야 한다. 공급자는 공급하는 물품에 대하여 공급자의 부주의 또는
부적절한 조치로 인하여 발생된 손상 또는 망실에 대하여 책임을 져야 한다.
2.4.2 보존처리
(1) 모든 패널은 주변 온도와 습도가 높은 환경에서 배송 및 장기간 보관할
수 있도록 포장해야 하며, 배송 중 및 창고 보관 중 먼지유입, 손상이나
열화로부터 보호하는 데 필요한 모든 보호 덮개, 포장박스, 버팀대, 건조
제, 곰팡이 억제 및 보존을 위한 조치(Space heater 등)를 준비하고 제공
해야 한다.
2.4.3 포장
(1) 공급자는 산업 및 국제표준에 따라 모든 물품을 자신의 비용으로 수송과 현
장에서의 취급 및 일시적인 저장에 적합하고, 습기, 강우, 이상 저온·고
온, 먼지, 마찰 및 충격 등에 의한 손상을 방지하며, 수송 또는 저장 중
자연재해와 도난, 조작 상의 손상·파괴를 피할 수 있도록 포장하여야
한다.
(2) 예비품과 특수공구는 관련 계약번호 및 기호 등을 명기한 꼬리표를 부
착하고, 별도로 포장하며 포장의 외부에 ‘예비품’ 또는 ‘특수공구’
라고 명기하여야 한다.
(3) 스풀(Spool)이나 조립용 부품(Fittings), 볼트와 너트 등의 부속품과 분해된
부품은 관련 계약번호 및 기호 등을 명기한 꼬리표를 붙여 별도로 포장
하며, 포장 외부에 ‘부속품’과‘분해된 부품’이라고 명기하여야 한다.
(4) 공급자는 납품시 포장 내용물에 관하여 상세히 기재한 포장명세서를 제
출하여야 한다. 포장명세서에는 포장번호, 포장수, 포장품명, 수량, 순무게,
부피 등을 기명하여야 한다. 또한, 포장에는 포장명세서 1통을 첨부하여
야 한다. 다만, 드럼 등 명세서를 첨부하기 어려운 것에는 용기에 기명
하여야 한다.

• 14 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 15/18
2.4.4 표시
(1) 납품되는 물품에는 제작자명 또는 상표, 모델번호, 크기, 계약번호, 품목번호
등을 표시한 표지를 부착하여야 하며, 표지는 그 물품의 내용 년 수와
같아야 하고, 물품의 형태 또는 성질에 따라 인쇄, 금속판 접착, 꼬리표
또는 기타 방법에 의하여야 한다.
(2) 포장의 외부표지는 2인치 이상 크기의 글자로 읽을 수 있고 지워지지 않
도록 각 포장 단위의 양쪽 면이나 묶음(bundle)의 양단에 견고하게 묶인
꼬리표에 페인트나 스텐실(stencil)로 다음 기재사항(공급자 성명 및 주소
포함)을 표시하여야 한다.
(3) 납품물품의 특성에 따라
1) “취급주의”.
2) “깨지는 물건 떨어뜨리지 마시오”.
3) “바로 세우시오”,
4) “이 면을 위로”,
5) “무게중심”, “이곳을 매달 것 (화살표와 함께 표시)”
6) “갈고리 사용금지”
등과 같은 특별표시를 포장단위의 표면에 표시하여야 한다.
(4) 하자품 교체 또는 수량 부족분 보충자재일 경우에는 포장단위 표면에
"조사보고서 번호‘000'에 의거한 대체품 또는 누락품”임을 명시하여야
한다.
2.4.5 납품
(1) 공급자는 납품 시 발주자의 검수 절차에 따라 납품 검사를 수행한다.
(2) 납품한 모든 물품의 규격은 계약상 명시된 규격명세서, 규격번호 및 발
주자가 제시한 견품의 규격을 충족하여야 하며, 구매 목적에 맞는 신품이
어야 한다. 계약상 규격이 명시되어 있지 않은 경우에는, 상거래 관습과
기술적 타당성 및 구매규격 등에 부합하는 물품이어야 한다. (예비부속품
으로서 기계·기구를 완성하는데 필요한 조립비는 물품 가격에 포함되어
있는 것으로 간주한다)
(3) 발주자가 필요에 따라 분할납품을 요구하거나, 계약상 분할납품이 허용된
경우를 제외하고는 분할납품을 할 수 없다. 분할납품이 허용된 경우에도
납품 횟수는 발주자와 협의된 횟수 범위 내에 한한다. 위반시 대가 지급
을 연기할 수 있다.
(4) 공급자는 납품예정일로부터 최소한 14일 이전에 상차장소, 납품품목 명세,
총중량 및 용적, 가장 큰 화물의 중량과 치수, 송장금액, 예정납품일, 검수
입회자 인적사항, 기타 발주자가 검수에 필요한 정보를 발주자에게 이메일,
유선 및 팩스전송 등으로 통보하여야 한다.

• 15 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 16/18
(5) 공급자는 본 계약에서 정한 납품기일까지 해당물품(검사에 필요한 서류 등
포함)을 발주자가 지정한 장소에 납품하여야 하며, 납품된 물품을 검사·
수령 하기까지 발주자의 책임 없는 사유로 인하여 발생된 물품의 망실·파
손 등은 계약상대자의 부담으로 한다.
(6) 공급자는 사용 및 취급상의 주의가 필요한 경우 그 물품의 사용, 보관, 수리
등의 요령과 주의사항을 명기한 주의서를 제출하여야 한다.
(7) 공급자는 납품 시에 다음 각 호의 서류를 물품과 함께 발주자에게 제
출하여야 한다. 납품서류를 물품과 같이 포장하는 경우에는 포장 겉면에
이를 표시하여야 하며, 포장단위가 여러 개일 경우에는 일련번호 1번의
포장단위에 이를 위치하도록 한다.

• 납품서 5부, 상세 포장명세서 5부
• 기타 발주자가 요청하는 서류

2.4.6 납품검사
(1) 공급자는 계약서 또는 납품요청서상에 규정된 납품 기일까지 물품 반입을
완료한 후 또는 설치 및 현장 성능시험조건 등이 포함된 경우에는 이를
완료한 후 서면(납품서, 설치 및 현장 성능시험보고서 등)으로 검사요청
을 하여야 한다. 기납 부분에 대하여 완납 이전에 대가의 전부 또는 일
부를 지급받고자 할 때에도 또한 같다.
(2) 발주자가 서면에 의한 검사요청을 받은 때, 14일 이내에 공급자 입회 하에
이행을 확인하기 위한 검사를 하며, 천재지변 등 불가항력적인 사유로
인하여 검사를 완료하지 못한 경우에는 해당 사유가 존속되는 기간과 해당
사유가 소멸된 날로부터 3일까지 연장할 수 있다.

• 공급자가 검사를 받기 위하여 발주자가 지정하는 장소에 물품을 반입

하였을 때, 발주자에게 즉시 반입통지를 하여야 하며, 발주자는 품질,
규격, 수량, 포장, 표기 상태, 포장명세서 등에 관하여 검사 완료시점
을 납품으로 본다. (물품의 성질상 제조과정이 중요한 품질, 규격 등의
경우에는 제조과정 및 공장에서 검사를 할 수 있다.)

• 공급자의 업무가 설치 및 현장 성능시험을 포함하는 경우에는 과업지

시서 및 실계시방서, 기술규격서에 규정된 설치 및 현장 성능시험을
완료하고, 발주자의 준공검사를 완료한 시점을 납품으로 본다.

• 공급자는 현장시험 및 검사에 필요한 물품(시험품 포함)의 납품을 요

청 받은 경우 지체 없이 이를 제공하여야 하며, 물품(시험품 포함)의
제공과 검사를 하기 위한 변형, 소모, 파손 또는 변질로 생기는 손상
은 공급자의 부담으로 한다.

• 공급자는 관계법령 또는 설계시방서, 기술규격서에 의하여 시험 또는

형식승인 등을 필 하여야 하는 물품에 대하여는 물품납품 시에 시험

• 16 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 17/18
성적서 또는 형식승인서를 제출하여야 한다.

• 공급자가 수입승인·통관 등의 수입절차를 이행하는 데 필요한 경우,

발주자는 공급자의 비용부담으로 필요한 협조를 공급자에게 제공한다.
(3) 납품 검사에 있어서 공급자의 계약이행 내용의 전부 또는 일부가 계약에
위반되거나 부당함을 발견한 때에는 필요한 시정조치를 요구할 수 있다.
이 경우에는 공급자로부터 그 시정을 완료한 사실을 통지받은 날로부터
검사 기간을 재 계산한다. 시정조치로 인해 계약이행 기간이 연장된 때에
는 [기획재정부 계약예규‘제조(물품)계약일반조건’]의 지체상금 규정에 의한
지체상금을 부과한다.
(4) 공급자의 입회 거부 및 검사에 협력하지 않음으로 발생하는 지체에 대하여는
[기획재정부 계약예규‘제조(물품)계약일반조건’]의 지체상금 규정에 의
한 지체상금을 부과한다.
(5) 공급자는 검사에 이의가 있을 때 재검사를 요청할 수 있으며, 발주자는 지체
없이 재검사를 하여야 한다.
(6) 발주자는 검사를 완료한 때에 그 결과를 서면으로 공급자에게 통지하여야 한다.
2.5 대가지급
(1) 공급자는 계약상의 납품 및 검사 검수를 완료한 후 발주자에게 대가지급을
청구할 수 있으며, 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제15조(대가의
지급) 및 동법 시행령 제58조 내지 제59조에 따라 지급한다.
(2) 계약상 분납으로 되어 있거나 발주자의 필요에 의해 분납을 요청하였을
경우를 제외하고는 전량 납품 및 검사, 검수 완료 후 대가를 지급함을
원칙으로 한다. (다만, 설치 일정에 맞추어 기기 품목별 납품예정일을 과
업지시서에 명시한 경우, 분납 및 인수검사, 검수 후에 지급할 수 있음)
(3) 계약서에 분류된 품목이 분할 납품될 경우, 청구 금액은 납품 부분의 가액에
비례하여 분할되어야 하며, 해당 품목의 납품이 완료될 때까지 납품서류상에
일련번호를 기재하여야 한다.
(4) 대가지급 청구서는 계약조건 및 상거래 관례에 따라 정확히 작성되어야
한다.
2.6 하자보수보증
(1) 하자보수와 관련하여,「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」 제18조
(하자보수보증금)에 의하여 하자보수보증금을 납부하여야 한다. 그 납부금
액 및 시기, 방법, 예치기간, 그밖에 필요한 사항은 동법 시행령 제60조
내지 제63조 및 시행규칙 제70조 내지 제73조 등에 따른다.
(2) 하자보증기간이 경과되었을 지라도 하자보증기간 내에 발주자가 하자보수를
요청한 경우에는 해당 하자보수완료에 대하여 발주자가 확인한 시점에 하
자보증기간이 종료된다. 또한, 하자부분이 단위기기 내에서 매우 중요하거

• 17 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

KJ-789-KG-427-001 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 과업지시서_Rev.1 18/18
나 업무의 다른 부분에 영향을 미친 경우의 하자보증은 단위기기 전체 또
는 영향을 받은 업무까지 적용된다.
(3) 물품 및 용역의 전부나 일부분이 수리, 교체 또는 변경되었을 경우 공급자
는 해당 부분에 대하여 수리, 교체 또는 변경의 완료일로부터 규정된 하자보
증기간 동안 추가로 보증책임을 진다. 단, 총 보증기간은 규정된 보증기간
의 2배를 초과하지 않는다.

• 18 -

Printed by ANSIM System / 172.50.0.1 / 2026.09.21 17:49:26

===== 붙임3. 설계도서.zip =====

===== KJ-789-DN-416-001_IFC_2_Design Specification for Natural Evaporation System.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for Natural Evaporation System
Doc. No. KJ-789-DN-416-001 Rev. No. 2
Safety Class
Quality Class
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
NNS N/A
Q T S
N/A
Seismic Category
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
N/A
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
For Construction For Fabrication
Preliminary For Information For Approval
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Jung-il Hwang 2021-04-30
Reviewed by :
설계확인자(DN IR) Signature Date
Yun Jae Lee 2021-04-30
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DN LE) Signature Date
Sang-Hyuk Moon 2021-04-30
Reviewed by :
품질보증책임자(DQ
Signature Date
QA)
Approved by :
Jong Seo Choi 2021-04-30
기술책임자(EM) Signature Date

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for Natural Evaporation System
Doc. No. KJ-789-DN-416-001 Rev. No. 2
Safety Class
Quality Class
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
NNS N/A
Q T S
N/A
Seismic Category
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
N/A
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
For Construction For Fabrication
Preliminary For Information For Approval
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Eom Sang Hyeon 2021-04-29
Prepared by :
설계담당자(NS AE) Signature Date
Park Jae Woo 2021-04-29
Reviewed by :
설계확인자 (NS IR) Signature Date
Kim Tae Su 2021-04-29
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(NS LE) Signature Date
Kwon Soon Bum 2021-04-29
Reviewed by :
품질보증책임자(NS
Signature Date
QA)
Jang Jun Sang 2021-04-29
Approved by :
기술책임자(NS EM) Signature Date

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 1 of 54 Rev. 2
Revision History
Rev.
Date Description of Revision
No.
0 2016.11.30 For Approval
1 2020.03.20 General Revision
2 결재정보참조
Revised by KJ-L-DH/KH-20-0597, KJ-L-KH/DH-20-1773
Requirement reference description in Section 11.2 and 11.3
Revision in Annex.3

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 2 of 54 Rev. 2
CONTENTS
Para. Description Page
1.0 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3
2.0 ABBREVIATIONS, DEFINITION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENT ........................... 8
3.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND GUARANTEES ........................................................... 9
4.0 SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................. 13
5.0 DESIGN CONDITIONS ............................................................................................... 20
6.0 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 26
7.0 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ........................................ 30
8.0 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................... 32
9.0 FABRICATION ............................................................................................................ 34
10.0 SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING ............................................................. 41
11.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING ..................................................................................... 44
12.0 NAMEPLATES ............................................................................................................ 48
13.0 CLEANING, PACKAGING, SHIPPING,RECEIVING, STORAGE AND HANDLING 49
14.0 INSTALLATION, STARTUP AND COMMISSIONING ............................................... 52
15.0 OTHERS ..................................................................................................................... 53
16.0 ANNEXES ................................................................................................................... 53
17.0 APPENDICES ............................................................................................................. 53

1.0 SCOPE
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 3 of 54 Rev. 2
GENERAL
This specification covers the technical and associated requirement for design,
manufacturing and furnishing of the Natural Evaporation System for KJRR. It is not
the intent to specify all details of design requirements and construction. It shall be the
responsibility of the Supplier to supply equipment that are in accordance with high
standard of engineering and workmanship suitable for the intended services as
described herein and consistent with general accepted standards and practices
whether or not specifically stated in this specification.
The Supplier shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the
drawings and information supplied by him, whether they have been approved by the
Purchaser or not.
All work and apparatus not expressly called for herein which are required for proper
operation of the Unit, shall be performed and furnished by the Supplier at no increase
in cost to the Purchaser.
WORK INCLUDED
In addition to the Supplier’s scope of supply specified in other section of this
specification, the Supplier shall furnish the services and equipment including all
necessary features components, accessories and appurtenances for the safe,
efficient and reliable erection, operation and maintenance whether mentioned in this
specification or not.
The Supplier shall design, manufacture, furnish and deliver to jobsite and unload in
accordance with this Specification for the following Natural Evaporation System,
specified herein, complete with all specified and necessary accessories, including,
but not limited to, the following items. The goods shall be delivered to the point of
delivery designated in the Contract.
A. The list of equipment and numbered to be supplied is as follows:

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 4 of 54 Rev. 2
Equipment No. Description Quantity Location
Holdup Pump Outlet
KJ-789-FT-001 1
Filter
Natural
Evaporation
BLDG.
Remark
(supply design
specification)
Compactor &
Misc. Radwaste
equip spec.
Evaporation Media
430
(Cloth Sheet)
Natural
Evaporation
BLDG.
Compactor &
Misc. Radwaste
equip spec.
Treated Water
430
Distributor
Natural
Evaporation
BLDG.
Compactor &
Misc. Radwaste
equip spec.
KJ-789-AF-001 Exhaust Fan 5
Natural
Evaporation
BLDG.

• The equipment show in the remarks is provided in the Compactor& Misc.

Radwaste specification.
B. The Natural Evaporation System shall be completed with accessories as follows:

• Exhaust fan assemblies including motor, blade, fan housing, pressure

differential indicating switch, instrument root valve, etc

• Holdup pump outlet filter including support and anchoring materials.
• Nameplates
• Lifting lugs, assembly clips or other attachments as required facilitating

erection, assembly and maintenance.

• One (1) lot of special tools required for installation, disassembly,

maintenance, adjustment and operation.

• Recommended spare parts to be used during commissioning and erection.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 5 of 54 Rev. 2

• Recommended spare parts and consumables to be used during two (2)

years normal operation.
C. Erection Information

• Supplier shall, when requested, furnish to the Purchaser for the erection of

the equipment, a detailed scope of the work involved in the complete
erection of this equipment, including all accessories and appurtenances
furnished therewith.

• This information shall include all necessary drawings and a comprehensive

outline as to the extent of field fabrication required: and as to all temporary
false work, scaffolding, blocking, shoring, heating, disassembling,
reassembling, welding, bolting, cleaning, checking, inspection, painting,
testing, etc., required to be done by the erection bidder.

• The Supplier shall manufacture and supply the Natural Evaporation System

so that it can be installed and operated within the designated space.
Services
The Supplier shall provide the following services:

• Detail design and engineering of Natural Evaporation System
• All drawings and data in accordance with this specification
• Loading data for civil design of component
• 3D Modeling including original file (Applicable Program : DGN)
• Surface preparation and coating
• Cleaning and shop painting
• All tests and inspections of the equipment in the Supplier's shop using test

specimen prior to shipping

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 6 of 54 Rev. 2

• Packaging and tagging
• Field test and performance test
• All necessary supervision which shall provide technical advice, guidance and

assistance of the equipment in successful operation by the purchase personnel
for handling, erection, installation, test and start-up.

• If the supplier’s engineer is requested at jobsite to install and test this equipment,

purchaser shall pay for supplier’s service fees. The supplier shall suggest all
expenses, separately from the bid price, at the rate of Won(￦)per man-Day.

• Initial fill of lubricants

Electrical Equipment
A. All internal power, control and instrument cables shall be supplied by Supplier.
Also the supplier shall provide the electrical equipment, components, cables and
accessories to complete the Package as listed below ;
a. Local control panel(LCP)
b. All cables between supplier’s local control panel and skid, equipment, or
components
c. All cables between skids and within skids
d. All cables between solenoid valves/instruments/other electrical devices which
are within skid and skid mounted terminal boxes.
B. The Supplier shall provide all wiring within battery limits of exhaust fan and local
control panel.
C. The Supplier shall be responsible for equipment control logic circuits including
120V motor starters, relays and devices.
D. The Supplier shall furnish control units in local control panel including starter,

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 7 of 54 Rev. 2
control power transformer, relay and other required devices for control of low
voltage heaters rated 75 kW and larger, and 460 Volts motors rated 75hp and
larger.
E. The Supplier shall be responsible for providing all the power, control and
instrument cable, raceway design/materials such as cable tray, conduits including
supports/hangers, bolts, nuts, anchors, terminal box and equipment groundings
and installation of all the equipment supplied by Supplier.
F. Termination lugs or compression type terminals for power cable and grounding
cable and wire (for all terminals including incoming terminals from purchaser)
G. Terminal boxes and junction boxes between field instruments/devices and LCP.
H. Grounding pads with clamps or studs on the equipment.
I. Engineering, procurement, design and documentation for cable and raceway, etc.
in accordance with Purchaser’s cable and raceway numbering system, document,
drawing and others as specified in this specification.
J. Electrical heat tracing and cathodic system shall be in the Supplier’s scope of
supply, if necessary.
WORK NOT INCLUDED
The following shall not be included in the Supplier’s scope of work:

• Concrete foundation. All anchors, bracing and supports (rigid and spring type)

required for piping integral with the equipment shall be furnished by the Supplier

• All external wiring not forming an integral part of the Supplier's equipment
• Erection
• Unloading and storage at jobsite
• Main power supply and incoming cable for Supplier’s Local control panel.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 8 of 54 Rev. 2
2.0 ABBREVIATIONS, DEFINITION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENT
ABBREVIATIONS
ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials
KEPIC- Korea Electric Power Industry Code
KJRR - KIJANG Research Reactor
DEFINITIONS
A. Purchaser - KAERI
Wherever the word “Buyer” appears in the specification or reference documents,
it shall mean “Purchaser”
B. Wherever the word “Seller” appears in the specification or reference documents, it shall
mean “Supplier”
C. Shall - Compulsory requirement
D. Should - Recommendation
E. May - Permission, neither a requirement nor a recommendation.
F. Commissioning
Commissioning is defined as “All test process which KJRR component and
systems, having been constructed, are made operational and verified to be in
accordance with design assumption and to have met the performance criteria.”
It includes both field test and performance test.
G. Field test
Field test consists of installation test of component/system and pre-operational
test. Pre-operational test is conducted by the Purchaser to test the operation and
safety of the entire process of the KJRR.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 9 of 54 Rev. 2
LANGUAGE AND UNITS
All data, specification, drawings and all other writings and instructions shall be in
English. The use of other languages shall not permit unless otherwise obtained
Purchaser’s approval. The scales and ranges of instruments and the nameplates of
equipment shall be used the SI units (International System of Units). But dual units
are permissible if necessary. The foot-pound system of measurement may be used in
Supplier's calculation and will appear on all drawings and other documents. However,
start-up procedures and operating instruction manuals shall be in the SI units. In
cases where a definite transition stage is unfeasible due to interactive engineering,
dual units may be used.
GENERAL REQUIREMENT
All items shall be designed to ensure occupational radiation exposure and dose to the
public as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA). The ALARA principle shall be
applied to all items at the design and manufacturing stage, taking into account all
steps including design, fabrication, installation, testing, operation, maintenance and
decommissioning.
3.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND GUARANTEES
QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENT
The Supplier shall control the quality of KJRR Natural Evaporation System to meet
the requirements of this Specification as set forth in the “Quality Assurance
Requirements” prepared by Owner(or Purchaser).
QUALITY SURVEILLANCE
All designing, procuring, manufacturing, processing, assembling, testing, examination,
and inspection performed by the Supplier and its Sub-supplier are subject to review
by the Purchaser or the Purchaser's authorized agents. This review shall in no way

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 10 of 54 Rev. 2
relieve the Supplier of any contractual responsibilities.
Note: The term "review", here, may include surveillance, inspection, and/or audit.
Surveillance and documentation shall be in accordance with the “General
Requirements for Documents Submittal” and “Quality Assurance Requirements”
prepared by Owner(or Purchaser).
GUARANTEES
Guarantee of Availability and Compliance
The performance of the entire system and all component parts are guaranteed by the
Supplier to be in full compliance with both this specification and his own published
technical data.
All system component parts that are required to replacement and maintenance shall
identify stock level and recommended frequency of replacement and maintenance
period to bring the system life span to 50 years.
The Supplier guarantees that the equipment shall be brand new incorporating the
latest design features and that no second hand or repaired parts shall be delivered.
Certificates shall be provided for the materials supplies showing the specified and
attained values in the various tests to be carried out according to the contract.
The Supplier is obliged to repair and/or replace the equipment or any part thereof
which may show any defects during the guarantee period.
Guarantees of Functioning
The design, workmanship and materials of the system are guaranteed to be free of
defect and suitable for the service conditions contained in this specification.
QUALITY STANDARDS
All works must be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the codes,
addenda to the codes, standards and regulations applicable as of the date 31 March

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 11 of 54 Rev. 2
2012.
The Supplier shall be free to apply later and new issues of codes and standards
which in the Supplier’s judgments are consistent with good design practice and result
in a less costly plant, provided prior concurrence is obtained from the Purchaser.
Codes and Standards
The Supplier shall control the quality of goods and services to meet the requirements
of this specification, and the following codes and standards including all addenda.
A. Korea Atomic Energy Safety Act, 2013
B. Enforcement Decree of the Atomic Energy Safety Act, 2013
C. Enforcement Regulation of the Atomic Energy Safety Act, 2013
D. Notice of the NSSC no. 2013-49, Standards for Radiation Protection, etc., 2012
E. REG. GUIDE (RG)
a. REG. GUIDE 5.71, Cyber Security Programs for Nuclear Facilities, 2010.
F. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
a. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section II, Material Specifications, 2004
b. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V, Nondestructive Examination,
2004
c. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII, Rules for Construction of
Pressure Vessels, 2001 Edition to 2003 Addenda.
d. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX, Welding and Brazing
Qualifications, 2004
e. NQA-1, Part II, Quality Assurance Requirements, 1994 edition to 1995
Addenda.
f. B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged fittings, 2002
g. B31.1 Power Piping, 2004

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 12 of 54 Rev. 2
G. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
a. ANSI/ANS-15.11, “Radiation Protection at Research Reactor Facilities”, 2009.
H. Korea Electric Power Industry Code (KEPIC)
a. MD, Materials, 2005 Edition to 2006 2nd Addenda
b. ME, Nondestructive Examination, 2005 Edition to 2006 2nd Addenda
c. MGB, Pressure Vessels, 2005 Edition to 2006 2nd Addenda
d. MQ, Welding, 2005 Edition to 2006 2nd Addenda
e. QAP, Nuclear Quality Assurance, 2005
f. MGE, Power Piping, 2005 Edition to 2006 2nd Addenda
I. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA)
a. IAEA Safety Guide No. NS-G-4.6-2008, “Radiation Protection and
Radioactive Waste Management in the Design and Operation of Research
Reactors
J. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
K. National Electric Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA)
L. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc
(ASHRAE)
M. Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.(AMCA)
N. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA)
O. Korean Standards (KS)
P. American Welding Society (AWS)
The other standards such as British Standards (BS), Deutsche Industrie Normen
(DIN), Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS), and etc. or manufacturer's standards can
be used after the Purchaser's approval.
Quality Requirements

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 13 of 54 Rev. 2
The Natural Evaporation System is classified as quality class “T”.
Conflict
Should conflict exist among codes, standards, the specification including Annexes
and Appendices, the Supplier shall notify the Purchaser for clarification prior to
proceed with the work.
All clarification from this specification shall be documented on a SDDR (Supplier
Deviation Disposition Request) as shown in "Quality Assurance Requirements”
prepared by Owner(or Purchaser).
4.0 SUBMITTALS
GENERAL
The requirements for submittal of engineering and verification documents are
summarized in Annex 2 & 3 and are augmented by detailed requirements in the
“General Requirements for Documents Submittal” prepared by Owner(or Purchaser).
The Supplier shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the
drawings and information supplied by himself, whether they have been approved by
the Purchaser or not.
The Supplier shall submit the Supplier's work schedule to the Purchaser. It shall
include detailed activities (i.e. engineering, procurement, fabrication, inspection,
testing, delivery, installation, start-up and commissioning). This schedule shall show
the original duration of activity and the relationship between each activity. The
Supplier shall submit the monthly work progress report to the Purchaser.
ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS
Required at Time of Tender
The Supplier's proposal documents shall include the drawings and the data in
accordance with Annex 2.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 14 of 54 Rev. 2
Required after Award of Contract
After notification of award, the Supplier shall provide a list of drawings and documents
to be submitted in accordance with Annex 2. The list shall be cross referenced with
those documents itemized in Annex 2.
The Supplier shall submit the certified drawings and data to the Purchaser for
approval. They shall include the following information:
A. Outline/Interface Drawing
The purpose of outline/interface drawing is to illustrate equipment layout and
specify supply boundaries and functional data required to solve interface
problems.
This drawing shall give overall dimensions and the external geometric shape of
the equipment; it indicates the dimensions of the space allowed for the
disassembly of removable components.
It likewise specifies the supply boundary, giving:
a. Geometric details, such as:

• Location and geometric configuration of connections to fluid

systems(flanges, chambers, nozzles, etc) or to other components

• Description and location of support structures
• Handling points and location of gravity center

b. Operational details, such as:

• Dead and live loads under various conditions and the point at which they

are communicated to the connection

• Maximum allowable stresses and loadings on connections to other

components

• Other operational characteristics at the interfaces

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 15 of 54 Rev. 2

• The drawing likewise specifies the location of nameplate and markings

c. Checked the following:

• General arrangement and dimensions including removal clearance of the

equipment

• All interface such as the allowable forces and moments that can be

applied to the nozzles at the interface with the Purchaser's piping

• Operating weight, dry weight and maximum weight
• Hydrostatic test condition
• Foundation interface: Anchor bolt size and material, bolt hole size and

location, baseplate size, loading data and foundation information
B. Assembly Drawing
Assembly drawings shall be showing cross section of Natural Evaporation
System taken along the centerline. Detailed specifications shall cover
construction and materials used for components of all equipment. Materials
shall be fully identified by the appropriate ASTM and KS materials, specification
number and grade or class in each case. The assembly drawings shall include
a welding map which includes, as a minimum outline sketch depicting material
specification, welding joint details and symbols and WPS number for each joint.
C. Electrical and control drawings
The Supplier shall submit detailed electrical schematics, component wiring
diagrams, connection diagrams, single line diagrams, loop schematic diagrams,
control logic diagrams of all electrical equipment and description of operation.
Diagrams shall show all components and shall identify whether they are
mounted on the equipment, in the piping, or on the panel or cabinet and/or to be
furnished and/or field installed by the Purchaser.
Wiring diagrams shall be in accordance with Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-003,

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 16 of 54 Rev. 2
KJ-070-DT-410-006 and KJ-070-DT-410-007 and shall include the "as built"
arrangement of terminal blocks. Unless otherwise specified, the logic diagrams
shall be a primary source document for all controls, interlocks and alarms.
The Supplier shall submit control panel general arrangement drawings showing
all principal dimensions. Drawings shall include elevations and sections with
dimensions to illustrate general construction, arrangement of all controls, relays
and miscellaneous devices panel mounted.
D. Documents and information for construction
These shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

• Structure calculation
• Construction specification.
• Concrete outline drawing
• Re-bar detail schedule
• List of Loose parts
• Bill of material
• Equipment Installation drawing

E. Documents and information for civil design
These shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

• General arrangement for equipment including location and elevation
• Equipment design report
• Loading data
• Layout drawing for concrete structure
• Information of opening and penetration

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 17 of 54 Rev. 2

• Embedded detail

F. Performance curve and fan curve

• Certified performance curves showing speed-torque, thermal limit, load

characteristic and time-current curves for the driven equipment

• Fan performance curve plotting flow, total pressure and horsepower
• Other curves as required to optimize operation
• Fan motor performance data

G. Procedures

• The Supplier shall submit general welding and repair procedure including

Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification
Record (PQR) for Purchaser's review.

• Postweld heat treatment procedures
• The Supplier shall furnish the nondestructive examination procedures for

using radiographic, ultrasonic, magnetic particle or liquid penetrant
examinations meeting the requirements of AWS D1.1 and ASTM
specification, as applicable.

• Visual examination procedure of the welds shall be submitted for the

Purchaser's acceptance prior to their implementation. Visual examination
acceptance criteria for the structural steel welds shall be in accordance with
the requirements of the NCIG-01.

• Motor test procedure and test report
• The Supplier shall provide procedures for surface preparation and coating in

accordance with Appendix KJ-070-DT-410-004.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 18 of 54 Rev. 2

• The Supplier shall furnish packing, storage, handling and shipping

procedures

• The Supplier shall provide manufacturing procedures including cutting,

drilling, bending, bolting and other necessary activities.

• Shop test procedure
• Field performance test procedures recommended by the Supplier.
• Startup test procedure recommended by the Supplier.

H. 3D Modeling File

• 3D Modeling (Supplier shall furnish the electronic file as PDS format. (DRV,

DGN or DRI)) and 3D Model shall be created with Microstation J. Also the
supplier shall submit latest eletronic files with deliverables for approval.
QUALITY VERIFICATION DOCUMENTS
A. The Supplier shall submit the certified reports for all tests performed in
accordance with this specification, and the documents stated in Annex 3 shall
be approved by the Purchaser.
B. All significant supplier deviation from this specification shall be documented on a
SDDR (Supplier Deviation Disposition Request) as shown in "Quality Assurance
Requirements” prepared by Owner(or Purchaser).
INSTRUCTION MANUALS
4.4.1 General
The Supplier shall furnish eight (8) bound sets to the Purchaser of instruction
manual for all equipment furnished by the Supplier. Such instruction books shall
include, but are not limited to, manufacturers' instruction books and leaflets, and
other instruction literature containing the following information:

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 19 of 54 Rev. 2
A. Handling and Storage Instructions
B. Installation instructions, including disassembly and assembly procedures
C. Final general arrangement, assembly and erection drawings
D. Complete start-up, operation, troubleshooting and maintenance instructions
E. Guaranteed performance data
F. Complete material/parts lists
G. Material data sheets including performance data & instrument data.
H. Electric wiring & Schematic Diagrams.
I. Instrument Index
J. Lubricant list with chemical characteristic composition requirement and
comparison table for user's local products substitution
K. Site storage requirements for equipment and appurtenances
4.4.2 Parts List:
A. The instruction manual shall include complete parts listing for the equipment.
This parts list, using Microsoft Excel only, shall be inclusive for and applicable to
all equipment, components, auxiliaries, accessories, and materials being
furnished under the contract. Each part shall be completely identified by part
number, part description, material, part classification, and drawing references.
The following information shall be provided for each part:

• Indicate if a spare part should be maintained in stock by the Purchaser

and/or recommended frequency of replacement.

• Fabrication and material requirements including ASME/ASTM or other

specification numbers

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 20 of 54 Rev. 2

• Manufacturer's detail and dimensional drawing number(s), fabrication

procedure number(s), and quality control procedure number(s)

• Identify expiration dates for the supplied parts/spare parts with limited shelf-

life.
B. The installation instructions, disassembly and assembly procedure(s), assembly
drawing(s), erection drawing(s), and material / parts list(s) shall be completely
and consistently cross referenced by drawing number, part number, piece mark
number, etc.
C. Each instruction book shall have an index listing of all leaflets, etc., in the same
order as they appear in the book. Individual submittal of various manufacturers'
instruction books, etc., will not be acceptable. The index shall also identify the
specific equipment, including all furnished options and accessories that the
instruction literature is to cover.
4.4.3 Erection Information
A. The Supplier shall furnish to the Purchaser for the erection of the equipment, a
detailed scope of the work involved in the complete erection of this equipment,
including all accessories and appurtenances furnished there with.
B. This information shall include all necessary drawings and a comprehensive
outline as to the extent of field fabrication required; and as to all temporary false
work, scaffolding, blocking, shoring, heating, disassembling, reassembling,
welding, bolting, cleaning, checking, inspection, painting, testing, etc required to
be done by the Construction Contractor.
5.0 DESIGN CONDITIONS
GENERAL
Natural evaporation system is applied to KJRR as the final stage of liquid radwaste
based on Zero Release Concept. This system is arranged in NEB (Natural

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 21 of 54 Rev. 2
Evaporation Building) separate with RWTF building.
Natural Evaporation System is the facility which evaporates the VLL wastes by using
the solar energy.
The natural evaporation building consists of the basement floor and fourth floor above
ground structure. There is a treated water sump with sump pumps in the basement
floor. Drying bed, treated water holdup basin and pumps are on the ground floor.
Main control room, laboratory and evaporation unit area are located on the 2nd floor.
The front of the evaporation unit area is made of glass in order to get solar energy as
much as possible. There are evaporation unit area, electrical panel room and treated
water supply tank on the 3rd floor and a mono-rail hoist and exhaust fans are on the
4th floor.
Two 100% capacity of RW monitoring pumps will transfer the treated water in the
monitoring tank one time per every 90day (dependent on the operation condition) to
the natural evaporation system.
Natural evaporation system shall be capable of processing a minimum 0.7m3/hr
normally. The substructure of this system will be comprised of sump sized as 180 m3,
which is equally divided into three sectors; this sump will be lined with austenitic
stainless steel and includes the small pit for gathering liquid with a little the sediment
due to long term operation at the bottom. Pumps are arranged to transfer the liquid
with sediment to RW VLL holdup tank in the RWTF building.
The particles above 50μm size shall be removed from the system flow through the
filter. The filter shall be designed to operate satisfactorily without noise, hammering,
vibration, or other evidence of unsatisfactory performance under the specified
conditions. Overpressure protection device for the filters is provided by the piping
system in which the filters are installed.
The holdup pump outlet filter shall be designed to ensure occupational radiation
exposure and dose to general public as low as is reasonably achievable (ALARA).

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 22 of 54 Rev. 2
Evaporation unit consists of distribution headers, lots of distributors and cloth sheets.
Distributed water in the distributors permeates evaporation media (cloth sheet) to
vaporize by solar energy.
The function of the exhaust fan is to suck the outside air to evaporate the treated
water on the surface of cloth sheets and to discharge humid air to the outside of
building.
The minimum design useful life of the supplied equipment shall be 50 years.
OPERATING AND DESIGN CONDITIONS
All design capacities are effective capacity or minimum performance criteria. The
supplier shall submit the calculation basis and evaluation result data in document.
When the Supplier suggests or applies something that is different from the design
conditions described in this specification, the Supplier shall consult with the
Purchaser or obtain approval through SDDR and so on; Implementation of the
results shall be performed at the Supplier's expense.
Natural Evaporation System Condition
A. Normal Input Conditions (Bq/m3)
a. H-3........................................................................... 4E+07
a. Co-60 …………………….……………..………..…… 2E+05
b. Cs-137 ……………………….……….……………… 5E+04
c. I-131 ………………….………….…….……...……… 3E+04
d. U-238 …………………………..…….………...….…. 2E+04
B. Effluent Air Activity (Bq/m3)
a. H-3........................................................................... 3E+03

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 23 of 54 Rev. 2
b. Co-60 …………………….……….…….………..…… 7E+00
c. Cs-137 ……………………….……….……………… 1E+01
d. I-131 ………………….………….…….……...……… 9E+00
e. U-238 …………………………..…….………...….…. 1E-01
Environmental Condition
A. Outdoors temperature (℃) ................................................ -5 to 50
B. Outdoor Maximum Relative Humidity (%) .......................... 95
C. Pressure ………………………………….……………………. Atmospheric
Equipment Design Parameter
A. Holdup Pump Outlet Filter
a. Quantity ………………………….…………………… 1
b. Type ………………………………………………..…. Cartridge
c. Design flow (m3/hr) ……………………..…………… 18
d. Design pressure (kg/cm2) ………………….…..…… 6.12
e. Design temperature (℃)……………………….….…. 40
f. Filtration rate (μm).…………………….……………... 50
g. Nozzle (Inlet/outlet) size (in) ………………………... 3
h. Material ………………………….……………….….. . Stainless Steel Housing
B. Treated Water Distributor
a. Number of Units ……………………………….……… 430

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 24 of 54 Rev. 2
b. Pipe diameter (mm) …………………….…….……… 15
c. Nozzle size (mm) ……………………….……...……. 2
d. Pipe length (m) …………………………………….… 1.6
e. Pipe material………………………..………………….. Stainless Steel
C. Evaporation Media (Cloth Sheet)
a. Quantity (Module)…………….……………………..… 430
b. Dimension (WXH, m) ………….…………………… 1 X 5
c. Surface area of evaporation (m2)…….…………..…. 10 (each)
d. Material ………………………..……………………..… Tetron Cotton Fabric
D. Exhaust Fan
a. Quantity ………………..…………….….…….…..….. 5
b. Type ……………………….………….…………..….… Vane Axial
c. Flow rate (m3/hr)….….….…………..…….……..… 96,000
d. Static pressure (mmAq)..………..…………….….….. 30
e. Motor…………..……….……….………….………...… TEFC type, 1750 rpm
EXPECTED NOZZLE LOADS
The equipment shall be designed to be stronger than the connecting pipe. That is, the
equipment shall be designed to withstand moments applied at each equipment end
and aligned about the axis most detrimental to the equipment that would cause stress
levels in the attached piping to be at the code allowable maximum. Passive
components shall maintain pressure integrity and active components shall maintain
both pressure integrity and operability under these loads. If the equipment cannot be

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 25 of 54 Rev. 2
designed to be stronger than the pipe, the Supplier shall provide equipment end force
and moment allowables for acceptance and specify them on the equipment drawing.
Expected Nozzle Loads (only for floor or wall mounted equipment):
A. The maximum allowable resultant force (Fr) and moment (Mr), that should be
considered to be imposed simultaneously on the equipment nozzles, including
any small bore piping nozzles, and at any other interface locations, are specified
in the Annex 5.
Where, Fr and Mr are defined as follows:
Fr² = Fx² + Fy² + Fz²
Mr² = Mx² + My² + Mz²
The Supplier shall not assume any other relationship between the parameters Fx,
Fy, Fz, Fr, Mx, My, Mz and Mr.
The x direction is along the axis of the pipe, and y and z are mutually
perpendicular and perpendicular to x.
B. If the equipment is not capable of withstanding the Purchaser specified allowable
nozzle loads given in Annex 5, the Supplier shall specify the maximum nozzle
load (Fr and Mr) capability in the proposal.
C. If the nozzle allowables proposed by Supplier are lower than the values in Annex
5, the Purchaser may request, at no extra cost, the allowable nozzle load
capability in the form of an interaction equation that contains the actual and
allowable values of the force and moment components Fx (axial force), Fy, Fz, Fr,
Mx (torsional moment), My, Mz, Mr, shear force, and/or bending moment as
applicable.
D. The interaction equation for pumps, if any, shall include the relationship between
forces and moments at suction and discharge nozzle loads.
E. All equipment nozzles (including small bore) and any other interface locations for
which the allowable loads (Fr and Mr) have not been specified, shall be designed
to be stronger than the connecting pipe. The Purchaser will design the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 26 of 54 Rev. 2
connecting pipe to meet the stress analysis requirements of ASME B31.1 or
ASME B&PV Code Section III as applicable. The Purchaser has no other
limitations on the forces and moments acting on the subject nozzles.
F. The Supplier shall not lower the nozzle allowables after award without a revision
to the Specification.
Spatial Requirement
The Supplier shall confirm the installation & entry space and interference & interface
with their dimension of the planned installation area including the foundation,
penetration and connecting line(piping & cable), etc.; these results of confirm shall be
reflected into the design and fabrication of supplier work for bidding and after contract
stage.
6.0 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL
Electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-003, KJ-
070-DT-410-006, and ‘KJ-070-DT-410-007 as well as all other applicable codes and
standards listed in Section 3.4.1.
Whenever two or more pieces of electrical equipment are mounted on one (1) skid, all
electrical equipment except power and motor leads shall be wired to one (1) common
equipment termination box mounted on the equipment. All such wiring shall be in rigid
steel conduit. Supplier shall furnish complete interconnection diagrams in order to
define the scope of work, the cables furnished by Purchaser shall be indicated with
the dotted line and the cables furnished by Supplier shall be indicated with the solid
line or by means of NOTE on the drawings. Power and motor leads shall be
terminated in a separate equipment termination box, motor conduit box, or enclosure.
All terminals and wires shall bear designations which correspond to the designations
shown on Supplier's interconnecting diagrams. The interconnecting diagrams shall

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 27 of 54 Rev. 2
include the actual "as-built" arrangements of these terminal blocks.
All control equipment located remote local control panel shall be enclosed in NEMA
Type 3 enclosures equipped with threaded conduit fittings. Enclosures shall have
liberal space for incoming conduit and wiring connections suitable for 2.0mm2 wire
insulated with a highly flame retardant insulation. All wiring shall be capable of
passing the test indicated in NEMA WC70, as well as the flame test of IEEE 383.
Motor starters and contactors furnished by Supplier shall be equipped with necessary
auxiliary contacts. Starters shall individual 120 Volt control transformers. The 75HP or
larger motors having frequent operation mode shall be equipped with control unit
including starter, control transformer, relay and other required devices, for control of
the motor.
All internal/external wire and cable provided by Supplier shall meet the requirements
of Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-003, KJ-070-DT-410-006 and KJ-070-DT-410-007
Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements.
Terminal block shall have 20% spare terminal point at least.
INTERFACE
Purchaser will furnish 480 ± 10% Volt AC, three-phase, 60±3 Hz power for all 460
Volt motors, tank heaters or other equipment requiring 480 Volts.
Panels shall be equipped with 120 Volt control transformers provided by the Supplier.
Purchaser will furnish an independent 120 Volt AC, 60Hz single phase power supply
to the control panel for service to instrument chart drivers, recorders and other such
devices. This power source will be unregulated and may vary between 108 and 132
Volts. Supplier shall furnish any voltage regulating equipment required. Supplier shall
provide alarm relays and contacts for Purchaser's use on loss of any power supply
conversion unit or voltage regulating equipment. Panels having loads for more than
2KVA shall be equipped with step down transformer (480-120V) provided by the

Supplier.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 28 of 54 Rev. 2
The AC power supply may have transient conditions of 80% voltage during motor
acceleration, maximum 12 cycle voltage dip during fast bus transfer, and Appendix
KJ-070-DT-410-006. All equipment and circuits shall be designed and manufactured
to operate normally during these transient conditions. If required, motor power circuit
and control power circuit shall be designed to be powered independently.
Supplier shall finish any other power supply conversion units, if required.
The conduit thread type shall apply the PF.
The interrupting capabilities at 480V AC and 120V AC shall be rated 40kA (load
center 40kA, MCC could be 30kA shall be considered) and 10kA, respectively.
The Equipment shall be furnished with two (2) grounding plates with two (2) 7/16 inch
(11 mm) diameter holes each. The grounding plates shall be located at diagonally
opposite points and 11.8 inch (300mm). The grounding provisions shall be welded to
the baseplate before any coating is applied. The grounding provisions shall be shown
on the interface drawing.
If necessary, Purchaser will furnish redundant power supplies to the PLC control
panel for the PLC and PC. Supplier shall notify if redundant power supplies are
required. In case the loss of power can impact the PLC function, Supplier shall
provide appropriate UPS system.
If there is Supplier's standard practice for power supply of control panel, it should be
applied after Purchaser's approval.
A circuit breaker shall be provided for 480V control power incoming line. The fuse
shall not be used in 480V power system.
MOTORS
Each motor shall conform to Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-006 and KJ-070-DT-410-

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 29 of 54 Rev. 2
007 unless otherwise specified herein.
NEMA Design designation for motors 225 hp and below shall be NEMA Design B.
Design and construction of each motor shall be coordinated with its driven equipment
assembly, operation and maintenance requirements.
The Supplier shall submit a copy of this specification to the motor manufacturer and
shall advise the Purchaser if compliance with this specification will conflict with proper
assembly and performance of motor and driven equipment.
Where motor and driven equipment are mounted on a common base provided by the
Supplier, the Supplier shall be responsible for the design of the base and its
adequacy for proper operation of both driven equipment and motor. The Supplier
shall also be responsible for the proper specification of installation and operating
procedure for the complete driven equipment and motor assembly. Such specification
shall include all motor installation requirements of the motor manufacturer. And the
Supplier shall be responsible for successful operation of the motor driven equipment
assembly.
The Supplier shall furnish the motor completed with connecting means to driven
equipment such as a coupling, pulley, sheave or gear. This shall be attached to the
motor shaft with extreme care and without scoring or permanently deforming the shaft.
The fit and method of installation shall permit removal of the accessory without undue
pressure and without scoring or deforming the shaft.
As for grounding, a machine screw shall be provided inside terminal housing of the
motor for grounding.
MOTOR TESTS
All motors shall be shop-tested in accordance with the applicable codes and
standards. The Supplier shall submit the motor test procedure to the Purchaser.
The certified test reports of each motor shall be submitted in accordance with NEMA
and ANSI/IEEE standards for the Purchaser's approval. These reports shall include

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 30 of 54 Rev. 2
the following as a minimum:

• No load amps & kW
• Winding & insulation resistance
• Current balance
• Dielectric test
• Locked rotor test
• Winding temperature rise

CABLE
All wiring shall be capable of passing the test indicated in NEMA WC70, as well as
the flame test of IEEE 383.
All internal/external wire and cable provided by Supplier shall meet the requirements
of Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-003, KJ-070-DT-410-006 and KJ-070-DT-410-007.
7.0 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL
All instrumentations and controls furnished by the Supplier shall comply with the
requirements delineated in Appendix KJ-070-DT-410-009. The minimum acceptable
performance requirements for PDIS and PDI, all expressed as percentages of
instrument operating span.
Instrument Type Accuracy (%)

• Differential Pressure Indication Switch ±2.0% of F.S.
• Differential Pressure Indicator ±2.0% of F.S.

The Supplier shall provide necessary local contacts and/or transmitters for the
Purchaser to connect required remote instrumentation.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 31 of 54 Rev. 2
Instrument penetration of fan housing shall be sealed.
Instruments shall be of the highest quality for the service and capable of withstanding
the applicable radiation doses, temperature, and humidity conditions as specified
herein without any effect on performance.
Local pressure gauges shall be furnished for the inlet and outlet of filters and on the
er of each group of pumps.
All indicating instruments and pneumatic sensing lines shall be mounted on the
exterior of the housing directly adjacent to location of sensing elements.
The Supplier shall supply sensing lines and root (shutoff) valves for all their supplied
pressure indicating instruments. Shutoff valves supplied and mounted in pneumatic
lines shall be adequately supported to prevent undue torque from being applied to the
tubing with the opening or closing of the valves. The valves shall not be solely
supported by the tubing. Valves shall be easily accessible.
Pneumatic sensing line size shall be 3/8" (10 mm) outside diameter (OD).
Tubing bends shall be formed with mechanical benders avoiding flattened, kinked or
wrinkled bends. Tubing shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid interference
with instrument removal or access to the equipment for maintenance purposes.
The Supplier shall provide all necessary AC and DC power supplies for the
instrument and control circuits except that the Purchaser provide external power
source.
Power to any Supplier provided instruments shall be provided by the Supplier
whether it be 120 Vac, 125 V dc or 24 V dc.
All switches shall be deadband adjustable type.
CYBER SECURITY CONTROLS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 32 of 54 Rev. 2
“Cyber Security Controls” shall be provided to the digital equipment according to the
KJ-102-DJ-340-001, “Critical Digital Assets Identification Report for AE”, KJ-102-DJ-
340-002, “Defense in Depth for AE”, KJ-600-KI-340-008 “Cyber Security Plan”, RG
5.71 “Cyber Security Programs for Nuclear Facilities” and KJ-600-KI-340-004 “Secure
Development and Operational Environment Plan for I&C”.
INSTRUMENT NUMBERS AND DATA
Supplier shall furnish detailed specification, calibration and setpoint data for all
instrument and control devices furnished factory mounted on the equipment and
devices furnished loose for mounting by the Purchaser.
The data furnished by Supplier will be included in the Purchaser's facility Instrument
Index and data book and, therefore, shall be furnished in the format that is compatible
with the book format.
The Supplier shall assign instrument numbers in accordance with Appendix KJ-070-
DT-410-010. The Supplier shall use these numbers on all tags and in all references to
the instrument on drawings, correspondence, manuals, reports, etc.
Supplier shall furnish the instrument and specification, calibration, setpoint, and
tagging data on his instrument data sheets.
If the Supplier chooses to also use his instrument number, both his and the
Purchaser's numbers shall be used where instrument numbers are shown.
The Supplier shall submit, in accordance with Annex 2, a list of all instruments
shipped loose, instrument location drawing and installation detail drawings for all
instruments shipped loose to avoid damage to instruments or equipment.
8.0 MATERIALS
GENERAL

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 33 of 54 Rev. 2
All equipment covered by this specification shall be designed for long-term,
uninterrupted service with a 50-year useful life expectancy, except that components
subject to normal wear and replacement shall have a design life consistent with
normal industry practice. The spare parts shall appropriately reflect these
components.
Design and construction of the equipment shall be suitable for the operating and
environmental conditions under which the system will operate.
Materials and fabrication not specifically covered by this specification shall be per the
manufacturer’s standard, and suitable for the application.
Materials shall be identified with the applicable AWWA, ASTM, ANSI, ASME, etc.,
designation. Where no such designation is available, the manufacturer's name and
the physical properties and chemical composition of the material shall be submitted
for the Purchaser's review.
All materials used in manufacturing the equipment shall be new, suitable for the work.
All materials, supplies and articles not manufactured by the Supplier shall be the
products of recognized, reputable manufacturers. The Supplier shall supply materials
that are corrosion-resistant for the intended service.
Materials and fabrication not specifically covered by this specification shall be
manufacturer's standard, suitable for the application.
Materials containing either cobalt alloys or aluminum shall be minimized. A list of all
devices containing cobalt or its alloys shall be provided by the Supplier, for the
approval by Purchaser, prior to manufacture of installation.
Chemical requirements for material used in contact with austenitic stainless steel or
nickel base alloys shall be in accordance with Appendix KJ-070-DT-410-008.
The use of asbestos in the manufacture of any component purchased under this
specification is prohibited.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 34 of 54 Rev. 2
The Supplier may use ASTM material instead of ASME for plate, pipe, castings,
fittings, forgings and structural supports. This shall be designed in accordance with
ASME Sec. VIII, UG-10.
The Supplier shall certify all materials used and shall submit Material Test Reports or
Material Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance with material specification in
accordance with Annex 3.
MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
The materials of construction for portions of the system in contact with the process
fluid shall be 304L stainless steel. All other materials attached to the vessel such as
supports, lugs, bolts and nuts shall be 304 stainless steel.
Materials used in fabrication of piping shall be in accordance with the “Piping material
Classification” and shall meet the applicable codes and this specification. Treated
water distributor shall be made of 304 stainless steel pipe.
9.0 FABRICATION
GENERAL
All work shall be performed by qualified craftsmen. Except where otherwise provided
herein, all parts shall be made accurately to ANSI standard gage to facilitate
replacement and repairs. All bolts, nuts, screws, rivets, threads, pipes, gages, gears,
and measurements or dimensions shown on the drawings not conforming to the ANSI
standards shall be subject to Purchaser's acceptance.
All equipment shall be neatly finished and free of burrs and fins.
Where the tank is fabricated of stainless steel, a stainless steel pad of adequate
thickness shall be provided between dissimilar materials at points of attachment. If
the carbon steel part is to be welded to the tank in the field, the stainless steel pad
shall be welded to the part in the shop.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 35 of 54 Rev. 2
In thermal cutting, the equipment shall be so adjusted and manipulated as to avoid
cutting beyond (inside) the prescribed lines. The roughness of all thermal cut surfaces
shall be no greater than that defined by the American National Standards Institute
surface roughness value
Chemical requirements for material used in contact with austenitic stainless steel or
nickel base alloys during fabrication, testing, and other works covered by this
Specification shall be in accordance with Appendix KJ-070-DT-410-008.
Teflon (PTFE) and organic paints shall not be used in any part of the pumps.
WELDING
Welding shall be performed in accordance with ASME B&PV Code, Section Ⅸ.
The Supplier shall provide welding procedure specifications (WPS) and procedure
qualification records (PQR) prepared in accordance with the applicable codes and
Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-012 and KJ-070-DT-410-013, as applicable.
Weld procedures shall describe all related information including welding process,
heat treatment (preheat, postweld heat treatment), filler metals control,
welder/welding operator performance qualification tests, etc
All welds made on pressure retaining materials shall meet the applicable
requirements of the applicable code
Welds repair of any pressure retaining components shall not be made in the shop
during manufacture without the Purchaser's acceptance of the weld repair procedure.
Any such repair shall be fully documented and submitted to the Purchaser.
Welding for shop fabricated tank other than ASME Sec. VIII Tank and pressure
vessel:

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 36 of 54 Rev. 2
A. All welding shall be performed in accordance with the ASME Section Ⅷ Code,
Section IX and Appendix KJ-070-DT-410-012 with the additional requirement that
all welds shall be full-penetration welds, with the exception of structural
attachment welds, which may be partial-penetration or fillet welds.
B. No welding shall be performed when the ambient temperature in the immediate
vicinity of the weld is below 0 ℉ (-17.78℃). When the base metal temperature
is below 32 ℉ (0 ℃), the base metal within 3 inches of where weld metal will be
deposited shall be heated to a minimum temperature of 70 ℉ (21.1℃), which
shall be maintained during welding.
C. Welding shall be planned and conducted to minimize warping or distortion.
D. All welds shall be cleaned of slag and flux between passes and following the final
deposit. Stainless steel wire brushes shall be used on stainless steel welding and
iron free abrasive discs not previously used on ferritic materials.
E. All double-welded joints shall be back-chipped or arc-gouged to sound metal
prior to depositing the second side. Arc gouging is only allowed for ferric
materials.
F. Welded joints shall not be peened.
G. Wide welds to overcome poor fit are not permissible. Poor fits shall be remedied
by suitable means and approved by the Purchaser.
H. Welded Joint Types
a. All shell joints shall be single or double-welded, full-penetration butt joints.
Indicate if a spare part should be maintained in stock by the Purchaser
and/or recommended frequency of replacement, if applicable.
b. Fabrication and material requirements including ASME/ASTM or other
Specification numbers.
c. All other roof-plate joints shall be single or double-welded, full penetration
bun joints

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 37 of 54 Rev. 2
d. All nozzles to vessel welds shall be full-penetration welds. Refer to
Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-016.
The Supplier shall make performance qualification records for individual welders for
review upon request by the Purchaser.
The Supplier shall submit (post-weld) heat treatment procedure in accordance with
the applicable codes and Appendices KJ-070-DT-410-012 and KJ-070-DT-410-013,
as applicable.
EXHAUST FAN
Each fan shall be designed as a complete assembled package such that with its
accessories and auxiliary equipment forms an integral unit in which all components
are properly matched. Except for minor modifications, the units shall be standard
manufactured products being in use for two years or more.
The fan shall be propeller or centrifugal, furnished with hoods and suitable for
mounting on the outside wall.
The fan shall be direct driven type.
The fan shall have a gravity type backdraft multiple blades damper.
The fan shall be suitable for easy maintenance and repair.
The fan shall be of heavy duty type.
The fans used shall be of the quietest type available. The Supplier shall guarantee
the octave band sound power levels for each different fan model. Sound power level
rating shall comply with AMCA 301 and KS B 6311. Fan sound rating shall be in
accordance with Section 11.2.2.
The fan shall be designed to withstand wind speed up to 44 m/sec.
All fan motors shall be designed to meet the requirements specified in Section 9.4

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 38 of 54 Rev. 2
and motor shall have weather protected NEMA Type II enclosures.
Each fan shall be weather proof with integral weather shield type. The Supplier shall
submit the certificate of guarantee that any water in-leakage to the building inside
through the joints in each fan will not occur. Fans shall be statically/dynamically
balanced. The fan will be located indoors or outdoors..
Housings shall be provided with weather proof wiring screen for outdoor installation.
FAN MOTOR
Fan motors shall comply with the following Specifications and Appendices KJ-070-
DT-410-006 and KJ-070-DT-410-007, unless otherwise noted in the Specification.
Type: Horizontal or vertical single speed, squirrel cage induction.
Voltage rating, phase, frequency: 460 Vac, three-phase, 60 Hz
Enclosure: Totally Enclosed Air Over (TEAO) Type for vaneaxial fans.
NEMA design letter: Design B
Insulation: Class F (for non-safety-related). The insulation system shall be capable of
operating satisfactorily in the environmental conditions specified Section 5.2.2. The
insulating system shall have maximum resistance to moisture.
The Supplier shall provide test reports and other documents to provide assurance
that the design, manufacture, fabrication and type testing of the motor conforms to
IEEE-334.
FAN HOUSING
Each housing shall be built of steel members, scroll and side plates of adequate
gauge and properly reinforced, so that there will be no vibration or pulsation of these
parts under operating conditions.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 39 of 54 Rev. 2
Each fan housing shall be weather proof with integral weather shield type. Fans shall
be statically/dynamically balanced.
HOLDUP PUMP OUTLET FILTER
The vessel shall be designed, fabricated, tested, certified, and documented in
accordance with Section VIII, Division l of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
The exact number, sizes, types, and arrangement of all connections shall be subject
to the acceptance of the Purchaser. Modifications, which result in the rearrangement
of connections, prior to the final acceptance of drawings, shall not result in a change
in the quoted price.
All components subject to wear, erosion, or deterioration shall be accessible for
periodic adjustment, inspection, cleaning, repair, or replacement.
All vessel internals shall be of welded construction.
The design life for the filter vessel and supports is 50 years. It is understood that
certain components such as gaskets and replaceable cartridges will require
replacement during the design life of the filters; however, the filter vessels and
appurtenances shall be designed to operate without repair or replacement.
Nozzles shall be located so as to allow complete venting and the maximum amount of
draining possible.
The filter cartridge elements shall be suitable for long immersion (1.5 year) in the fluid
to be filtered without deterioration. The filter will be subject to repeated starting and
stopping of the flow.
The filter element and assembly shall include all necessary seal and guide and shall
be self-aligning with shell and cover.
Filter vessel shall be provided with lifting lugs and structural legs for anchoring to the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 40 of 54 Rev. 2
Purchaser’s foundation bolts. Bolt hole size and spacing of bolt holes will be subject
to acceptance by the Purchaser The number and location of the lifting lugs shall be
such that allowable stresses will not be exceeded during lifting of the filter.
The design of the lifting attachment on top of the filter element or filter basket
assembly is subject to the acceptance of the Purchaser to ensure that this attachment
is compatible with the filter handling system.
The filter vessel shall be furnished with grounding lugs suitable for 4/0 BC ground
wire in each of two diagonally opposite legs 152mm(6 inches) above the base. The
lugs shall be of the same material as the vessel supports.
Care shall be exercised in the design and fabrication of all components to minimize
crevices or pockets that will collect crud particles.
It is desirable that during draining of the filter for filter element replacement, the
direction of flow through the element be in the same direction as normal flow through
the filter. In some designs, this may not be possible. The Supplier shall provide
adequate vents and drains to accomplish draining and refilling the filter with the
objective of meeting the above drain flow direction criteria. Vents and drains may be
located on the Purchaser-supplied piping to facilitate draining and venting. The
Supplier shall provide a description of his filter vent and drain operation.
End caps of the filter cartridge elements shall be sandblasted to increase adhesion of
the media pack to the end cap epoxy bond.
Internal crud trap shall be incorporated in assembly manifolds to contain particles
dislodged during change out of filter assemblies.
TREATED WATER DISTRIBUTOR AND OTHERS
Treated water distribution pipes shall be connected to the long spray header by
welding. Nozzle holes shall be provided on the distribution pipe at a predetermined
interval.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 41 of 54 Rev. 2
The sprayed water coming from the distribution pipe shall flow through the cloth fabric.
Fixed bar shall be provided at the bottom of the fabric cloth to hold and maintain
equal space between the distributors for effective evaporation. The fabric cloth should
be possible to replace on a regular basis.
10.0 SURFACE PREPARATION AND COATING
SCOPE
The coating requirements specified herein shall be applied for the exposed ferrous
metal surfaces of the water treatment system including interior and exterior surfaces
of the control panel.
The following surfaces shall not be coated unless otherwise indicated.
A. Stainless steel
B. Galvanized steel
C. Machined or wearing surfaces (a suitable shipping and storage preservative is
required.)
Manufacturer's standard coating system and practice may be considered in lieu of the
specified system with the concurrence of the Purchaser. To be considered, the
Supplier shall submit technical data sheets of the proposed coating system and
coating procedures for review prior to the start of coating work.
SURFACE PREPARATION
Surfaces shall be blasted in accordance with SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2 (SSPC
SP6/NACE No.3 for control panel), using only dry blasting abrasive. The height of the
profile of the anchor pattern shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the
coating system, and as measured with a Keane-Tator profile comparator or
Elcometer roughness gauge adjusted to profile height.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 42 of 54 Rev. 2
Steel and fabrication defects such as weld spatter, sharp edges of welds,
delaminations, scabs and slivers visible before or revealed by blast cleaning shall be
repaired prior to coating.
Sharp corners and fillets shall be rounded to a minimum radius of 3 mm (1/8 inch).
Surface preparation operations shall be performed under the following conditions:
A. Relative humidity shall not exceed 80 percent.
B. There shall be no moisture on the steel. The surface temperature of the steel
shall be at least 2.8℃ (5℉) above the dew point.
The total elapsed time from blast cleaning to the application of the coating shall not
exceed 4 hours, but in any event before visible rusting occurs.
After blasting and immediately prior to coating, the blasting dust shall be removed by
using a high pressure air blow off and followed by vacuum cleaning.
APPLICATION OF COATING
Storage, mixing, thinning, application and curing of material shall be in accordance
with the coating manufacturer's latest published instructions.
The coating system to be applied shall be as follows:
A. For indoor condition One (1) coat of epoxy primer shall be applied to a dry film
thickness of 3.0 mils to 5.0 mils, followed by one (1) epoxy finish coat to a dry
film thickness 3.0 mils to 5.0 mils. Total thickness of primer and finish coats shall
be not less than 6.0 mils, nor more than 10.0 mils.
B. For outdoor condition
Two (2) coats of Epoxy shall be applied to a dry film thickness of 1.5 mils to 2.5
mils for primer and 3.0 mils to 5.0 mils for intermediate, followed by one (1) coat

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 43 of 54 Rev. 2
of urethane finish to a dry film thickness of 1.5 mils to 2.5 mils. Total dry film
thickness shall be not less than 6.0 mils, nor more than 10.0 mils.
Application shall be performed under the following conditions:
A. Relative humidity shall not exceed 80 percent.
B. Surface temperature of steel shall be between 10~38℃ (50℉ and 100℉).
C. There shall be no moisture on the steel surface.
D. Metal temperature shall be at least 2.8℃ (5℉) above the dew point.
E. The steel surfaces shall be clean and free from contamination.
F. Edges which will be field welded shall be masked 25 mm (1 inch) from the edge
prior to coating.
The recommended primer and finish coating materials should be as follows:
Manufacturer Primer Finish
Carboline Korea Ltd. CL893 RCP CL801
KCC Corp. EP 170 EH 6270(S)
Keeler & Long 3200 J-1 Series
Thevalspar 89 Series 89 Series
SKS Paint Co., Ltd STARCOAT235 STARCOAT 235
Noroo Paint & DHDC-0696HB DHDC-3600
Coatings Co., Ltd
Samhwa Paint Co., Ltd SUPERPOXY SUPERPOXY
1300(N) 3000(N)

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 44 of 54 Rev. 2
Solvent, thinners and cleaners shall be the product of the same coating manufacturer.
Products from different manufacturers shall not be intermixed.
FINISH COLOR
Each piece of equipment, component, system, etc., specified in this Specification and
indicated in the following table, shall have its finish color painted/coated to
correspond to the Munsell color and number indicated:
NO ITEMS COLOR MUNSELL NO.*
All Fans except Tubing, Instrumentation,
1 Gray N7
Stainless Steel
* Munsell Color, Macbeth, Division of Kollmorgen Corp., Baltimore, Maryland 21218,
latest edition.
11.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING
GENERAL
Supplier shall conduct and be responsible for the shop inspections and shop tests
called for in the Specification as well as the applicable codes and standards, and
shall furnish all facilities necessary for the performance of such tests.
Purchaser has the right to inspect and witness Supplier's manufacturing and testing
operations for the equipment purchased in accordance with the Quality Assurance
Requirement” prepared by Owner(or Purchaser).
Supplier shall submit records and reports for all tests and inspections required by this
Specification. These records and reports shall be prepared promptly after each test or
inspection and shall be transmitted to the Purchaser prior to shipment of the
equipment to the field site.
Purchaser shall be given the opportunity to witness the final inspection of all
equipment prior to the release for shipment.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 45 of 54 Rev. 2
If the equipment does not meet the guarantee in any respect and it is necessary to
make alterations for the purpose of meeting these guarantees, any test required to
show the effects of such alterations shall be performed by the Supplier at no expense
to the Purchaser, and the Supplier shall reimburse the Purchaser for any labor and/or
transportation costs incurred in performing the tests.
SHOP PERFORMANCE TEST
Each fan shall be performance-tested in accordance with AMCA(Air Movement and
Control Associatoin), ASHRAE(American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditoining Enginners). Fan performance test procedure shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for review. Fan performance curve and test report shall be submitted.
Sound level test shall be conducted in accordance with AMCA(Air Movement and
Control Associatoin), ASHRAE(American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditoining Enginners). The Supplier shall submit sound level test procedure to the
Purchaser for review. Sound level data and test report shall be submitted. Sound
level shall be as follows:
Motor Fan/Motor Assembly
Per NEMA MG-1 Per figures 17 thru 21 of KS B6311
Section 12.53 (90% line shall be applied)
Fan mechanical test shall be conducted in accordance with AMCA(Air Movement and
Control Associatoin), ASHRAE(American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditoining Enginners) to verify the basic integrity and function of mechanical parts.
This test shall include overspeed test, fan vibration test, leak test and mechanical
running test for each fan. Fan mechanical test procedure and test report shall be
submitted to the Purchaser.
The motors shall be tested at the factory in accordance with NEMA MG-1 and IEEE
112. The test shall include all items of IEEE 112 excluding shaft current and
overspeed test. Fan motor test procedure and test report shall be submitted to the

Purchaser.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 46 of 54 Rev. 2
Vibration test shall be performed per AMCA(Air Movement and Control Associatoin),
ASHRAE(American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditoining Enginners).
Vibration test report shall be submitted to the Purchaser.
The Supplier shall conduct performance tests for sample filter elements which
represent each model to ensure that the equipment meets the Supplier's guarantee at
design conditions. The filter housing will be hydrotested only.
Equipment performance test procedures shall be developed by the Supplier and
submitted to the Purchaser for review.
Equipment performance test reports and related documents shall be submitted to the
Purchaser.
FIELD PERFORMANCE TEST
Field acceptance test shall be conducted per AMCA(Air Movement and Control
Associatoin), ASHRAE(American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditoining Enginners). The Supplier 's representative shall be present to witness
and assist in the testing of the equipment as requested by the Purchaser.
After equipment is put in service, the Purchaser will run a field performance test on
the sample filter elements to ascertain that the equipment meets the requirements of
this Specification.
Acceptance of the equipment by the Purchaser on the basis of in place testing will not
relieve the Supplier from responsibility for the operation of the equipment in service
as set forth in the Contract.
The Supplier shall submit site acceptance test procedure and program for checking
and testing of all equipment to the Purchaser for review and approval.
The Supplier shall have his authorized representative present to witness and assist in

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 47 of 54 Rev. 2
the test if requested by the Purchaser
The final acceptance of the equipment will be based on this field performance test.
NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION
All nondestructive exammation procedures shall be performed in accordance with the
requirements of the ASME B&PV Code, Section V and VIII.
For each method to be applied, the Supplier shall prepare and submit the
nondestructive examination procedures to the Purchaser for review.
The Supplier shall make NDE personnel qualification records for review upon request
by the Purchaser.
NDE reports of related document shall be submitted to the Purchaser.
DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
All dimensions shall be checked for conformance with the interface drawings.
HYDROSTATIC TEST
All equipment shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with the ASME B&PV
Code, Section VIII.
The hydrostatic test procedure and the test results shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for review
Chemical requirements for testing fluid shall be in accordance with Appendix KJ-070-
DT-410-008.
WITNESS AND HOLD POINTS
The items covered by this specification shall be subject to at least the minimum level
of Quality Surveillance actions as indicated the witness and hold point lists attached

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 48 of 54 Rev. 2
to this specification.
However, the actual and detailed witness and hold points will be decided when the
Purchaser review and confirm the Supplier's inspection and test plan specified in the
Quality Assurance Requirement” prepared by Owner(or Purchaser).
Supplier shall provide the Purchaser with detailed procedures for checking and
testing of the equipment one month prior to shipment.
FINAL CLEANING
After completion of shop tests, the surfaces of items shall be cleaned and visually
examined to ensure meeting the cleanliness levels as below for internal surface and
Class D for external surface in accordance with KEPIC QAP-2 (ASME NQA-1). After
cleaning, the item shall be protected from contamination until preservation or packing
is complete.
System Cleanliness Class
Holdup Pump Outlet Filter C
Exhaust Fan D
Cleaning procedure in accordance with KEPIC QAP-2 (ASME NQA-1) shall be
submitted to the Purchaser for review.
12.0 NAMEPLATES
A corrosion resistant, metal nameplate (mounted on a bracket extending from the
surface sufficiently to clear the insulation as necessary) shall be supplied and marked
in accordance with the applicable code. They shall also have the following additional
information as a minimum:
A. Exhaust Fan

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 49 of 54 Rev. 2
a. Purchaser’s purchase order numbers and Purchaser’s equipment name and its
item number.
b. Manufacturer’s name
c. Manufacturer’s serial number
d. Rated fan capacity, kg/s
e. Rated rpm or stroke
f. Year built
g. Applicable code
h. Power requirements: voltage, amperage, phase and cycles
B. Holdup Pump Outlet Filter
a. Manufacturer’s name
b. Manufacturer’s serial number
c. Filter name
d. Maximum working Pressure, psig
e. Test Pressure, psig
f. Material of construction
g. Purchaser’s purchase order number
h. Year built
i. Design code
13.0 CLEANING, PACKAGING, SHIPPING, RECEIVING, STORAGE AND HANDLING

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 50 of 54 Rev. 2
IDENTIFICATION
All boxes, crates and shipments shall be identified by tag number, identification letter
and contract number. Total number of containers for each equipment shall also be
identified on each container.
Any assembly or part of accessory equipment shipped separately shall be marked for
identification to facilitate assembly in the field. Shipping containers shall be clearly
marked indicating items enclosed. All subassemblies shall be clearly match-marked
to facilitate field identification and erection.
CLEANING
The Supplier shall submit the cleaning procedure to the Purchaser for approval.
Cleaning of components and the control of their cleanness shall be furnished by the
Supplier to ensure the removal of deleterious contaminants, to minimize
recontamination of cleaned surfaces, and to minimize the cleaning required after
installation, repair or modification.
PACKAGING
The Supplier shall submit the packaging procedure to the Purchaser for approval.
All wetted parts of tank shall be thoroughly dried after hydrostatic test. A solid, leak
tight cover shall be fitted on all openings. The component shall be put into dry lay-up
as required by the relevant cleanness class.
Spare parts shall be packaged to ensure full protection until the moment of use.
All equipment and parts of equipment assemblies shall be packed and protected to
prevent corrosion, entrance of foreign matter, damage or loss during shipment. The
Supplier shall protect and brace the equipment assemblies to prevent damage during
transportation and shall prominently display, on shipping containers, the instructions
for loading, transporting, unloading, storing, and other handling.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 51 of 54 Rev. 2
Non-interchangeable components shall be packed separately. Packages shall be
sealed to prevent entry of dirt, dust, water, or other foreign material. Parts subject to
rusting shall be suitably protected by such materials as silica-gel placed inside
packing. Vapor phase inhibitors (VPI Paper, for example) may be used in boxes or
crates, but shall not be used internally to the equipment.
SHIPPING
The Supplier shall submit the shipping procedure to the Purchaser for approval.
The equipment shall be prepared for shipment after the shop tests have been
completed. The equipment including piping of skid mounting type shall be completely
assembled prior to shipment. The equipment shall be protected from weather, rust,
mechanical damage and entry of harmful foreign material during shop fabrication and
shipment.
Lifting points shall be clearly marked and openings shall be covered. Before the
equipment is shipped, the original shipping stops, bolts, ties, and etc., shall be
reinstalled in all devices.
Temporary structural bracing shall be provided as required to allow for normal field
handling (skidding and hoisting).
RECEIVING
The Supplier shall submit the receiving inspection procedure to the Purchaser for
approval.
The Supplier shall perform on-site receiving inspection. The activities shall include the
following items as a minimum:
A. To receive and inspect packages containing the equipment
B. To verify the contents
C. To check for possible damage during shipment

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 52 of 54 Rev. 2
D. To report the receiving inspection results to the Purchaser
STORAGE
The storage instructions shall be included in the installation manual.
HANDLING
The handling instructions shall be included in the installation manual.
14.0 INSTALLATION, STARTUP AND COMMISSIONING
INSTALLATION
The Supplier shall completely perform the services of competent installation
supervision.
The Supplier’s installation manual shall be submitted to the Purchaser for approval.
Installation and erection methods and procedures shall conform to the best
engineering practice accepted and the requirements of the applicable codes.
The Supplier shall coordinate, in advance, with the Purchaser and other construction
contractors, all work pertaining to the equipment erection to avoid delays,
interferences and unnecessary rework.
STARTUP AND COMMISSIONING
The Supplier shall perform the services of competent start-up and commissioning
supervision.
The Supplier shall submit the startup procedure and the commissioning procedure to
the Purchaser for approval. The startup procedure shall be included in the operation
and maintenance manual.
The commissioning procedure shall include the following information as a minimum:

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 53 of 54 Rev. 2
A. Supplied item check list
B. Submitted document check list
C. Commissioning check list
D. Operator training program
15.0 OTHERS
For the design part not reflected supplier’s documents at engineering stage,
construction contractor shall revise all the relevant design through field design and
obtain the approval of the Owner after the selection of Supplier.
16.0 ANNEXES
Annex 1 Equipment Data Sheet
Annex 2 Drawing and Data Requirements
Annex 3 Quality Verification Documentation List
Annex 4 Reference Drawing
Annex 5 Minimum Nozzle Load Specification
Annex 6 Minimum Nozzle Load Spec
17.0 APPENDICES
Latest version of Engineering Documents and Drawings shall be applied.
KJ-600-KI-340-004, “Secure Development and Operational Environment Plan for I&C”
KJ-600-KI-340-008, “Cyber Security Plan”
KJ-102-DJ-340-001, “Critical Digital Assets Identification Report for AE”
KJ-102-DJ-340-002, “Defense in Depth for AE”
KJ-070-DT-410-003 Environmental Qualification Requirement for Nuclear Safety-

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Design Specification for
Natural Evaporation System Document No.
KJ-789-DN-416-001
Sheet 54 of 54 Rev. 2
Related Equipment
KJ-070-DT-410-004 Requirements for Coating Services Level Ⅱ Components
KJ-070-DT-410-006 Standard Appendix for alternating current motors
KJ-070-DT-410-007 Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements
KJ-070-DT-410-008 Chemical Requirements for Materials used in Contact with
Austenitic Stainless Steel
KJ-070-DT-410-009 Standard Appendix for General Instrumentation and Control
Equipments
KJ-070-DT-410-010 Instruction for Instrument Tagging and Nameplate
KJ-070-DT-410-012 Welding Requirements for ASME Section Ⅷ Items
KJ-070-DT-410-013 Welding Requirements for Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
KJ-070-DT-410-016 General Requirements for Weld End Details

Annex 1. Data Sheet for Exhaust Fan
Name Exhaust Fan
Tag Number KJ-789-AF-001~005
P&ID Number KJ -789-DN-171-001
Quantity 5
Safety Class Non-Safety
Quality Class T
Seismic Category Non-Seismic
Location Natural Evaporation Building
Function Exhaust Wet Air
Ambient Environmental Information

• Temperature Range (℃) ATM
• Relative Humidity Range (%) 10~95
• Total Integrated Dose (Gy) Negligible

Fan Data

• Fan Type Vane axial
• Air Flowrate at Design Air Condition (m3/hr) 96,000
• Total Pressure at Design (mmAq) *
• Design Inlet Air Density (Kg/m3) *
• Operating Air Temperature Range (℃) -5 to 50

Annex 1
Rev.2
Note. Blanked data to be filled by Supplier
2 General Revision EXHAUST FAN DATA SHEET
1 General Revision Sheet 1 of 1
0 Issued for Approval Rev 2
Design SPEC
REV DESCRIPTION BY RE APP KJ-789-DN-416-001
No.

Annex 1. Data Sheet for Holdup Pump Outlet Filter
Name Holdup Pump Outlet Filter
Type Cartridge
Tag Number KJ-789-FT-001
P&ID Number KJ -789-DN-171-001
Quantity 1
Safety Class Non-Safety
GENERALQuality Class T
Seismic Category Non-Seismic
Function Purification Treated Water to Distributor
Design Pressure (kg/cm2) 6.12
Design Temperature (℃) 50

Fluid Type Treated Water
Operating Pressure (kg/cm2) ATM
OPERATINGCONDITIONSOperating Temperature (℃) 18~22
Volume (m3) *
Weight (kg) *
Size (D X H) mm *
FilterMaterial SUS (Refer to Paragraph 8.0 for detail)
Element Type Disposable element
Particle Retention > 0.1μm
Inlet 1 EA X 3” Flange

Outlet 1 EA X 3” Flange
Drain 1EA X 3/4” Flange
NOZZLE
Vent
Note. Blanked data to be filled by Supplier
Annex 1
Rev.2
HOLDUP PUMP OUTLET FILTER
2 General Revision
DATA SHEET
1 General Revision Sheet 1 of 1
0 Issued for Approval Rev 2
Design SPEC
REV DESCRIPTION BY RE APP KJ-789-DN-416-001
No.

Annex 2
Rev.2
Annex 1. Data Sheet for Evaporation Media
Name Evaporation media (cloth sheet)
Tag Number -
P&ID Number KJ -789-DN-171-001
Quantity 430 Module
Size 1m(W) X 5m(H)
Surface area evaporation (m2) 10
Weight (kg) *
Meterial Tetron Cotton Fabric
Safety Class Non-Safety
Quality Class T
Seismic Category Non-Seismic
Location Natural Evaporation Building
Function Evaporation to Treated Water
Ambient Environmental Information

• Temperature Range (℃) ATM
• Relative Humidity Range (%) 10~95
• Total Integrated Dose (Gy) Negligible

Note. Blanked data to be filled by Supplier
2 General Revision EVAPORATION MEDIA DATA SHEET
1 General Revision Sheet 1 of 1
0 Issued for Approval Rev 2
Design SPEC
REV DESCRIPTION BY RE APP KJ-789-DN-416-001
No.

Annex 2
Rev.2
Annex 1. Data Sheet for Treated Water Distributor
Name Treated Water Distributor
Tag Number -
P&ID Number KJ -789-DN-171-001
Number of Unit 430
Size

• Pipe Diameter 15 mm
• Pipe Length 1.6 m
• Nozzle Size 2 mm

Weight (kg) *
Pipe Meterial Stainless Steel
Safety Class Non-Safety
Quality Class T
Seismic Category Non-Seismic
Location Natural Evaporation Building
Function Distribution to Treated Water
Ambient Environmental Information

• Temperature Range (℃) ATM
• Relative Humidity Range (%) 10~95
• Total Integrated Dose (Gy) Negligible

Note. Blanked data to be filled by Supplier
TREATED WATER DISTRILBUTOR
2 General Revision
DATA SHEET
1 General Revision Sheet 1 of 1
0 Issued for Approval Rev 2
Design SPEC
REV DESCRIPTION BY RE APP KJ-789-DN-416-001
No.

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Annex 2
Rev.2
Spec.No. KJ-789-DN-427-001 Rev.No. 1 Page 1 of 7
SUBMIT
FOR
R I
E N
V F
W O
DOCUMENT/DRAWING
DESCRIPTION
SPEC.
PARA.
PARA.NO.
REQUIREMENTS
QT’Y/TYPE
(1)
SUBMITTAL
WEEKS
(2)
REMARKS
(3)
D0.SUBMITTAL WITH PROPOSAL
o Evaluation Data Required
4.2.1
o Drawings Showing General Arrangement
Anchorage, Principal Dimension, Weight
of Equipment
o Control Panel Elevation, Layout Interior and
G/A Drawing with Parts List
4.2.1
4.2.1
o System Description
4.2.1
o Electrical Load List
o Control Logic Diagram
o Spare Parts List
o Special Tool List
o Technical Data Sheet
4.2.1
4.2.1
4.2.1
4.2.1
4.2.1
o Equipment Data Sheet
o Instrument Data Sheet
o Work Schedule
o Allowable Nozzle Load ( if applicable )
o ASME/KEPIC Certificate or Authorization
/Quality System Certificate/ISO 9000
Certificate
4.2.1
4.2.1
4.2.1
4.2.1
4.2.1
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
*P
PR
PR
PR
*
One Copy
per each
Proposal
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
(1) Quantity: In numeral, Type: P=Paper Printing/Photocopy
E = Electronic Files (N : NATIVE, P: PDF, T:TIFF, D:DXF, X:EXCEL)
(2) Submittal due time in calendar weeks prior to (-) or after (+) the event indicated.
PR = With Proposal, AW = Award, FB = Fabrication, SH = Shipping,
*= Other Event/Activity defined in remarks column.
(3) Tenderer to indicate his schedule in remarks column if different from (2).

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Annex 2
Rev.2
Spec.No. KJ-789-DN-427-001 Rev.No. 2 Page 2 of 7
SUBMIT FOR
FOR
R I
E N
V F
W O
SPEC.
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
PARA.NO.
REQUIREMENTS
REMARKS
SUBMITTAL (3)
QT’Y/TYPE
WEEKS
(1)
(2)
X
D1. QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY
SURVEILLANCE
o Quality Assurance Manual
X
o Supplier’s Quality Plan or ITP
X
X
o Test report of External test organization
(if case of need)
o Quality Verification Document
X
o NCR
X
o SDDR
D2. SCHEDULE & PROGRESS
X
o Drawing and Data Submittal Schedule
X
o Supplier's Work Schedule Including
Engineering Procurement, Fabrication &
Delivery
X
o Work Progress report
D3. Design & Engineering
X
o System Description
X
X
o Test and Selection Guideline for media
o Piping & Instrumentation Diagram
X
X
o General Arrangement Drawings
o Process Flow Diagram
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
AW + 4
FB-4
SH-4
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P
SH
SH
3P
SH
4.1
4.1
3P + 1EX
AW + 4
3P + 1EX AW+ 4*1
*1 Owner
4.1
3P
AW+8*2
*2 Monthly
To Owner
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
3P + 1EN AW + 8
or 1EP
3P + 1EN AW + 10
or 1EP
3P + 1EN AW + 4
or 1EP
3P + 1EN AW + 4
or 1EP
3P + 1EN AW + 12
or 1EP
(1) Quantity: In numeral, Type: P=Paper Printing/Photocopy
E = Electronic Files (N : NATIVE, P: PDF, T:TIFF, D:DXF, X:EXCEL)
(2) Submittal due time in calendar weeks prior to (-) or after (+) the event indicated.
PR = With Proposal, AW = Award, FB = Fabrication, SH = Shipping,
*= Other Event/Activity defined in remarks column.
(3) Tenderer to indicate his schedule in remarks column if different from (2).

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Annex 2
Rev.2
Spec.No. KJ-789-DN-427-001 Rev.No. 2 Page 3 of 7
SUBMIT
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
R I SPEC. REMARKS
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION SUBMITTAL
E N PARA.NO. QT’Y/TYPE (3)
WEEKS
V F (1)
(2)
W O
D3. Design & Eneineering (Con't)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
o Single Line Diagram 4.2.2 3P + 1EN
or 1EP
o Wiring and Schematic Diagram 4.2.2 3P + 1EN
or 1EP
o Control Panel Detail Drawing 4.2.2 3P + 1EN
or 1EP
o Motor Outline Drawing including Terminal 4.2.2 3P + 1EN
Box or 1EP
AW + 12
AW + 12
AW + 12
AW + 4
o Cable and Connector Information
o Assembly Drawing
o Foundation/Anchor Bolt Detail Drawing
o Instrument Installation Specification
o Outline, Service and Foundation Detail
Drawing
o Equipment Layout Drawing
o Electrical Interface Drawing
o Control & Logic Diagram
o Instrument Loop Diagram
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
AW + 4
AW + 4
AW + 4
AW + 4
AW + 6
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
AW + 8
AW + 12
AW + 12
AW + 12
(1) Quantity: In numeral, Type: P=Paper Printing/Photocopy
E = Electronic Files (N : NATIVE, P: PDF, T:TIFF, D:DXF, X:EXCEL)
(2) Submittal due time in calendar weeks prior to (-) or after (+) the event indicated.
PR = With Proposal, AW = Award, FB = Fabrication, SH = Shipping,
*= Other Event/Activity defined in remarks column.
(3) Tenderer to indicate his schedule in remarks column if different from (2).

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Annex 2
Rev.2
Spec.No. KJ-789-DN-427-001 Rev.No. 2 Page 4 of 7
SUBMIT
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
R I SPEC. REMARKS
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION SUBMITTAL
E N PARA.NO. QT’Y/TYPE (3)
WEEKS
V F (1)
(2)
W O
D3. Design & Eneineering (Con't)
X
o List of Subcontractors and Components
Supplied by each Subcontractor
X
o Spare Parts/Special Tool List
X
o Spare Parts/Special Tools
Data Information
X
o Item or part List of each equipment for
Operating & maintenance
X
o List of Loose Parts: Parts or Accessories
not attached to the equipment (delivered) to
be installed at Site
X
X
X
X
o Control & monitoring Display Drawings
o Outline (Layout) Drawing of Operator
Station
o Building Load Data and Calculation
(BSLS : Building Structure Load Summary
& Calculation)
o Interface Information for LDP
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
AW + 4
3P + 1EN
or 1EX
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
SH-8
AW + 8
3P + 1EN
or 1EX
AW + 16
3P + 1EN
or 1EX
SH
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
AW + 12
AW + 4
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
AW + 4
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
AW + 4
(1) Quantity: In numeral, Type: P=Paper Printing/Photocopy
E = Electronic Files (N : NATIVE, P: PDF, T:TIFF, D:DXF, X:EXCEL)
(2) Submittal due time in calendar weeks prior to (-) or after (+) the event indicated.
PR = With Proposal, AW = Award, FB = Fabrication, SH = Shipping,
*= Other Event/Activity defined in remarks column.
(3) Tenderer to indicate his schedule in remarks column if different from (2).

Annex 2
Rev.2
Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Spec.No. KJ-789-DN-427-001 Rev.No. 2 Page 5 of 7
SUBMIT
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
R I SPEC. REMARKS
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION SUBMITTAL
E N PARA.NO. QT’Y/TYPE (3)
WEEKS
V F (1)
(2)
W O
X
D3. Design & Eneineering (Con't)
o Instrument List and Data
X
o Equipment/Component list
X
o Electrical load Data List
X
o Complete Instrument Data
X
o Complete Component Technical Data
X
o Thermal Insulation Requirement
X
o Experience Data
X
o Component Failure Data
X
o Motor Design Data
X
X
X
X
X
o Motor Performance Curve
o Integrity Verification Report
D4. Procurement
o Subcontractor’s Qualification and
Surveillance/Inspection procedure
D5. Manufacturing and Fabrication
o Surface Preparation & Coating Procedure
o Welding Procedure Specification(WPS)
and Procedure Qualification Report(PQR)
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
-
10.0
9.2
3P + 1EX
AW+8
3P + 1EX
AW+10
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
AW+8
AW+10
AW+10
AW+10
AW+10
AW+10
AW+4
AW+4
AW+20
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
*1-12 *1 Subcontracting
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
*2-20
*3-20
*2 Coating
*3 Welding
X
X
o Weld Repair Procedure
o (Postweld) Heat Treatment Procedure
9.2
9.2
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
*3-20
*3-20
(1) Quantity: In numeral, Type: P=Paper Printing/Photocopy
E = Electronic Files (N : NATIVE, P: PDF, T:TIFF, D:DXF, X:EXCEL)
(2) Submittal due time in calendar weeks prior to (-) or after (+) the event indicated.
PR = With Proposal, AW = Award, FB = Fabrication, SH = Shipping,
*= Other Event/Activity defined in remarks column.
(3) Tenderer to indicate his schedule in remarks column if different from (2).

Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Annex 2
Rev.2
Spec.No. KJ-789-DN-427-001 Rev.No. 2 Page 6 of 7
SUBMIT
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
R I SPEC. REMARKS
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION SUBMITTAL
E N PARA.NO. QT’Y/TYPE (3)
WEEKS
V F (1)
(2)
W O
D5. Manufacturing and Fabrication(Con’t)
X
o Final Cleaning Procedure
X
o Nameplate Drawings
X
X
X
X
X
X
D6. Test and Examination
o NDE Procedure
o Visual Examination Procedure
o Hydrostatic Test Procedure
o Performance Test Procedure
o Preoperational Test Procedure
o Motor Test Procedure
X
o Shop Performance Test Procedure
X
o System operation Procedure
X
o Motor Test Report
X
o PCP (Process Control Program)
D7. Packing and Shipping
X
o Packing Procedure
X
o Shipping & Transportation and Storage
Procedure
11.0
11.0
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
*1-25
AW+10
*1 Cleaning
11.0
11.0
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
4.2.2
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
4P + 1EN
or 1EP
4P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
*2-25
*2-25
*2-25
*2-25
*2-25
*2-25
*2-25
*2-25
*2-25
*2-25
*2 Test
11.3
11.4
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
SH-20
SH-20
X
o List of Loose Parts(Parts or accessories nod
attached to the equipment delivered, but to be
installed at site)
4.2.2
3P + 1EN
or 1EP
SH *3
*3 Two copies
with shipment
I to Site &
one copy to the
A/E including
CR ROM
(1) Quantity: In numeral, Type: P=Paper Printing/Photocopy
E = Electronic Files (N : NATIVE, P: PDF, T:TIFF, D:DXF, X:EXCEL)
(2) Submittal due time in calendar weeks prior to (-) or after (+) the event indicated.
PR = With Proposal, AW = Award, FB = Fabrication, SH = Shipping,
*= Other Event/Activity defined in remarks column.
(3) Tenderer to indicate his schedule in remarks column if different from (2).

Annex 2.
Rev.A
Annex 2. Drawing and Data Requirements
Spec.No. KJ-789-DN-427-001 Rev.No. 2 Page 7 of 7
SUBMIT
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
R I SPEC. REMARKS
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION SUBMITTAL
E N PARA.NO. QT’Y/TYPE (3)
WEEKS
V F (1)
(2)
W O
D8. Site Instruction and Guideline
X
o Instruction Manual Including the Following
Information :

• Handling Instruction
• Installation Instruction
• Operation and Maintenance Manual

(All instrument's operation variable
(range, setpoint, default, etc))

• Final General Arrangement, Assembly and

Erection Drawings

• Complete Start-up, operation,
• Troubleshooting and Maintenance
• Instruction
• Warranted Performance Test Data
• Completed Material /Part List(s)
• Decontamination Operation Video (files)
• Other Required Data

4.4
20P+1EP
SH&*1
*1 Copies
With
Shipment
to site & 5
Copies to the
A/E including
CD-ROM
X
X
X
D9. Quality Verification Document
o QVDL and It’s Sample Forms Listed in
Annex 3
o Quality Verification Documents
D10. 3D CAD Electronic File
o Native 3D CAD File Format & DXF
X
o Index of Equipment Part List
D11. AS-Built Drawing & Document
4.3
4.3
3P+1EN or
1EP
3P+1EP
AW+4
*SH
*Two Copies
With Shipment
to site & One
Copy to the
Purchaser
1.2.2
4.2.2
1EN+1ED
AW+16
1EN
AW+16
*After
Installation
X o All As-Built Drawings 1P+1EN or *
1ET
X o All As-Built Documents 1P+1EN or *
1ET
(1) Quantity: In numeral, Type: P=Paper Printing/Photocopy
E = Electronic Files (N : NATIVE, P: PDF, T:TIFF, D:DXF, X:EXCEL)
(2) Submittal due time in calendar weeks prior to (-) or after (+) the event indicated.
PR = With Proposal, AW = Award, FB = Fabrication, SH = Shipping,
*= Other Event/Activity defined in remarks column.
(3) Tenderer to indicate his schedule in remarks column if different from (2).

Annex 3. QUALITY VERIFICATION DOCUMENTATION LIST
Annex 3.
Rev.2
품질증빙서류목록
(Quality Verification Documents List)
계약자 용역명
(Contractor) (Project Name)
계약자 확인 KAERI 확인
서류명 쪽번호
(Verified by (Verified by
(Doc. Title) (Page)
Contractor) KAERI)
품질증빙서류목록(QVDL) □ □
품질보증서 □ □
품질검사계획(종결본) □ □
재료일람표 □ □
원자재성적서 □ □
검사성적서 □ □
측정장비 교정성적서 □ □
Material Test Report (MTR) □ □
Certificate of Compliance □ □
Non-Destructive Examination (NDE)
□ □
Reports with RT films
Weld Repair Reports □ □
Cleaning Verification Report □ □
NEMA Routine Test Report for Motor □ □
Dimension Inspection Reports □ □
SDDR / NCR / CAR if ANY □ □
1 장 (검사 및 테스트)에서 요구하는
□ □
모든 검사 및 테스트 보고서
비고
(Remark)
Contractor Certification
We certify that the QVD meet the requirements of
the purchase order and applicable specification.
KAERI Acceptance
KAERI accept contractor's QVD.
Certified by :
Contractor's QA/QC Date
Manager
Accepted by :
KAERI Inspector Date

Annex 4. Reference Drawing
Reference drawings below shall be refer ed with the latest revision drawings.
[1] KJ-789-DN-171-001, P&ID for Natural Evaporation System
[2] KJ-254-DN-190-001, GA for Natural Evaporation Building
Annex 4.
Rev.2

Annex 5.
Rev.2
Annex 5. Minimum Nozzle Load Specification (Non-seismic category)

EQUIPMENT NOZZLE LOADS

EQUIPMENT NOZZLE LOADS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. SCOPE........................................................................................................................................... P2-1
2. NOZZLE FORCES AND MOMENTS FOR VESSEL AND HEAT EXCHANGER ............. P2-2
3. NOZZLE FORCES AND MOMENTS FOR ROTARY EQUIPMENT .................................. P2-5
4. CALCULATION OFALLOWABLE FORCES AND MOMENTS ON EQUIPMENT NOZZLES .......... P2-9

P2-i

1. SCOPE
This Appendix specifies the design load requirements on the nozzles for vessel, heat
exchanger, and rotary equipment. The resultant force (FR) and the resultant moment(MR ),
calculated in piping system stress analysis by OWNER will satisfy the following relationship.
Therefore, the Supplier shall design equipment nozzles to withstand loads equal to, or higher
than the applicable loads specified in tables.

1

2. NOZZLE FORCES AND MOMENTS FOR VESSEL AND HEAT EXCHANGER
Axes Orientation for Nozzles
Attached to Cylinderical Sections
of Vessel and Heat Exchanger
Axes Orientation for Nozzle
Attached to Sphericaland Elliptical
Surfaces of Vessel and Heat Exchanger
FR (max) = Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle (Kg) (due to normal operating
condition) when all moments
M R (max)= Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle (Kg-m) (due to normal
operating condition) when all forces are zero
The components of forces and moments in X, Y, and Z directions will not exceed the
following values.
FX(max) ≤ 100% FR (max)
FY(max) ≤ 50% F R (max)
FZ(max) ≤ 100% FR (max)
M X(max) ≤ 50% M R (max)
M Y(max) ≤ 80% M R (max)
M Z(max) ≤ 50% M R (max)

2 3 4

3. NOZZLE FORCES AND MOMENTS FOR ROTARY EQUIPMENT
3.1 Horizontal Rotary Equipment
FR (max) = Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle (Kg) (due to normal operating
condition) when all moments are zero
M R (max)= Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle (Kg-m) (due to normal
operating condition) when all forces are zero
The components of forces and moments in X, Y, and Z directions will not exceed the
following values.
FX(max) ≤ 50% FR (max)
FY(max) ≤ 80% FR (max)
FZ(max) ≤ 50% FR (max)
M X(max) ≤ 80% M R (max)
M Y(max) ≤ 50% M R (max)
M Z(max) ≤ 80% MR (max)

5

3.2 Vertical Rotary Equipment
FR (max) = Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle (Kg) (due to normal operating
condition) when all moments are zero
M R (max)= Maximum Resultant Force on Nozzle (Kg-m) (due to normal
operating condition) when all forces are zero
The components of forces and moments in X, Y, and Z directions will not exceed the
following values.
FX(max) ≤ 60% FR (max)
FY(max) ≤ 50% FR (max)
FZ(max) ≤ 60% FR (max)
M X(max) ≤ 60% M R (max)
M Y(max) ≤ 80% M R (max)
M Z(max) ≤ 60% MR (max)

6 7 8

4. CALCULATION OFALLOWABLE FORCES AND MOMENTS ON EQUIPMENT NOZZLES
Nozzle forces and moments, which are not indicated on the selection tables, are calculated in
accordance with the criteria, hereinafter, as described. The criteria to calculate allowable
nozzle reaction are based on the properties of the connecting pipe and allowable stresses in
the material. The maximum forces and moments imposed by the piping connected at each
nozzle of the specified equipment will not exceed those which satisfy the following
equations :
FR (max) =
M R (max) =
Where :
FR (max) = Maximum resultant force on nozzle(kg) (due to normal operating
condition) when all moments are zero
FR
= Actual resultant force on nozzle(kg)
M R (max) = Maximum resultant moment on nozzle(kg-m) (due
operating condition) when all forces are zero
to normal
M R
t
S
D
a
b
= Actual resultant moment on nozzle(kg-m)
= Nominal thickness of connecting piping(mm) as specified in the
equipment specification
= Limiting reference stress
= Pipe size factor
= Force multiplication factor
= Moment multiplication factor

9

The values of a, b and D for the applicable type of equipment are given in the followings.
o Multiplication factors for rotary equipment.
Multiplication Factor
DN 100 & Under
a 11.76
b 35.29
D * NPS+1
Nominal Pipe Size
DN 150 to DN 200
9.41
32.94
* NPS
DN 250 & Over
7.06
28.23
(* NPS+16)/3
o Multiplication factors for vessel and heat exchanger
Multiplication Factor
DN 100 & Under
a 9.00
b 25.00
D * NPS+1
(* NPS: Inch Unit)
Nominal Pipe Size
DN 150 to DN 200
7.06
23.53
* NPS
DN 250 & Over
5.88
18.83
(* NPS+16)/3

10

Annex 6. Regulatory Guide 1.143 (Rev.2) Table 1
Annex 6
Rev.2
Table 1 - Codes and Standards for the Design of SSC in Radwaste Facilities
Component Design and Construction Materials Welding Inspection and Testing
Structures - Concrete ACI-3l8 or ACI 349 ACI-3l8 or ACI 349 ACI-3l8 or ACI 349 ACI-3l8 or ACI 349
Structures-Steel (Hot Rolled) AISC-ASD or AISC LFRD or AISC
N-690(S327)
ASTM-A36 AWS-Dl.l AISC Standards and AWS Standards
Structures-Steel (Cold Formed) AISI SG-673 ASTM-A500 AWS-Dl.3, D9.l AISC Standards and AWS Standards
Piping and Valves ANSI/ASME B3l.3 ASME-Sec. II ASME, Sec. IX ANSI/ASME B3l.3
Atmospheric Tanks API-650 ASME Sec. II ASME, Sec. IX API-650
Tanks (0-l5 psig) API-620 ASME Sec. II ASME, Sec. IX API-620
Pressure Vessels and Tanks (>l5 psig) ASME BPVC Div. l or Div. 2 ASME Sec. II ASME, Sec. IX ASME Section VIII, Div. l or 2
Pumps API-6l0; API-674; API-675;
ASME BPVC Section VIII, Div. l
or Div. 2
Heat Exchangers TEMA STD, 8th Edition; ASME
BPVC Section VIII Div. l or Div. 2
ASTM A57l-
84(l997) or ASME
Sec. II
ASTM B359-98 or
ASME Sec. II
ASME, Sec. IX ASME BPVC Code Section III, Class
ASME, Sec. IX ASME Section VIII, Div. l or 2
HVAC Systems SMACNA Stds. ASTM F856-97
ASTM Cl290-00
AWS-Dl.l, Dl.3,
D9.l
SMACNA Stds
Conduit and Cable Trays NEMA TC2-l998 ASTM B633-98, AWS-Dl.l, Dl.3,
NEMA VEl-l998 Al23/Al23M-0l D9.l
NEMA TC2, VEl
Fire Protection Systems NFPA-l3 ; NFPA-l4 ASTM-A795 AWS-Dl.l, Dl.3,
D9.l, Dl0.9
NEMA TC2-l998, NEMA VEl-l998
NFPA-l3
Flexible Hoses and Hose
Connections for MRWP
ANSI/ANS-40.37 ANSI/ANS-40.37 ANSI/ANS-40.37 ANSI/ANS-40.37

===== KJ-070-DT-410-003_IFC_6_Environmental Qualification Requirement for Nuclear Safety-Related Equipment (2).pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification Requirement for Nuclear Safety-Related Equipment
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-003 Rev. No. 6
Safety Class
Quality Class
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
NNS N/A
Q T S
N/A
Seismic Category
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
N/A
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
For Construction For Fabrication
Preliminary For Information For Approval
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Hong-Jun Park 2021-09-07
Prepared by :
설계담당자(DE AE) Signature Date
Sang-Ki Shin 2021-09-07
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DE LE) Signature Date
Approved by :
Jong Seo Choi 2021-09-07
기술책임자(EM) Signature Date

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 1 of 19 Rev. 6
Revision History
Rev.
Date Description of Revision
No.
0 2015.02.02
1St ISSUE
(Resubmitted by CAR-KJDH-16-06, 2016.05.10)
2nd ISSUE
1 2015.07.23
Inserted publishing year
Modified word, whole section

• Before : appendix
• After : Document

Changed the body, Section 2.1, Page 4
Changed document form
2 2015.09.21
3rd ISSUE
Modified Contents
Inserted standard, Section 3.2, Page 7
3 2015.11.09
4th ISSUE
Modified publishing year in accordance with KJ-070-KF-403-001
Deleted qualification by similarity
4 2016.07.06
General revision
5th ISSUE
5 2021.08.11
6th ISSUE
Modified Sec.1.1, 3, 3.2 in accordance with PM MEMO, KJ-L-KH/DH-16-
0794
6
결재정보
참조
Issued by PM MEMO for Rev.5, “Approved with Comment by KAERI”,
2021.08.23, “KJ-L-KH/DH-21-1987

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 2 of 19 Rev. 6
Date of revision history has been re-added as per the owner’s comment.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 3 of 19 Rev. 6
CONTENTS
Para. Description Page
1. GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 4
2. DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 4
3. CODES AND STANDRARDS ....................................................................................... 5
4. TENDER REQUIREMENTS AND SUPPLIER’S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................ 8
5. QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS...........................................................................10
6. QUALIFICATION METHODS......................................................................................10
7. DOCUMENTATION .....................................................................................................12
ATTACHMENT A.........................................................................................................................13
ATTACHMENT B.........................................................................................................................17

1. GENERAL
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 4 of 19 Rev. 6
1.1. This Document provides the environmental qualification requirements for the Supplier of
Class 1E electrical equipment including cables, instrumentation and control, and/or safety
related active mechanical equipment located in harsh or mild environments.
1.2. The Supplier shall comply with all relevant industry standards and regulatory guidelines as
specified in the Design specification and/or Procurement specification which forms the basis
for and are part of the environmental qualification requirements.
1.3. The environmental qualification supplier checklist (Attachment A) shall be completed by the
supplier.
2. DEFINITIONS
Definitions of terms are given in IEEE 323, and are repeated here for convenience in
using as follows
2.1. Aging conditioning :
Exposure of sample equipment to environmental, operational, and system conditions
to simulate these conditions for a period of time; design basis events are not included.
2.2. Class 1E :
The safety classification of the electrical (including instrumentation and control)
equipment and systems that are essential to emergency reactor shutdown,
containment isolation, reactor core cooling, and containment and reactor heat removal,
or are otherwise essential in preventing significant release of radioactive material to the
environment.
2.3. Components :
Items from which the equipment is assembled such as resistors, capacitors, wires,
connectors, transistors, tubes, switches, springs, etc.
2.4. Design Basis Events (DBE) :
Postulated events used in the design to establish the acceptable performance
requirements for the structures, systems, and components.
2.5. Design Life :
The time period during which satisfactory performance can be expected for a specific
set of service conditions.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 5 of 19 Rev. 6
2.6. Equipment
An assembly of components designed and manufactured to perform specific functions.
2.7. Equipment Qualification:
The generation and maintenance of evidence to ensure that equipment will operate on
demand to meet system performance requirements during normal and abnormal
service conditions and postulated design basis events.
2.8. Harsh Environment
An environment which causes a significant increase in environmental factors such as
pressure, temperature, chemical etc. owing to a postulated DBE, or any environment
with a total integrated dose (TID) greater than 100 Gy(greater than 10 Gy for electronic
equipments and components such as semiconductors or electronic components
containing organic material).
2.9. Synergistic Effects
The effects which result from two or more stresses acting together, as distinguished
from the effects of the stresses applied separately.
2.10. Margin
The difference between service conditions and the conditions used for equipment
qualification.
2.11. Mild Environment
An environment that would at no time be significantly more severe than the environment
that would occur during normal plant operation including anticipated operational
occurrences. Any area that is not a harsh environment is a mild environment.
2.12. Qualified Life
The period of time, prior to the start of a design basis event, for which equipment was
demonstrated to meet the design requirements for the specified service conditions.
2.13. Service Conditions
Environmental, loading, power and signal conditions expected as a result of normal
operating requirements, expected extreme (abnormal) operating requirements, and
postulated conditions appropriate for the design basis events of the station.
3. CODES AND STANDARDS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 6 of 19 Rev. 6
3.1. The specification to which this document is attached contains a list of referenced codes and
standards.
3.2. Safety related equipment to be applied this document shall meet the requirements of the
following standards and in addition those of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix A, General Design
Criterion 4, "Environmental and Missile Design Bases", Appendix B, Criterion III, "Design
Control," Criterion XI, "Test Control," and Criterion XVII, "Quality Assurance Records," and
10 CFR 50.49, "Environmental Qualification of Electric Equipment Important to Safety for
Nuclear Power Plants".
1) 10 CFR Part 50-2000, Appendix A, General Design Criterion 4, ”Environmental and
Missile Design Bases.”
2) 10 CFR Part 50-2000, Appendix B, Criterion III, "Design Control,” Criterion XI, "Test
Control,” and Criterion XVII, "Quality Assurance Records.”
3) IEEE Std 323-2003 (END 1100), "Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for
Nuclear Power Generating Stations", Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers.
4) IEEE Std. 334-1999 (END 3300), "Standard for Qualifying Continuous Duty Class
1E Motors for Nuclear Power Generating Stations," Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers.
5) IEEE Std 344-2004 (END 2000), "Recommended Practices for Seismic
Qualification of Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations",
Institute of Electronics and Electronics Engineers.
6) IEEE Std 382-1996 (END 3700), "Standard for Qualification of Actuators for Power
Operated Valve Assemblies with Safety-Related Functions for Nuclear Power
Plants", Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
7) IEEE Std 383-2003 (END 3810), "Standard for Type Test of Class 1E Electric
Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations",
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
8) IEEE Std 420-2001 (END 3230), "Standard for the Design and Qualification of
Class 1E control Board, Panels and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating
Stations.
9) IEEE Std 535-1994 (END 3500), "Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Lead
Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Generating Stations", Institute of Electrical

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 7 of 19 Rev. 6
and Electronics Engineers.
10) IEEE Std. 572-1992 (END 3830), "Standard for Qualification of Class 1E
Connection Assemblies for Nuclear Power Generating Stations". Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
11) IEEE Std 603-1998 (ENB 1100), "Standard Criteria for Safety Systems for Nuclear
Power Generating Stations", Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
12) IEEE Std 627-1980 (END 3100), "Standard for Design Qualification of Safety
Systems Equipment Used in Nuclear Power Generating Stations", Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
13) IEEE Std 649-2006 (END 3220), "Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Motor Control
Centers for Nuclear Power Generating Stations".
14) IEEE Std 650-2006 (END 3600), "Standard for Qualification of Class 1E Static
Battery Chargers and Inverters for Nuclear Power Generating Stations", Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
15) ASME QME-1-2000 (MF), Qualification of Active Mechanical Equipment Used in
Nuclear Facilities.
16) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.63-1987, "Electric Penetration Assemblies in
Containment Structures for Nuclear Power Plants".
17) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.73-1974, "Qualification Tests of Electric Valve
Operators Installed Inside the Containment of Nuclear Power Plants".
18) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.89-1984, "Environmental Qualification of Certain
Electric Equipment Important to Safety for Nuclear Power Plants".
19) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.97-2006, "Instrumentation of Light-Water-Cooled
Nuclear Power Plants to Assess Plant and Environs Conditions During and
Following an Accident".
20) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.156-2011, "Environmental Qualification of Connection
Assemblies for Nuclear Power Plants".
21) USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.158-1989, "Qualification of Safety-Related Lead
Storage Batteries for Nuclear Power Plant".

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 8 of 19 Rev. 6
22) NUREG-0588-1980, "Interim Staff Position on Environmental Qualification of
Safety-Related Electrical Equipment".
23) NUREG-0800-2010 (SRP3.11), "Environmental Qualification of Mechanical and
Electrical Equipment".
4. TENDER REQUIREMENTS AND SUPPLIER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1. Tender Requirements
4.1.1. The Tender shall submit a summary of the proposed environmental qualification program as a
part of the proposal. The guideline for preparing a summary of an environmental qualification
program is given in attachment B.
4.1.2. If the Tender has a pre-qualified equipment which satisfies the specification requirements, the
Tender shall provide clear indication of such qualification to be utilized for addressing
environmental qualification issues. Its applicability in the form of an environmental qualification
summary shall be submitted to the purchaser for review and acceptance.
4.1.3. The Tender shall be responsible for resolving with the purchaser, any uncertainties regarding
the specifications and environmental qualification requirements, prior to award of contract.
4.2. Supplier Responsibility After Award.
4.2.1. The environmental qualification (EQ) of the equipment shall be achieved by type test, analysis,
operating experience or combination thereof. Prior to conducting type test, the Supplier shall
submit to the purchaser a detailed EQ test program (test procedure or plan) in accordance with
project documents submittal requirements of the design specification for review and
acceptance. If the purchaser is not satisfied, the EQ test program shall be modified accordingly.
4.2.2. After the Supplier's successful submittal of the EQ test program, the Supplier as applicable,
shall proceed with the testing and documentation of the environmental qualification program.
Complete qualification documentation including test reports and programs shall be submitted
to the purchaser in accordance with section 6.0 of this document for review and acceptance.
4.2.3. In cases where a Supplier has selected to use previous qualification results as the basis for
satisfying environmental qualification requirements, the Supplier shall submit the complete
qualification documentation in accordance with section 6.0 of this document for review and
acceptance.
4.2.4. The Supplier shall be responsible for resolving with the purchaser, any uncertainties,
comments and concerns resulting from the qualification documentation review and acceptance
process. If the answers given are not acceptable to the purchaser, the Supplier shall modify
the method of environmental testing program/report to satisfy these requirements.
4.3. The Supplier shall include the following information as a minimum in the qualification
documentation submittals:
1) Performance characteristics under normal, abnormal, operational testing, DBE,
and post DBE Conditions.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 9 of 19 Rev. 6
2) The range of voltage, frequency, load, and other electrical characteristics including
voltage / current / frequency fluctuations / leakage current / Insulation Resistance
(IR) values.
3) The installation requirements, including mounting configurations, orientation and
any other details of equipment interface.
4) Preventive maintenance schedule for continued qualification of the equipment.
5) The design capability of the equipment and its sub-components.
6) Identification of control, indicating, and other auxiliary devices of the equipment or
external to the equipment for proper operation.
7) The range, type, and duration, of environmental conditions including temperature,
pressure, relative humidity, radiation, submergence and seismic forces.
8) Complete description and number of operating cycles, including periodic testing.
9) Qualified life.
4.4. The Supplier shall also include the following information as a minimum in the environmental
qualification documentation:
1) The equipment parts list. Each part shall have, as a minimum, the following
information:

• Part number
• Description
• Number required
• Drawing references
• Material (scientific name and commercial name as applicable)
• Criticality (critical or non - critical)
• Recommended frequency of replacement, if applicable
• Fabrication and material requirements including ASTM and/or MIL specification

numbers

• Storage requirement, as applicable

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 10 of 19 Rev. 6
2) List of recommended spare parts and their shelf life as applicable
3) Manufacturer's detail and dimensional drawing number(s), fabrication procedure
number(s), and quality control procedure number(s). The purchaser reserves the
right to obtain these drawings and procedures at such time that the Supplier ceases
manufacture of the parts or at such time that the Supplier terminates business.
4) Any NRC Bulletins, IE Notices, and other NRC publications issued regarding the
purchased equipment
4.5. The Supplier shall issue a detailed Surveillance and Maintenance procedure for the
purchased equipment based on the results of the environmental qualification program.
4.6. In cases where the equipment fails to withstand the environmental requirements associated
with the postulated plant conditions under the environmental qualification program, the
Supplier shall be responsible for making all necessary changes to his equipment, at his own
expense, so that the equipment meets the environmental qualification requirements.
4.7. All qualification documentations shall be submitted, reviewed, and accepted prior to
equipment shipment to the site. Any delays in shipment which results from the lack of
acceptance of qualification documentation shall be at the expense of the Supplier.
5. QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
5.1. The environmental qualification of Class 1E electrical (including instrumentation and control)
and safety-related active mechanical equipment located in harsh environment is achieved by
assuring its operability when subjected to equivalent conditions which would be seen during
and after the postulated plant conditions as specified in the design specification. The Supplier
may select one of the following qualification methods:
1) Qualification by type test only
2) Qualification by analysis
3) Qualification by operating experience
4) Qualification by a combination of type test, analysis and operating experience
5.2. The Supplier shall show that the severity of the qualification method used for the equipment
equals or exceeds the maximum anticipated requirements and conditions.
5.3. Regardless of the qualification method chosen, the conditions and requirements for those
portions of the methods are stated in the following sections and shall be met.
6. QUALIFICATION METHODS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 11 of 19 Rev. 6
6.1. Many factors control the design of a qualification method. All assumptions used in the method
shall be given and justified. All applicable mechanical loads and environmental conditions
shall be simulated during tests.
6.2. Qualification by type test only is recommended when the following conditions are fulfilled:
1) The environmental requirements can be simulated by type test.
2) The testing chamber allows the simulation of actual equipment mounting.
3) It is possible to monitor the functional capability of the active equipment during the
test.
4) The tested equipment is typical to the equipment to be qualified.
6.3. Qualification by analysis:
Qualification by analysis consists of quantitative analysis supported by type test, operating
experience, or physical laws of nature to demonstrate that the equipment can meet the
requirements of the design specification.
6.4. Qualification by operating experience:
Performance data from equipment of similar design that has successfully operated under
known service conditions may be used in qualifying other equipment to equal or less severe
conditions. Applicability of this data depends on the adequacy of documentation establishing
past service conditions, equipment performance, and similarity against the equipment to be
qualified and upon which operating experience exists. A demonstration of required operability
during applicable design basis event(s) shall be included in equipment qualification programs
based on operating experience, when design basis event qualification is required.
6.5. Qualification by a combination of qualification type test, analysis, and operating experience:
This approach may be used for the qualification of complex assemblies such as cables,
control boards, panels, switchgear assemblies, pumps and motors, diesel-generator unit,
control valves, etc.
6.6. Test sequence:
The equipment qualification testing shall be performed in a specified sequence. Any change
in the sequence of testing may be acceptable if adequately justified. Further, the sequence
used by the Supplier shall be justified as the most severe for the equipment being tested. For
most equipment and applications, the test sequence provided in IEEE 323 constitutes an
acceptable sequence. However, for unique equipment, a sequence other than that indicated
below shall be followed as required by the applicable IEEE standards.
1) Inspection of test sample(s) for any damage and to determine its performance
characteristics
2) Test sample(s) at normal conditions for functional data base
3) Test sample(s) at the extremes of all performance and electrical characteristics
(excluding DBE and post DBE conditions)

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 12 of 19 Rev. 6
4) Thermal aging (Note 1)
5) Radiation aging-normal service conditions dose. DBE radiation dose may also be
included here (Notes 1 and 2).
6) Certain necessary performance measurements
7) Vibration aging
8) DBE testing with required performance measurements (Notes 3 and 4)
9) Post-DBE test
10) Disassembly and inspection
Notes:
1. Radiation aging is to precede thermal aging if synergistic effects are not identified.
2. Radiation aging need not be done if it is shown that the required radiation level
would not affect the equipment's safety-related function(s).
3. Submergence exposure if applicable should be incorporated in the DBE testing.
4. DBE radiation dose may be excluded if incorporated in radiation aging (normal
service condition test).
7. DOCUMENTATION
The environmental qualification documentation shall verify that each type of Class 1E
electrical (including instrumentation and control) or safety-related active mechanical
equipment located in harsh environment is qualified for its intended application and meets its
specified environmental qualification and performance requirements. The Supplier shall
provide the specific sections of the environmental qualification documentation noted below:
Tab A. Environmental Qualification Supplier Checklist (Attachment A)
Tab B. Justification & Analysis (i.e.，qualified life calculation and/or other justification for
acceptance)
Tab C. Maintenance & Surveillance Requirements including Supporting Data
Tab D. Qualification Test Program (Plan or Procedure) and Report
Tab E. Parts Lists and Recommended Spare Parts List
Tab F. References and Miscellaneous Data

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 13 of 19 Rev. 6
ATTACHMENT A
Environmental Qualification Supplier Checklist

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 14 of 19 Rev. 6
1. INSTRUCTIONS
In the space provided for comments after each question, the supplier shall
a) Reference the applicable sections of the test program/report (where such information can
be found) in comments column provided if answer to the question is "YES."
b) Indicate if the exclusion of information is acceptable or unacceptable and provide
justification, if answer to the question is ”NO.”
c) Provide justification, if answer to the question is "N/A” (i.e., "Not Applicable").

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 15 of 19 Rev. 6
Item Description Yes No N/A Comments
No.
1 Did you adequately describe the qualified equipment
(Manufacturer, Model, Equipment ID, Function, Serial
Number, etc.)?
2 Did you identify all parameters for normal, abnormal and
accident service conditions for equipment?
3 Did you outline equipment characteristics?
4 Did you outline equipment acceptance criteria?
5 Did you outline test sequence?
6 Did you identify the following for each test?
a - Number of samples used
b - Equipment mounting and connections
c - Margins
d - Leakage current / Insulation Resistance (IR) values
e - Potential drifting
f - Operability requirements and test results
g - Test equipment, its accuracy and date of calibration
h - Similarity between tested and installed equipment
i - Equipment performance before/during/after test
j - Loads applied to equipment
k - Anomalies and its dispositions
l - Description of test, test results, and conclusions
m - Environmental variables monitored during test

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 16 of 19 Rev. 6
Item Description Yes No N/A Comments
No.
7 Was the equipment qualified for normal / abnormal
conditions?
8 Was the equipment qualified for DBE / Post DBE
conditions?
9 Was chemical spray considered for DBE test?
10 Did you perform seismic testing on aged samples?
11 Did you consider synergistic effects?
12 Did you justify qualification by analysis?
13 Did you include all sections of environmental qualification
documentation as mentioned in Section 7.0 of this
Document?
14 Did you identify the following in EQ Documentation?
a - Maintenance/Surveillance Requirements and
Procedures
b - Non-metallic parts (scientific and commercial names,
Activation energy, maximum aging temperature,
shelf life, and storage requirements)
c - Critical parts and dimensional drawing number(s)
d - Required spare parts
e - Applicable codes and standards
f - Information Notices and IE Bulletins issued by NRC on
this equipment type
g - Postulated failure modes for the equipment
h - Applicability of qualified equipment to KJRR seismic
and environmental requirements

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 17 of 19 Rev. 6
ATTACHMENT B
Guideline for Preparing a Summarv of an Environmental Qualification Program

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 18 of 19 Rev. 6
This attachment is a guideline for the preparation of tender or proposal stage environmental
qualification programs. As a guideline it is not meant to be exhaustive nor complete, in part
because each situation would be different requiring different information for presentation. For
clarity, the guideline has been sectioned into a number of suggested subtopics which need
not be limited to these and not necessary in the order presented. These subtopics are as
follows:
1. PURPOSE FOR SCOPE
The scope of this summary could be a statement that reads similar to the following, "The
purpose is to present an environmental qualification program for the qualification of to
the satisfaction of the environmental requirements outlined in the KJRR Project
Specification."
2. REFERENCES
Applicable references shall also be provided such as:
a) IEEE 323, "Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating
Stations."
b) 10 CFR 50.49, ”Environmental Qualification of Electric Equipment Important to Safety for
Nuclear Power Plants.”
c) Etc.
3. PROPOSED EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
This section shall describe the proposed equipment. The identification of the equipment could
include but is not limited to the following items:
a) Manufacturer and Model Number
b) Equipment No.
c) Equipment Description
d) Etc.
4. PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS
A brief outline meant to confirm the tenderer’s intent to meet the required qualification levels
of Temperature, Pressure, Radiation, Relative Humidity, Chemical Spray, Submergence, etc.
shall be provided.
5. GENERAL QUALIFICATION INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Environmental Qualification
Requirements for Nuclear Safety-
Related Electrical Equipment
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-003
Sheet 19 of 19 Rev. 6
This section shall include a statement about the Performance Requirements, Acceptance
Criteria, etc. to be employed including margin and a discussion about methods of addressing
equipment aging, synergism and any aging mechanisms.
6. QUALIFICATION METHOD AND PROCEDURE
Provide a Description of the qualification method and/or procedures that would be employed
such as: type test, analysis, operating experience, and combination thereof.
7. DOCUMENTATION
Details pertaining to the type of deliverables shall be spelled out, e.g., test data, laboratory
log files, etc. Also, documentations being submitted for environmental qualification shall
comply with the design specification.

===== KJ-070-DT-410-004_IFC_3_Requirements for Coating Services Level II Components.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services Level II Components
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-004 Rev. No. 3
Safety Class
Quality Class
NNS N/A
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
N/A
Q T S
Seismic Category
N/A
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary For Information For Approval
For Construction For Fabrication
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Prepared by :
Young-Woo Roh 2026-04-09
Signature Date
Sichoon Park 2026-04-09
Reviewed by :
설계담당자(DM AE) Signature Date
Approved by :
Hoon Lee 2026-04-09
EM Signature Date
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 1 of 19 Rev. 3
Revision History
Document Title : Requirements for Coating Services Level II Components
Document No : KJ-070-DT-410-004
Rev.
Date
No.
Rev. 3
Description of Revision
0
2014.12.01
Issue for Use
1
1A
2
3
2021.08.20
2021.11.25
2022.11.15
2026.04.07
Revised by submittal purpose change
Revised by KJ-DCN-DM-210002
3.1.1 J) , 9.3 d)
Revised by KJ-L-DH/KH-22-0749
Revised by Complementation of Touch-up requirement
5.1.2 c), 11.2, 11.3, 11.4
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

Para.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
CONTENTS
Description
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 2 of 19 Rev. 3
Page
1.
2.
3.
4.
SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3
DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................ 4
REFERENCES .............................................................................................................. 5
SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................................ 7
5.
6.
MATERIALS .................................................................................................................. 8
COATING QUALIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE TEST REQUIREMENTS............10
7.
8.
MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE ..................................................................12
SURFACE PREPARATION ........................................................................................ 13
9.
APPLICATION OF COATING ..................................................................................... 13
10.
INSPECTION AND TESTING ..................................................................................... 15
11.
TOUCH-UP .................................................................................................................. 17
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

1.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
SCOPE
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 3 of 19 Rev. 3
The coating requirements specified herein are applicable for the exposed ferrous metal
surfaces of equipment, components and miscellaneous steel surfaces. Coating steel
surfaces in contact with concrete is not required.
The following surfaces shall not be coated unless otherwise indicated.
a) Stainless steel
b) Galvanized steel
c) Machined or wearing surfaces (Suitable shipping and storage preservative is
required.)
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

2.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
DEFINITIONS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 4 of 19 Rev. 3
2.1.
The term "Coating Service Level II", as defined in ANSI N101.4, shall apply to all coatings
used on equipment, systems or materials outside the confines of KJRR in the Reactor
Confinement Structure but subject to radiation and decontamination. This coating work is not
required to withstand the Loss of coolant (LOCA) environment.
2.2.
Coating Work - all inclusive term to define all operations required to accomplish a complete
coating job; the term shall be construed to include materials, equipment, labor, preparation
of surfaces, control of ambient conditions, application of the coating system, inspection, etc.
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

3.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
REFERENCES
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 5 of 19 Rev. 3
3.1.
Supplier shall conform to the applicable requirements of the following references, in effect as
of April 10, 2013, unless otherwise indicated:
3.1.1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards:
a) ASTM D714
Paints
Standard Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Blistering of
b) ASTM D3843 Standard Practice for Quality Assurance for Protective Coatings
Applied to Nuclear Facilities
c) ASTM D3912 Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of Coating Used
in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants
d) ASTM D4060 Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic
Coatings by the Taber Abraser
e) ASTM D4082 Standard Test Method for Effects of Gamma Radiation on
Coatings for Use in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants
f) ASTM D4214 Test Method for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior
Paint Films
g) ASTM D4228 Standard Practice for Qualification of Coating Applicators for
Application of Coatings to Steel Surfaces
h) ASTM D4256 Standard Test Method for Decontamination of the
Decontaminability of Coatings Used in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants
i) ASTM D4541 Standard Test Method for Pull-off Strength of Coatings Using
Portable Adhesion Testers
j) ASTM D5144 Standard Guide for Use of Protective Coating Standard in Nuclear
Power Plants
k) ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
3.1.2. Structural Steel Painting Council Specifications (SSPC)
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 6 of 19 Rev. 3
a) SSPC-SP1
Solvent Cleaning
b) SSPC-SP2
Hand Tool Cleaning
c) SSPC-SP3
Power Tool Cleaning
d) SSPC-SP10
Near White Blast Cleaning
e) SSPC-PA2
Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages
f) SSPC-Vis1
Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

4.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
SUBMITTALS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 7 of 19 Rev. 3
4.1.
If the Supplier does not use the qualified coating system in Article 5.0 of this specification,
the Supplier shall submit the following to evaluate the coating system to be proposed for the
acceptability of the project requirements with the bid proposal.
4.1.1. The name of coating manufacturer and coating systems that the supplier proposes to use.
4.1.2. Certified copies of the authorized laboratory’s test reports performed in compliance with the
requirements of Article 6.0. (DBA tests wi1l not be required.)
4.2.
The Supplier shall furnish procedures for storage, handling, surface preparation, application
and inspection for specified coating system(s).
4.3.
The Supplier shall submit the following for quality verification documentation as a minimum:
a) A coating manufacturer’s product identity certification record for the each batch of
coating material.
b) A record of inspection and test as referred in Article 10.0.
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

5.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
MATERIALS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 8 of 19 Rev. 3
5.1.
The Prime and/or finish coating materials shall be one of the following (no deviations
permitted):
5.1.1. Exposed ferrous metal surfaces of structural steel and miscellaneous steel
a) One coat of inorganic zinc primer and one coat of epoxy finish.
b) Coating System Thickness (DFT):
1) Primer:
3.0 mils minimum to 5.0 mils maximum
2) Finish:
3.0 mils minimum to 5.0 mils maximum
(4.0 mils minimum to 6.0 mils maximum for Nucpoxy 300)
c) Qualified coating materials as a complete system shall be one of the following:
Manufacturer
Carboline Korea Ltd.
KCC Corporation
Ahae Corporation
Samhwa Paint Co., Ltd.
System
Primer
Carbozinc 11SG N(K)
IZ 197
Zinclight IZ 133
Nuczinc 100
Finish
Carboguard 890 N(K)
ET 5290
Nupon 330
Nucpoxy 300
5.1.2. Exposed ferrous metal surface of all other equipment and components having a surface
temperature less than 200℉:
a) One coat of epoxy primer and one coat of epoxy finish.
b) Coating System Thickness (DFT):
1) Primer:
3.0 mils minimum to 5.0 mils maximum
2) Finish:
3.0 mils minimum to 5.0 mils maximum
(4.0 mils minimum to 6.0 mils maximum for Nucpoxy 300)
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 9 of 19 Rev. 3
c) Qualified coating materials as a complete system shall be one of the following:
Manufacturer
Carboline Korea Ltd.
KCC Corporation
Keeler & Long Inc.
Ahae Corporation
Samhwa Paint Co., Ltd.
Primer
System
Finish
Carboguard 893 N(K)
EP 1290
Carboguard 890 N(K)
ET 5290
7107LF
Nupon 330
Nucpoxy 100
E-1-7475
Nupon 330
Nucpoxy 300
5.1.3. Exposed ferrous metal surfaces of equipment and components having a surface temperature
200℉ to 750℉.
a) One coat of inorganic zinc primer, applied to a dry film thickness of 3.0 mils to 5.0
mils
b) Qualified coating materials as a complete system shall be one of the following:
Manufacturer
Carboline Korea Ltd.
KCC Corporation
Ahae Corporation
Samhwa Paint Co., Ltd.
System
Carbozinc 11SG N(K)
IZ 197
Zinclight IZ 133
Nuczinc 100
5.2.
Solvents, thinners and cleaners shall be the product of the coating manufacturer. Products
from different manufacturers shall not be intermixed.
5.3.
Abrasives used for blast cleaning shall be capable of producing the specified surface profile
height.
5.4. Color of finish coat shall be in accordance with Table-1.
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

6.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 10 of 19 Rev. 3
COATING QUALIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE TEST REQUIREMENTS
The coating systems shall be satisfied with the quality tests for which the procedures
and acceptance criteria are stated below:
6.1.
Physical Properties Tests
6.1.1. Adhesion Test
a) Procedure: ASTM D4541
b) Acceptance criteria: A minimum of two panels shall be tested for each coating
system. Minimum adhesion shall be 200 psi consisting of three adhesion tests on each
test panel.
6.1.2. Abrasion Resistance Test
a) Procedure: ASTM D4060
b) Acceptance criteria: Weight loss shall not exceed 175 mg/1000 cycles when a CS-
17 wheel is used with a 1000-gram load.
6.2.
Radiation Tolerance Test
6.2.1. Procedure: ASTM D 4082
a) Irradiation dose rate (Gamma field) - Greater than 1x10 4 Gy/hr.
b) The total integrated dose for satisfying the test requirements is 2x10 6 Gy.
c) Test environment - Air
6.2.2. Acceptance Criteria: Checking, cracking, flaking, delamination, peeling, and blistering are not
permitted.
6.3.
Decontamination Test
6.3.1. Procedure: ASTM D4256, Contamination procedure ’A’
6.3.2. The following decontamination test results shall be submitted for information.
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 11 of 19 Rev. 3
a) Procedure and conditions relating to the test specimen preparation.
b) Decontamination Factors
c) Percent activity removed.
d) Any deterioration of the coating due to the test procedure.
6.4.
Chemical Resistance Test
6.4.1. Procedure: ASTM D3912, Chemical exposure test.
6.4.2. Acceptance Criteria
a) Peeling or delamination shall not be permitted.
b) Blistering (ASTM D714) shall be limited to size 4, 6 or 8 intact, blisters, not
exceeding a “frequency of a few”.
c) Discoloration and softening will be permitted.
6.5.
Fire Evaluation Test
6.5.1. Procedure: ASTM E84, Flame - Spread Tests
6.5.2. Acceptance Criteria: Flame - Spread rating shall not exceed 25 as measured on the
noncombustible substrate.
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

7.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 12 of 19 Rev. 3
7.1.
Coating materials shall be delivered in the manufacturer's original sealed containers bearing
legible labels.
7.2.
The sides of each container shall have the following information listed:
a) Manufacturer's name
b) Product name and number
c) Product color designation
d) Product batch number and manufacturing date
e) Product shelf life expiration date
7.3.
Materials from damaged containers shall not be used in the work. The containers of coatings
or thinners shall not be opened unless ready for immediate use.
7.4.
Coated steel or components shall be rested on wooden supports during shop storage or
shipment. If it is necessary to stack members, wooden separators shall be used. Coated steel
or components shall at no time be placed directly on other steel or directly on the ground.
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

8.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
SURFACE PREPARATION
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 13 of 19 Rev. 3
8.1.
Surface preparation by pickling or chemical treatment is not permitted.
8.2.
Surfaces shall be blasted in accordance with SSPC-SP10, unless noted otherwise (higher
grade only), using only dry blasting abrasive. The height of the profile of the anchor pattern
shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the coating system and as measured with
a Keane-Tator profile comparator or Elcometer roughness gauge adjusted to profile height.
8.3.
Steel and fabrication defects such as weld spatter, sharp edges of welds, delamination, scabs
and slivers visible before or revealed by blast cleaning shall be repaired prior to coating.
8.4.
Surface preparation operations shall be performed under the following conditions:
a) Relative humidity shall not exceed 80 percent.
b) There shall be no moisture on the steel. The surface temperature of the steel shall
be at least 3℃ above the dew point.
c) Abrasive shall be dry and oil-free. Oil and water separators shall be used in
compressed air lines to remove oil and moisture from the air before it is used.
Separators shall be placed as close as possible to the blast equipment.
d) Blasting shall not be performed in the same area where coating or curing of coated
surfaces is in progress.
e) Blasting equipment shall be in good operating condition.
8.5.
The total elapsed time from blast cleaning to the application of the coating shall not exceed
4 hours, but in any event before visible rusting occurs.
8.6.
After blasting and immediately prior to coating, the blasting dust shall be removed by using a
high pressure air blow off and followed by vacuum cleaning.
9.
APPLICATION OF COATING
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

9.1.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 14 of 19 Rev. 3
Mixing and application of coating material shall be in accordance with the coating
manufacturer's published instructions.
9.2.
Faying surfaces (except for friction-type connections) including bolt holes and splice plates
shall be coated to a dry film thickness between 2.0 mils minimum and 3.0 mils maximum.
Steel which is to be field welded shall be masked one inch from the edge prior to coating.
9.3.
Application shall be performed under the following conditions:
a) Relative humidity shall not exceed 80 percent.
b) Surface temperature of steel shall be between 50℉ and 100℉.
c) There shall be no moisture on the steel surface.
d) Metal temperature shall be at least 3℃ above dew point.
e) The steel surfaces shall be clean and free from contamination.
f) Lighting shall be adequate for the proper application of coating material.
g) Spray equipment shall be in good operating condition.
h) Traps shall be used in air supply lines to remove moisture and oil.
9.4.
Runs, sags, drips or overspray which cause failures by loss of adhesion, blistering, peeling,
mudcracking or rusting of substrate shall not be permitted. Defective areas shall be reblasted
and recoated.
9.5.
Erection marks as shown on approved shop drawings shall be placed on each member after
application of the coating with approved erection marking material.
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
10.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 15 of 19 Rev. 3
10.1. Supplier shall maintain necessary instruments to test and inspect surface preparation,
coating application and the fully cured coating at the place of work for his quality control and
shall be made available for Purchaser's use. These instruments shall include:
a) Thermometer
b) Hygrometer
c) A thickness gauge such as Mikrotest or Elcometer with range between zero and
40mils.
d) A surface profile gauge such as Elcometer Roughness Gauge or the Keane -Tator
profile Comparator (ASTM D4417)
e) A 5X (or higher) magnifier
f) A flashlight
g) A wet film thickness gauge (ASTM D4414)
h) Calibrated shims
10.2. The Supplier shall perform the following inspection and testing:
10.2.1. Surface preparation
a) Verify compliance with requirements of the coating manufacturer's specification.
b) Confirm the blast quality by comparing the blasted surface with SSPC-Vis. 1 and the
approved steel sample profile with an Elcometer roughness gauge adjusted to profile
height or a Keane-Tator Profile Comparator.
c) Conduct an air blast test at the beginning of each shift of blasting. The air blast (free
of sand) shall be directed toward a clean white absorbent paper or cloth for 2 minutes
to detect any oil or moisture in the air supply. Blasting shall proceed only when oil or
moisture is not detectable.
d) Check the abrasive daily for grease and oil contamination. Place the abrasive into a
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 16 of 19 Rev. 3
glass of water checking for visual indications of grease or oil. If grease and oil are
present the abrasive shall not be used.
e) Inspect blasted surfaces immediately before application of the coating. Coating
application shall proceed only when results of the inspection are acceptable to
Supplier's inspector.
10.2.2. Handling and application of coating:
a) Check each coating material shipment for acceptable condition of the containers and
packages.
b) Check spray equipment twice daily for correct air pressure, cleanliness of agitators,
hoses and pots, and correct size of tips and caps.
c) Mixed material that exceeds pot life shall be rejected.
d) Check the dry film thickness of coating using SSPC-PA2.
e) Check continuously for the following coating defects and take immediate corrective
action:

• Loss of adhesion
• Blistering
• Peeling
• Mudcracking
• Rusting of substrate
• Dry overspray
• Runs and sags
• Embedded particles
• Other imperfections and blemishes

f) Checking relative humidity and temperature to allow the specified curing period.
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
11.
TOUCH-UP
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 17 of 19 Rev. 3
11.1. Supplier shall provide to Purchaser, with the shipment of the equipment, components, or
materials to the project site, one-gallon container(s) of each coating material used for the
work, including required solvents, label each container with the color name, batch number,
and attach the coating manufacturer's product identify certification record and application
instructions.
11.2. Materials
Materials for Coating Service Level II & Other areas shall comply with the “Section 5.
Materials” in this specification.
11.3. Surface Preparation
11.3.1 Damaged areas on galvanized surfaces shall be prepared in the following sequence:
first by “Power Tool Cleaning” (SSPC-SP3), followed by “Solvent Cleaning” (SSPC-SP1).
11.3.2 Touch-up painting on the prepared surface shall be performed within 4 hours by
applying one coat of inorganic zinc primer to prevent rusting and contamination. The dry film
thickness (D.F.T.) shall be 2.0 to 5.0 mils.
11.4. Quality Requirement
All touch-up work for Coating Service Level II & Other areas, Quality Class “S” shall be
applied. Despite the above requirements, if any special requirement is specified in the
relevant specification, the special requirement can take precedence over this specification.
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
Table - 1
FINISH COLOR SELECTION GUIDE
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 18 of 19 Rev. 3
Each piece of equipment, component, system, etc., specified in the technical specification
(section 4) and indicated in the following table, shall have its finish color painted/coated to
correspond to the Munsell color and number indicated:
ITEMS
COLOR
MUNSELL NO.*
REMARK
Pump & motors
Light Grey Green
2.5 G 7/2
Heat Exchanger
Pressure Vessel
Vessel Support
or Baseplate
Electric Heater
Ion Exchanger
& Filter
Air Compressor
Grey
Grey
Grey
N 7
N 7
N 7
Grey
N 710
Grey Green
10 Gy 6.5/3
-
-
Manufacturer's Standard
Air Conditioner
-
-
Manufacturer's Standard
Hoist
Pipe & Pipe Support

• Water
• Compressed Air
• Gas

Main Transformer
Yellow
10 YR 8/12
Green
2.5 GY 6/8
Blue
7.5 BG 5/4
Yellow
Light Yellow Grey
5 Y 8.5/14
2.8Y7.7/0.8
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Requirements for Coating Services
Level II Components
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-004
Sheet 19 of 19 Rev. 3
ITEMS
154 kV Gas Insulated
Switchgear
COLOR
MUNSELL NO.*
Light Yellow Grey
2.8Y7.7/0.8
4.16 kV Switchgear
Light Yellow Grey
2.8Y7.7/0.8
REMARK
480 V Load Center
Light Yellow Grey
2.8Y7.7/0.8
480 V MCC
Light Yellow Grey
2.8Y7.7/0.8
UPS Panel

• AC Distribution Panel
• DC Distribution Panel

Light Yellow Grey
2.8Y7.7/0.8

• Inverter Panel
• Battery Charger

Battery Rack
Grey Green
10GY6.5/3
I&C Control Panel
Actuator for
Light Yellow Grey
2.8Y7.7/0.8
Control Valve
-
-
Manufacturer's Standard
& Solenoid Valve
* Munsell Color, Macbeth. Division of Kollmorgen Corp. Baltimore. Maryland 21218, Latest
edition
Approved by KAERI, 2026.04.17, KJ-T-KH/DH-26-3955

===== KJ-070-DT-410-006 Rev6 Standard Appendix for alternating current motors.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix for Alternating Current Motors
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-006 Rev. No. 6
Safety Class
Quality Class
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
NNS N/A
Q T S
N/A
Seismic Category
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
N/A
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
For Construction For Fabrication
Preliminary For Information For Approval
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Jung-Ho Kwak 2019-10-07
Prepared by :
설계담당자(DE AE) Signature Date
Yong-Jin Park 2019-10-08
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DE LE) Signature Date
Approved by :
Jong Seo Choi 2019-10-08
기술책임자(EM) Signature Date

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 1 of 27 Rev. 6
Revision History
Document Title: Standard appendix for alternating current motors
Document No:KJ-070-DT-410-006
Rev.
Date
No.
Rev. 6
Description of Revision
0
2014.12.29
1 St ISSUE
1
2015.03.13
2 nd ISSUE
2
3 rd ISSUE
2015.04.17
Changed word, Sec 1

• Before : appendix
• After : standard appendix

Added Scope, Sec 3.2.3
Changed word, Sec 6.2.3

• Before : will
• After : shall

Added KEPIC code, Sec 2
3
4 th ISSUE
2015.05.27
Added appendix KJ-070-DT-410-003, Sec 6.2.3
Added codes and standards, Sec 2.
4
2015.07.10
5 th ISSUE
Revised codes and standards, Sec 2.
5
6 th ISSUE
2015.08.04
Changed word, Sec 3.2.2

• Before : 225 HP
• After : below 250 HP

Added word, Sec 9.7

6
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 2 of 27 Rev. 6
7 th ISSUE
Modified sentence, Sec 2, 3.3.2, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.4, 4.6.9, 4.8
Modified sentence, Sec 9.1, 9.1.1, 9.1.2, 9.1.3, 9.1.4

Para.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
CONTENTS
Description
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 3 of 27 Rev. 6
Page
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
SCOPE ..........................................................................................................................4
CODES AND STANDARDS..........................................................................................4
RATINGS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE ...............................................................4
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS..................................................................7
ACCESSORIES ...........................................................................................................12
INSPECTION AND TESTS .........................................................................................13
MOTOR DATA SHEETS .............................................................................................14
PACKING AND STORAGE.........................................................................................15
DOCUMENT VERIFICATION......................................................................................15
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment #A ELECTRIC MOTOR DATA SHEET
Attachment #B Allowable locked rotor current and starting time for small motor
Attachment #C Type I Motor Terminal Housing - Unsupported Terminations
Attachment #D Type II Motor Terminal Housing - Insulator Supported Terminations
Attachment #E Copper Plate Detail for Motor Grounding
Attachment #F House Load Operation Transient

1.
SCOPE
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 4 of 27 Rev. 6
This standard appendix provides additional requirements for 4000 volt, 3-phase, 460 volt, 3-
phase, and 115 volt, single-phase, 60 Hz AC squirrel cage induction motors and supplements
the requisites stated in the Technical Specification.
2.
CODES AND STANDARDS
Equipment shall be designed, built, rated, tested and shall perform in accordance with
following standards.

• ANSI C 50.41-2000 (KEPIC EEB 2400) Polyphase Induction Motors for Power

Generating Stations

• NEMA MG1-2008 (R2010) Motors and Generators
• IEEE 522-2004 (KEPIC EEB 2300) Test Turn Insulation of Form-Wound Stator Coils

for Alternating-Current Electric Machines

• IEEE 323-2003 (KEPIC END 1100) Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power

Generating Stations

• IEEE 383-2003 (KEPIC END 3810) Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field

Splices for Nuclear Power Generating Stations

• IEEE 420-2013 (KEPIC END 3230) Design and Qualification of Class 1E Control

Boards, Panels, and Racks Used in Nuclear Power Generating

• IEEE 112-2004 (KEPIC EEB 2200) Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors

and Generators
3.
RATINGS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
3.1.
Service Condition
The motors shall be suitable for operation under the conditions of high humidity, dust laden
air, and the other conditions of service covered in the Technical Specification. In addition, the
motors shall meet the applicable service conditions specified under Paragraph MG1-14.3 of
NEMA Standard MG-1.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 5 of 27 Rev. 6
3.2.
Ratings
Voltage rating of AC Motors shall be as follows unless otherwise specified .
3.2.1. 1/3 HP and Below :115 Volts, 1 Phase, 60 Hz
3.2.2. 1/2 HP through below 250 HP : 460 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz
3.2.3. 250 HP and above : 4000 Volts, 3 Phase, 60 Hz
3.3.
Service Factor
The service factor will be 1.00 unless otherwise approved by the Owner. Where required, the
Supplier shall provide a motor of the next larger standard horsepower rating.
3.3.1. Based on the resistance method, the temperature rise of the motors operating at their rated
load and under continuous-duty conditions in the ambient temperature as specified in the
Technical Specification, shall be such that the maximum hot spot temperature specified in
NEMA Standard MG-1 for Class B insulation shall not be exceed in an ambient of 41℃.
3.3.2. If an ambient temperature higher than 41℃ is specified in the Technical Specification, motors
shall be rated for continuous operation at the stated ambient temperature without exceeding
Class B temperature rise. Class B temperature rises shall be in accordance with ANSI C50.41
of polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations for motors 250hp and larger
and NEMA MG1-12.41, 12.42, 12.43 for motors 225hp and smaller.
3.3.3. Motor horsepower rating shall not be less than 115 percent of the requirements of the driven
equipment when operating under design requirements and not be less than 100 percent of
the horsepower required to operate the driven equipment at its maximum capability with 1.0
service factor. For other motors with service factor of 1.15, the horsepower rating shall be
equal to, or greater than, the requirements of the driven equipment when operating at design
conditions and they shall be able to handle the maximum capability of driven equipment within
their service factor rating. All motors 250 hp and larger shall have 1.0 service factor.
3.4. Operating Features
3.4.1. All motors 1200 rpm and above shall be the energy efficient type (Same as high or premium
efficient), and motors below 1200 rpm shall have standard efficiency.
3.4.2. Torques for motors 225 hp and smaller shall be in accordance with standard NEMA MG 1.
3.4.3. Motors 250 hp and larger shall have torques whose minimums shall be in accordance with
ANSI C50.41, Table 2, except locked rotor torques and pull-up torques for NT type motors
shall not be less than 80% of full load torque.
3.4.4. AC motors shall be capable of continuous operation at full load at rated ambient temperature
without being damaged under each of the following conditions :
a. Rated frequency with the voltage varying ±10% of rated value
b. Rated voltage with the frequency varying ±5% of rated value

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 6 of 27 Rev. 6
c. A combination of variation of voltage and frequency totaling not more than ±10% with
frequency variation of not more than ±5% of rated value.
3.4.5. It shall be the responsibility of the equipment supplier to specify for each motor : the type,
horsepower rating, full load running speed of rotation, the flywheel effect (WK 2) of the load,
and any other details they may be required by the motor manufacturer.
3.4.6. The locked rotor current of all AC motors shall not exceed 6.5 times full load current when
tested at rated voltage and frequency. Motors operating at rated terminal voltage and
frequency shall have torque values in accordance with NEMA Standard MG-1. Motors shall
have a safe stalled rotor time which is longer than the accelerating time.
3.4.7. Motors 60 hp and larger shall be designed such that the locked rotor current shall not exceed
6.5 times rated full load current (FLC) when tested at rated voltage and frequency. Motors
less than 60 hp shall be in accordance with Table 1.
3.4.8. The starting current of DC motors rated 1 hp and higher will be limited to a value not
exceeding two times full load current by means of external resistance or reduced voltage
starting under all load conditions.
3.4.9. The horsepower rating of each motor shall be sufficiently large to preclude overloading the
motor under the environment conditions specified in the Technical Specification.
3.4.10. When operating at rated voltage, speed and horsepower, and after stable operating
temperature has been reached, the motors shall have sufficient torque to continue operation
at rated output, without damage, during system disturbances of approximately 15 seconds,
during which the voltage at the motor terminals may drop to 80% of motor-rated voltage.
3.4.11. All motors shall be designed to accelerate with 80% rated voltage at the motor terminals
throughout the starting period and shall be capable of accelerating their normal load without
overheating. Motors for Class 1E service shall be designed to accelerate with 75% rated
voltage at the motor terminal throughout the starting period and shall be capable of
accelerating their connected load without overheating.
3.4.12. Each motor shall be designed to successfully withstand without damage, the power frequency
transient and voltage transient as shown on Attachment #F. which may take place during the
initial stage of house load or islanded operation which will be initiated by power grid faults or
disturbances.
3.4.13. Motors shall be capable of withstanding without injury, transient voltage of at least 1.33 per
unit volts per hertz on the motor rated voltage and frequency bases, which is the resultant
vectorial volts per hertz between the motor residual volts per hertz and the incoming source
volts per hertz at the instant of bus transfer. The bus transfer time is approximately 12 cycles
on a 60 Hz base.
3.4.14. Motors, except crane motors, shall be so constructed that in an emergency of short duration
they will withstand an overspeed as specified in NEMA Standard MG1 without mechanical
failure in the forward or reverse direction.
3.4.15. The stator windings shall be adequately braced for full voltage starting and, in addition, shall
be capable of withstanding, without injury, reapplication of full voltage with 35 percent residual
voltage remaining across the windings following a short power interrupting.
3.4.16. For more than 60 hp motors and larger, the allowable locked-rotor thermal-limit time shall be
greater than the time required to accelerate the ANSI load Wk 2 value to rated speed at 75%

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 7 of 27 Rev. 6
and 80% rated voltage for Class 1E and non-Class 1E motors, respectively, and the minimum
margin between allowable locked-rotor thermal limit time and the starting(accelerating) time
at hot condition shall be 10 seconds.
4.
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
4.1. Insulation
4.1.1. For all motors indicated in the Motor Data Sheets as being Class Q, T & S non-hygroscopic
Class F insulation shall be used in accordance with and NEMA MG1-12.42, 12.43. The
temperature rise shall be limited to that allowed for Class. Class B temperature rise shall be
used in accordance with and NEMA MG1-12.42, 12.43.
4.1.2. Motors that will be subjected to gamma radiation shall be capable of withstanding the
radiation over a 30 year period without damage. Ambient temperatures and radiation levels
are as stated in the Technical Specification.
4.1.3. All motors shall have a Class F insulation system, VPI (Vacuum Pressure Impregnated), with
epoxy resins. All motor insulation systems shall be sealed systems as defined in NEMA MG
1-1.27.2 with sufficient moisture resistance to withstand an immersion test as covered in
NEMA MG 1-20.18. The insulation system shall completely seal the conductors to prevent
penetration of moisture of other contaminants and shall be suitable for continuous operation
at the rated temperature rise of the motor. Motors 250 HP and larger shall have a sufficient
insulation strength to be able to withstand the voltage impulses that occur when the motor is
energized without the use of surge protection equipment at the motor terminals. Test
procedure and test applied impulse level shall be in accordance with the IEEE 522.
4.2. Bearings
4.2.1. The motors shall have either sleeve type or antifriction type bearings in accordance with the
motor manufacturer's standard design. Unless otherwise specified in the Technical
Specification, antifriction type bearings shall have an anticipated minimum life (time in which
90% of the bearings are still in operation) of not less than 100,000 hours, based on the
bearing manufacturer's rating tables for the anticipated loading condition. The Supplier shall
specify to the motor manufacturer whether the load will be direct coupled, overhung, or belt
driven.
4.2.2. Ball or roller bearings shall have the appropriate ABMA number stamped on a nameplate
attached to the motor. Also bearings shall have a minimum L-10 life of 100,000 hours per
ABMA.
4.2.3. Sleeve bearings shall be designed so that the motor does not ride continuously against either
end bearing due to thrust developed by the motor. Limited end float couplings are to be
provided in the driven machine, if required. Two pole motors shall be provided with
pressurized bearing seals.
4.2.4. Motors with sleeve bearings and end shields, exclusive of explosion-proof motors, shall be
provided with two access holes in at least one end shield, located near the bottom and

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 8 of 27 Rev. 6
opposite the air gap, to permit insertion of an air gap or feeler gauge between the rotor and
stator.
4.2.5. Where applicable, the front end of the shaft (opposite the drive end) shall be accessible for
taking speed readings with a portable tachometer.
4.2.6. Grease fittings shall be provided on all motors with antifriction bearings so that lubricant can
be forced through the bearing housing without disassembling the motor. The motors shall be
shipped with housing correctly filled with the manufacturer's approved lubricant, but provided
with relief drains and attached instructions for any adjustment necessary prior to operation.
4.2.7. All motor bearings shall be either shielded or provided with long, close running fits and
slingers, or shaft seals to protect against the entrance of dust and moist air except for
hermetically sealed motors.
4.2.8. Sight glasses shall be furnished in place of oil cups on oil filled bearing on motors rated 100hp
or larger where applicable.
4.2.9. Horizontal motors, equipped with sleeve bearings and end shields or self-contained bearing
brackets in sizes larger than NEMA 505 shall have horizontal split end shield or bracket
bearing housings and bearing on the coupling end, except that belted motors and explosion-
proof motors shall have solid end shields on both ends. A removable bearing supporting
plate attached to the end shield, providing an opening through which rotor and coupling may
be withdrawn, is acceptable.
4.2.10. Horizontal motors with sleeve bearings shall have bearing housings large enough to hold
sufficient lubricant to minimize the need for frequent lubrication and shall have convenient
facilities for filling and draining. Sleeve bearings shall be ring lubricated, and furnished with
oil ring sight opening and with suitable oil gauges or sight glasses. Covers for oil wells and
overflows shall be attached with chains or be hinged. Motors that have a forced oil
lubrication system shall have oil rings that provide for short time operation without the
lubrication system in operation. Specific recommendations shall be given by the motor
manufacturer regarding lubricants and lubrication.
4.2.11. Where insulated bearings are required, one or both bearings shall be insulated. The
manufacturer's motor drawings shall clearly indicate when piping and conduit to bearings
must be insulated to protect against the occurrence of shaft currents.
4.3. Enclosure
4.3.1. Motors shall be designed, built and adequately braced for starting with full voltage applied at
the motor terminals. Unless otherwise indicated in the Technical Specification, all Motors
shall be of the TEFC (Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled) construction in accordance with NEMA
Publication MG1, Section-1.26. All motors shall be NEMA Publication MG1, Section MG1-
1.26. Motors for use in hazardous areas will have enclosures designed to meet NEC Article
500 requirements for the particular area. All TEFC motors shall be equipped with shaft and
termination box(es) seals and shall be classified water-proof.
4.3.2. Enclosure for motor 225 hp and smaller shall be TEFC (IP44, IC411), which is standard for
mill and chemical duty type motors. Enclosure for 250 hp and larger shall be of the type
specified in the related design specification.
4.3.3. The enclosures shall protect the motor bearings against the entrance of dust and moist air.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 9 of 27 Rev. 6
Removable air intake filters shall be provided with galvanized steel frames.
4.3.4. Where filters are provided on air intakes, a differential pressure switch shall be located across
the filters. The switch shall close its contacts upon high differential pressure across the filter
due to a clogged filter. The switch shall be sealed against diπ, have accessible terminals and
contacts rated 0.5 A at 250 V dc with inductive load and 5 A at 120 V ac, 60 Hz with resistive
load.
4.3.5. The interior surfaces of all metal parts of the enclosures shall be made free of all mill scale,
corrosion, and foreign substances, and then treated with a permanent protective coating to
prevent corrosion and deterioration caused by moisture and dust. The motor fans or blowers
shall be treated in similar manner.
4.3.6. The enclosure and all exterior parts of motors to be located inside the reactor building shall
have no aluminum content.
4.3.7. Motors located in hazardous areas shall be either totally enclosed fan cooled or explosion
proof.
4.3.8. The totally enclosed fan cooled motors shall be furnished with a threaded noncorroding drain
plug in the bottom of the motor housing.
4.4.
Vibration
For motors 250 hp and larger, motor vibration shall be in accordance with ANSI C50.41. And,
for motors 225 hp and smaller, motor vibration at rated speed shall be in accordance with
NEMA MG1-Part 7, unless a lower value is required by the driven equipment.
4.5.
Noise Level
Motor sound level shall be in accordance with ANSI C50.41 for motors 250hp and larger. A
weight mean sound level at a distance of 1 meter from the motor surface shall not exceed 85
dB. Measurement shall be in accordance with NEMA MG1-Part 9. Sound level shall be
determined in accordance with IEEE 85, "Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements
on Rotating Electric Machinery".
4.6. Terminal Boxes
4.6.1. The motor leads shall be brought out of each motor and fed into a split cover terminal box
that is watertight and meets the requirements of the NEMA type 4 watertight enclosure. The
terminal box shall be provided with a threaded conduit entrance and drain hole. Terminal
leads to windings shall be brought out to terminal housings sized essentially in accordance
with NEMA MG-1 Part 4 Table 4-6 in page 38. And 4000V motor terminal housings shall be
accordance with NEMA MG-1 Part 4 Figure 4-11 in page 39.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 10 of 27 Rev. 6
4.6.2. The terminal boxes shall be located in accordance with NEMA Standards and shall be one
size larger than required by the NEMA Standards.
4.6.3. Terminal boxes for motors rated 1 hp and larger shall be capable of being rotated through
360 degrees in 90 degree increments. Terminal housings for outdoor service shall have
gasketed covers or gasketed removable plates.
4.6.4. The motor manufacturer shall furnish connectors for the motor leads. They shall be of the
proper size for the respective motor leads. Connectors for leads 50 ㎟ (1/0 AWG) and larger
shall have two-hole compression type terminal. Connector for leads smaller than 50 ㎟ (1/0
AWG) shall have one-hole compression type terminal. Holes shall be 14 ㎜ in diameter
and hole spacing shall be 45 ㎜ in accordance with NEMA Standards.
4.6.5. The motor leads shall be of ozone-resistant rubber insulated cable. If braided jackets are
used, the braid shall not be carried into the connections of the windings. The leads shall be
at least 1 meter long. The opening in the motor frame through which the winding terminal
leads pass shall be rounded off and smoothly finished or provided with a suitably protected
conduit passageway that will not cause an abrasive action on the motor lead insulation. Class
1E motor leads which need terminal splicing shall be suitable to the splice materials for the
field cables in order to meet the environmental qualification requirement in IEEE 323 and
IEEE 383. All boxes for Class 1E motors shall be provided with isolation means such as
barriers or physical isolations between the wiring and/or components classified as Class 1E
and the ones not classified as Class 1E in accordance with IEEE 384 and IEEE 420.
4.6.6. Shield grounding for RTD/Thermocouple circuit in the terminal boxes shall be provided.
4.6.7. Motors with any of the accessories specified in the Section 5 shall be provided with separate
NEMA Type 4 terminal box for terminating the accessory leads. The terminal box shall be
provided with a threaded conduit entrance (22 ㎜ (3/4") minimum) and drain holes. This box,
if required, shall be provided on the opposite side from the main leads. All accessories shall
be wired to a terminal block.
4.6.8. Horizontal motors shall be provided with approximately 1/2 inch (13mm) mesh screens on all
openings at the end shields or brackets.
4.6.9. Terminal leads to windings shall be brought out to terminal housings sized essentially in
accordance with the following:
Attachment #C Type I motor terminal housing - Unsupported Terminations
Attachment #D Type II motor terminal housing - Insulator Supported Terminations
4,000V and 13,200V motor terminal housings shall be in accordance with Attachment #D.
Accessory leads shall be terminated in separate auxiliary boxes. Leads of accessory items
normally operating at voltages of 50 volts (rms) or less shall be separated from other
accessory leads by a suitable barrier or be terminated in a separate auxiliary box. All boxes
for Class 1E motors shall be provided with isolation means such as barriers or physical
isolations between the wiring and/or components classified as Class 1E and the ones not
classified as Class 1E in accordance with IEEE 384 and IEEE 420. All isolation means shall
be verified by the supplier and submitted to the A/E for review.
4.6.10. One hole compression type terminal lugs shall be attached to the winding terminal leads for
connection to the buyer's cable smaller than 1/0 AWG. Two-hole compression type terminal

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 11 of 27 Rev. 6
lugs shall be attached to the winding terminal leads for connection to the buyer's 1/0 AWG
or larger cable. Lugs for the buyer’s cable will be furnished by others. The opening in the
motor frame through which the winding terminal leads pass shall be rounded off and smoothly
finished or provided with a suitably protected conduit passageway that will not cause an
abrasive action on the motor lead insulation.
4.6.11. Screws for # 18 AWG wire lugs shall be provided for the buyer's cable shield grounding for
RTD/thermocouple circuits in the terminal boxes.
4.6.12. Class 1E motor leads which need terminal splicing shall be suitable to the splice materials
for the field cables in order to meet the environmental qualification requirements in IEEE 323
and IEEE 383.
4.6.13. Metal covers, screws, bolts, nuts, springs, studs, along with other miscellaneous fittings and
hardware shall be stainless steel or corrosion-resistant plated.
4.6.14. For motors with sleeve bearings, the motor manufacturer shall:
a) Indicate on the motor outline drawing the minimum rotor end-play.
b) Mark rotor end-play limits on motor shaft.
c) Include means for indicating the shaft magnetic center position.
4.6.15. Suitable lifting lugs shall be provided for hoisting motors during installation and for
maintenance purposes.
4.7.
Lifting Devices
Integral horsepower motors shall have suitable lifting devices for installing or removing the
motor. Location of lifting points shall be shown on the supplier's drawings.
4.8.
Grounding Termination
Each fractional and integral horsepower motor frame shall have provisions for frame
grounding. NEMA frame size 254 through 455 shall be equipped with a M12 bronze
grounding bolt located near the output shaft end of the motor and on the same side as the
main lead conduit box. The Supplier shall provide information on the grounding provisions for
each frame size.
For the 5hp and above motors, the supplier shall provide two(2) copper ground pads as
shown on the Attachment #E, One on each side of the motor frame with drilled and tapped
holes suitable for attaching the buyer's two-hole NEMA grounding lugs. Ground lugs will be
provided by the buyer. And all welding shall be in accordance with the supplier’s standard

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
welding procedure.
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 12 of 27 Rev. 6
4.9. Nameplate
4.9.1. Nameplate shall state the service factor and comply with ANSI C50.41 for motors 250 hp and
larger, and NEMA MG 1 for 225 hp and smaller. Nameplates on motors 250 hp and larger
shall specify the limitations on frequency of motor starting and shall specify the cooling
periods between starts under conditions of (a) cold rotor and (b) warm rotor (after running
continuously at full load for a period of one hour). Motors shall have the direction of rotation
marked on the nameplate, for the supply voltage sequence ofT1-T2-T3.
4.9.2. Each motor shall have a noncorrosive stainless steel nameplate stamped with not less than
the minimum information called for in the latest revision of NEMA Publication MG1, Section
10.38, 39, 40 and also the locked rotor current of the motor.
4.10. Direction of Rotation
Motors shall have the required direction of rotation marked by an arrow on the stator frame
or on the nameplate.
4.11. Finish
4.11.1. Motors designated as Class Q or T in the equipment requisitions shall be painted in
accordance with applicable provisions in Appendix Specification of ‘Requirements for coating
services level II components’ [KJ-070-DT-410-004].
4.11.2. The motors designated as class S shall be cleaned, primed, and finish painted in accordance
with the supplier's standard appendix. The supplier shall submit technical data of paint.
4.11.3. A sufficient quantity of touchup paint shall be supplied.
5.
ACCESSORIES
5.1. Space Heaters
5.1.1. All motors for outdoors service, 3 hp and above, and all motors for indoor service 10 hp and
larger shall be provided with space heaters. Also open, drip-proof fully guarded motors, 3 hp
and larger, in damp indoor locations shall be provided with space heaters. The space heaters
shall have sufficient capacity to keep the motor windings and internal parts dry when the
motors are not running.
5.1.2. Heaters rated more than 2,000 watts in capacity shall be rated at 600V for 480V, 3 phase
operation and heaters rated not more than 2000 watts in capacity shall be rated at 240V for

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 13 of 27 Rev. 6
120V, 1 phase operation.
5.1.3. Supplier shall clearly indicate that space heaters are Class 1E or non-Class 1E and also
indicate whether space heaters are required during normal operation or only during stand-by,
storage and construction.
5.1.4. Space heaters shall be readily accessible for inspection, maintenance, and removal without
disconnecting the motor from its driven load or moving the motor from its fixed operating
position.
5.1.5. For motors 10 hp and above, the space heater leads shall be wired to the terminal boxes as
specified in Section 4.6.7.
5.2. Bearing Temperature Detectors
5.2.1. For motors rated 250 HP and larger, each sleeve bearing and each thrust bearing shall be
equipped with a thermocouple (two wire) or platinum (three wire) ungrounded resistance-type
temperature detector (RTD), 100 ohms at 0℃ (0.00385 ohm/ohm ℃) for remote temperature
monitoring. The elements shall be installed as close as possible to bearing surface and shall
be properly located in the bearing housing. The Supplier may use thermocouple, ISA type E,
grounded trip under Purchaser's permit.
5.2.2. Bearing temperature thermocouples or RTD’s and vibration detectors shall be furnished. The
elements shall be installed as close as possible to sleeve bearing surfaces, and shall be
located preferably in the bottom half of the bearing housing.
5.2.3. The bearing temperature detectors shall be wired to the terminal box as specified in Section
4.6.7.
5.3. Winding Temperature Detectors
5.3.1. All motors 250 HP and larger shall be provided with Resistance-type temperature detectors
(RTD) if provided in the motor slots, as per NEMA Standard MG1 shall be ungrounded,
platinum, 100 ohms at 0℃ (0.00385 ohm/ohm ℃).
5.3.2. The winding temperature detectors shall be wired to the terminal box as specified in Section
4.6.7.
5.4.
Miscellaneous fittings and hardware
Metal covers, screws, bolts, nuts, springs, studs, along with other miscellaneous fittings and
hardware shall be stainless steel or corrosin-resistant plated.
6.
INSPECTION AND TESTS
6.1.
Inspection

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 14 of 27 Rev. 6
6.1.1. Inspection of the motors shall be at the Supplier's or Subcontractor's factory. The motors shall
not be prepared for shipment or shipped before the Purchaser has either inspected the
apparatus or waived inspection. The waiving of inspection at the factory in no way relieve the
Supplier of the responsibility of furnishing motors in accordance with this Specification.
6.1.2. The Purchaser's inspector shall have access to the work specified herein. He shall have
authority to refuse release for shipment, if, in his opinion, the design, intent, or requirements
of the specifications have not been fulfilled, or certified copies of required inspection and test
data are not available for review. He shall indicate tests and inspections he intends to witness
or perform after a review of the Supplier's work plan. The Supplier shall give the Purchaser's
inspector 10 working days advance notice on schedule dates for performance of tests to be
witnessed and on final inspection for shipment.
6.2. Tests
6.2.1. All motors shall be given routine tests in accordance with NEMA MG1, and IEEE 112. Written
documentation and/or certified test reports shall be submitted as required in Appendix of
‘General requirement for document submittal’ [KJ-070-DT-410-002].
6.2.2. Performance tests shall be made on all motors for safety system. These tests shall include a
full load heat run to demonstrate power factor, efficient, and temperature rise, and all other
tests normally made on the first units produced of a kind. However, test results from tests of
duplicated motors may be accepted. Test reports shall be submitted to the Purchaser for
acceptance.
6.2.3. Tests shall be conducted demonstrate that the motors for safety system should be capable
of withstanding the environmental conditions mentioned in the Technical specification without
loss of function, unless equivalent tests have already been performed on duplicate motor as
required in Appendix of ‘Environmental Qualification Requirement for Nuclear Safety-Related
Equipment’ [KJ-070-DT-410-003]. Test reports shall be submitted to the Purchaser for
acceptance as indicated in Appendix of ‘General requirement for document submittal’ [KJ-
070-DT-410-002].
6.2.4. Noise tests shall be performed on all motors in accordance with Paragraph 4.5. However,
test results from tests of duplicate motors may be accepted. Test reports shall be submitted
to the Purchaser for acceptance.
6.2.5. Motor tests shall be performed with the motor terminal housing installed on motor.
7.
MOTOR DATA SHEETS
7.1.
7.2.
Basic information, such as environmental conditions, motor classification, voltage rating, etc.,
is supplied by the Purchaser on the Electric Motor Specification Sheet in the Technical
Specification.
Motor information shall be provided by the Bidder on the "Electric Motor Data Sheet",
Attachment #A. This data (one sheet per motor) shall be supplied to be Purchaser with the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 15 of 27 Rev. 6
7.3.
Proposal as indicated in Appendix of ‘General requirement for document submittal’ [KJ-070-
DT-410-002].
The successful Bidder shall complete and enter on the "Electric Motor Data Sheet",
Attachment #A, all pertinent information for each motor to be supplied. This data (one sheet
per motor) shall be supplied to the Purchaser 60 days after award of purchase order as
indicated in Appendix of ‘General requirement for document submittal’ [KJ-070-DT-410-002].
8.
PACKING AND STORAGE
8.1.
8.2.
Apparatus shall be substantially packaged and otherwise protected for shipment. Special
care shall be taken to prevent exposure of windings and connections to weather during
shipment.
Motors shall be prepared for extended outdoor storage by protecting the motor bearings with
either a protective grease covering or liquid preservative. The motors shall be tagged to show
that a preservative has been used. The procedure to be followed before motors are placed
in operation shall also be indicated on the tag.
9.
DOCUMENT VERIFICATION
9.1. The following design data and drawings shall be provided within 60 days after award to the
purchase order for motors 60 hp and above, as required by Appendix of ‘General requirement
for document submittal’ [KJ-070-DT-410-002]. The supplier shall submit to the buyer, for
review, before fabrication and assembly of the equipment, the following :.
9.1.1. Outline drawings of each motor, showing location and sizes of terminal box and conduit
entrances, size and type of terminals provided by the motor manufacturer, and the total
weight of the motor.
9.1.2. Complete wiring diagrams showing all wiring connections for all equipment furnished by the
supplier.
9.1.3. Motor nameplate data
9.1.4. Performance Curves
9.1.4.1. For motors 250 hp and larger
Speed-torque curves at 80% (75% for Class IE), 90% and 100% rated voltage
Speed-current curves at 80% (75% for Class IE), 90% and 100% rated voltage
Speed-Power factor curve
Speed-load torque curves
Acceleration time-current curves at 80% (75% for Class IE), 90% and 100% rated voltage
with thermal limit curves including cold and hot thermal limit and locked rotor thermal limit
9.1.4.2. For motors 225 hp and smaller

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 16 of 27 Rev. 6
Acceleration time-current curves at 80% (75% for Class IE), and 100% rated voltage with thermal
limit curves including cold and hot thermal limit and locked rotor thermal limit
9.1.5. Speed-time curve for the motor accelerating the specified load.
9.2. The required diagrams shall show the curves at 100, 90% and 80% of rated voltage for all
motors. In this case the curves at both voltages shall be plotted on one diagram.
9.3. Documentation and/or certified test reports shall verify that the motors meet the required
speed torque characteristics at the specified terminal voltage outlined above and as required
by the Technical specification.
9.4. Supplier shall provide Outline drawings of each motor, showing location and sizes of terminal
box and conduit entrances, size and type of terminals, overall dimensions and grounding
locations provided by the motor manufacturer, and the total weight of the motor. Terminal
blocks shall conform to the requirements.
9.5. Complete wiring diagrams showing all wiring connections for all equipment furnished by the
supplier shall be provided
9.6. Motor nameplate data shall be provided
9.7. Motors designated in the Material Requisition in the Technical Specification as Quality Class
Q, T are to perform critical functions. Qualification of Class Q, T motors shall be in accordance
with the most applicable codes and standards.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
ATTACHMENT #A. ELECTRIC MOTOR DATA SHEET
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 17 of 27 Rev. 6
NO.
DESCRIPTION
Motor
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
TENDER
Manufacturer
Type identification
Country of origin
UNIT
DATA
REMARKS
-
-
-
2.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
TECHNICAL DATA
Motor Classification (Class 1E / Non Class 1E)
Type of motor (e.g. squirrel cage)
Standard No.
Rated voltage
Frequency / Phase
Rated capacity
Full load ampere
Locked rotor ampere
Power factor at rated output

• Full load
• 3/4 load
• 2/4 load
• Starting

Efficiency

• Full load
• 3/4 load
• 2/4 load

Torque at rated output
Starting torque at rated voltage
-
-
V
HP/kW
A
A
-
-
%
%
%
kgf.m
kgf.m
/
/

2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
2.20
2.21
2.22
2.23
2.24
2.25
2.26
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
Speed at rated output
Enclosure (IEC 60529 Classification)

• Drip proof fully guarded
• Weather protected NEMA type II
• Totally enclosed
• Totally enclosed fan cooled
• Dust ignition proof

Temperature rise, by resistance method
Insulation class
Motor insulation system(material)
Service factor
Average allowable number of daily starts
Maximum safe stall time (at rated volts)
Time to accelerate connected load to full
speed with rated volts
Magnetising reactance *
Stator Reactance - zero speed *
Stator reactance - full speed *
Stator resistance - hot *
Stator resistance - cold *
Rotor reactance - zero speed *
Rotor reactance - full speed *
Rotor resistance - hot *
Rotor resistance - cold *
Driven plant inertia referred to motor speed
Motor anti-condensation heater

• Watt (Rating / Operating)
• Volts (Rating / Operating)
• Phase

Temperature detector (Type / Q'ty)
rpm
℃
-
s
s
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
Ohms
kg ㎡
W
V
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 18 of 27 Rev. 6
/
/

2.27
2.28
2.29
2.30
2.31
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS

• Bearing
• Winding
• Oil

Bearings

• Type
• Quantity

Construction (Horizontal or Vertical)
Rotation (C.W or C.C.W)
Sound level
Net motor weight
dB
kg
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 19 of 27 Rev. 6
/
/

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 20 of 27 Rev. 6
ATTACHMENT #B.
Allowable Locked Rotor Current and Starting Time for Small Motor
Locked Rotor Current (LRC) Allowable Starting (Accelerating)
Rated Horse Power
(% of Full Load Current) Time in Seconds
Less than 10hp
LRC ≤ 650
650 〈 LRC ≤ 750
750 〈 LRC ≤ 850
LRC 〉 850
≤ 9
≤ 7
≤ 5
Not Acceptable
LRC ≤ 650
Not less than 10hp
650 〈 LRC ≤ 750
and less than 60hp
LRC 〉 750
≤ 9
≤ 7
Not Acceptable
More than 60hp
and up to 225hp
LRC ≤ 650
LRC 〉 650
≤ 9
Not Acceptable

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 21 of 27 Rev. 6
ATTACHMENT #C.
Type I Motor Terminal Housing Unsupported Terminations
Motor Motor
Voltage Horsepower
460 3-7.5
7 . 6 - 2 0
2 1 - 4 0
4 1 - 7 5
7 6 - 1 2 5
1 2 6 - 3 0 0
Opening-
conduit size
(Inches)
1 1 /2
2
2
2
3
4
Min. Internal
Dimension
(Inches)
4
5
6
6
7
8
Min. Volume
(Inches 3 )
Min. Distance
(Inches) *
100
180
400
600
750
900
4
5
5
5
6
8
* Minimum distance is from the entrance plate for conduit entry to the centerline of motor
leads leaving the motor housing.
Notes :
1.
It is intended to allow the motor manufacturer to furnish his standard terminal housing if
it meets the dimensions shown in the above table. Variances from the dimensions
shown in the table shall be acceptable if in the opinion of the buyer, they do not affect
the utility of the housing.
2.
Each terminal housing shall be of cast iron or sheet metal. For sheet housings less
than 12 inches (300 mm) long, the body of the housing shall be a minimum of 12 gauge.
For housings more than 12 inches (300 mm) long, the body of the housing shall be a
minimum of 10 gauge. The cover shall be steel or unpainted aluminum. The finish
shall be in accordance with manufacturer's standard, or as specified. If a hot-dip
galvanized finish is required, it will be indicated in Section 4.0 of the Purchase
Specification.
3.
For motors below 3 hp, the manufacturer's largest applicable standard size terminal
housings shall be acceptable.
4.
Terminal housings for outdoor service shall have gasketed covers or gasketed removable
plates.
5.
Each terminal housing shall be mountable in all 90 positions without alteration of the
housing or bolting facilities, such that conduit may enter from above, below, or from
either side.

6.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 22 of 27 Rev. 6
Each terminal housing shall be located such that conduit will clear the motor base by at
least 3 inches (75mm), without bending the conduit, when the conduit enters the
housing from below.
7.
Motor terminal housings for outdoor installations or areas where condensation of
moisture is likely to be a problem, shall have a 1/2" (13mm) diameter drain hole covered
with an insect-proof screened grommet provided at the bottom front corner in the lowest
part of the housing. The location of the buyer's conduit entrance will be furnished at
the time of the supplier's drawing review.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 23 of 27 Rev. 6
ATTACHMENT #D. Type II Motor Terminal Housing - Insulator Supported Terminations
Minimum dimension - Inches Min.
Motor insulator
voltage Terminal housing Location of insulators Electrical withstand
dimensions Clearance impulse
voltage
L W D A B C X E F rating
Live parts Between
to ground live parts
460 24 18 18 9 1 /2 8 1 /2 4 5 2 3 45kV
(150hp &
above)
4000 36 27 18 9 1 /2 8 1 /2 5 1 /2 8 3 1 /2 5 60kV
13200 48 48 25 13 1 /2 11 1 /2 8 1 /2 13 1 /2 6 3 /4 9 1 /2 95kV
* Please see the following pages for detail and notes.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 24 of 27 Rev. 6
Notes :
1.
The above connection assembly indicates suggested construction details for Type II
(insulator supported) Motor Terminal Housing internal connections, but is not intended
to exclude the manufacturer's standard construction (if acceptable to the buyer) or to
relieve the manufacturer from responsibility for proper design.
2.
Terminal housings shall be manufactured per dimensions shown on page B-2, equipped
with insulators, mounting assemblies, and copper bar lug supports, essentially in
accordance with the tabulation and details shown in this standard.
3.
Each terminal housing shall be made from No. 10 USS gauge sheet steel. The cover
shall be gasketed, constructed of sheet or unpainted aluminum, with integral handles.
The finish shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's standard or as specified. If
a hot-dip galvanized housing is required, it will be indicated in Section 4.0 of the
Purchase Specifications.

4.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 25 of 27 Rev. 6
Each terminal housing shall be supported by the motor housing if possible, and shall be
constructed so that it will not be damaged by a load of up to 300 pounds in any direction.
5.
Each conduit entrance for motors shall be through a bolted and gasketed removable
plate, that will be drilled for the conduits by others. The location of the buyer's conduit
entrance will be furnished at the time of the supplier's drawing review. A 1" (25mm)
diameter drain hole covered with an insect-proof screened grommet shall be provided
at the bottom front corner in the lowest part of the housing.
6.
A 3/8" -16 machine screw shall be provided inside each terminal housing for grounding
the buyer's cable shielding.
7. Insulators shall be high quality porcelain bus insulators as manufactured by Westinghouse
Electric Co., Lapp Insulator Co., or equivalent. Single hole insulators shall not be
acceptable. Two or four hole insulators shall be used, and each insulator shall be
affixed to both the insulator angle support and the copper bar lug support in at least two
places, to prevent any twisting or movement of the cable lugs.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
ATTACHMENT #E. Copper Plate Detail for Motor Grounding
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 26 of 27 Rev. 6

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR ALTERNATING
CURRENT MOTORS
ATTACHMENT #F. House Load Operation Transient
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-006
Sheet 27 of 27 Rev. 6

===== KJ-070-DT-410-007_IFC_8_Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-007 Rev. No. 8
Safety Class
Quality Class
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
NNS N/A
Q T S
N/A
Seismic Category
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
N/A
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
For Construction For Fabrication
Preliminary For Information For Approval
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Min-Chang Park 2022-10-26
Prepared by :
설계담당자(DE AE) Signature Date
Sang-Ki Shin 2022-10-26
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DE LE) Signature Date
Hoon Lee 2022-10-26
Approved by :
설계확인자(DM IR) Signature Date

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 1 of 53 Rev. 8
Rev.
No.
0
Date
2014.09.30
1
2015.03.13
Revision History
Description of Revision
1 St ISSUE
2 nd ISSUE
Changed word,

• Before : Standard Specification
• After : Standard Appendix
• Before : Technical Specification
• After : Design Specification

Added Sentence, Sec 2.3
2
2015.04.17
3
2015.06.29
3 rd ISSUE
Added word, Sec 3.1.5
Modified word, Sec 10.2.1
Modified word, Sec 4.2. 4.4
Modified word, Sec 4.6
Added Reference, Sec 2
4 th ISSUE
Changed word, Sec 10.3.1

• Before : Non 1E
• After : Non-Class 1E

Added “.” Sec 4.4
Modified word, Sec 3.1.4
4
2015.07.29
5 th ISSUE
Added Codes and Standards “IEEE 384”, Sec. 2
Added Sentence, Sec 5.7
5
2015.09.18
6 th ISSUE
Modified word, Sec 16.1.4
Changed word, Sec 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.1.5

• Before : percent

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 2 of 53 Rev. 8

• After : %

Added (,) Sec. 3.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.1.5
Added “AC”, “DC” Sec 4.3, 4.7, 5.1, 8.1.4
Changed word, Sec 3.2

• Before : 12.4
• After : 13.4

6
2016.10.26
7 th ISSUE
Modified Contents
Modified Sec.9, 11.1, 11.2.2, 13
Modified Attachment F
7
8 th ISSUE
2019.10.08
Modified Sec.2, 3.1.6, 4.7, 5.5, 8.1.9.3, 9.2.4, 11.1, 11.1.3, 11.2.3
Added Sec. 3.1.1, 4.8, 4.9
Added Sec. 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13, 5.14, 5.15, 5.16, 5.17, 5.18, 5.19,
5.20
Added Sec. 8.1.6, 11.2.2
8
결재정보
참조
9 th ISSUE
Modified Sec.5.5, 5.10
Added Sec. 5.6, 5.7
Modified phase color Sec 9.2.1, 9.2.3, 9.2.4, 11.2.3 according to
한국전기설비규정(KEC)

Para.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
CONTENTS
Description
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 3 of 53 Rev. 8
Page
1.
GENERAL .....................................................................................................................5
2.
CODES AND STANDARDS..........................................................................................5
3.
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND CIRCUIT RATINGS................................................6
4.
ENCLOSURE ................................................................................................................6
5.
WIRING..........................................................................................................................7
6.
TERMINAL LUGS .........................................................................................................9
7.
CONNECTIONS ..........................................................................................................10
8.
TERMINATIONS .........................................................................................................10
9.
CABLE AND WIRE COLOR .......................................................................................22
10.
COVER CABINETS FOR TERMINAL BLOCK MOUNTING ......................................23
11.
CABLE DATA REQUIREMENT FOR SUPPLIER FURNISHED CABLE ..................25
12.
INSULATION ...............................................................................................................29
13.
GROUND BUS ............................................................................................................29
14.
CONTROL COMPONENTS ........................................................................................30
15.
APPROVAL .................................................................................................................31
16.
ELECTRIC MOTORS ..................................................................................................31
17.
NAMEPLATES ............................................................................................................31

18.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 4 of 53 Rev. 8
FINISH .........................................................................................................................32
19.
TESTS .........................................................................................................................32
20.
SHIPMENT ..................................................................................................................33
21.
DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................33
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment #A. TERMINAL LUGS
Attachment #B. COMPRESSION COPPER LUGS
Attachment #C. TERMINAL BLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Attachment #D. REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING SPACE AT TERMINAL BLOCKS
Attachment #E. PANEL AND CABINET NAMEPLATE
Attachment #F. CABLE NUMBERING SYSTEM

1.
GENERAL
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 5 of 53 Rev. 8
All electrical design, materials, manufacturing, tests, and construction shall conform to the
latest applicable IEEE, ANSI, NEMA, KEPIC standards, and IEC and all structural steel
design shall conform to the latest American Institute of Steel Construction standard, in effect
as of 31th of March, 2012. The Supplier shall be free to apply later and new issues of codes
and standards which in the Supplier's judgment are consistent with good design practice and
result in a less costly plant, provided such application is approved by Purchaser. In case of
conflicting requirements of these standards, they shall apply in the sequence in which they
are here listed.
All design, materials, tests, and construction shall also conform to all applicable codes, laws,
and regulations.
If the Supplier has any reason for deviation from the above standards of design, supplier
states in his proposal the exact nature of the change and the reason for making same.
This Appendix provides design requirements and general information to be used by the
Supplier for electrical equipment design. Refer to each individual attachment for specific
information regarding the scope of each one.
The products listed herein are proven to be adequate for the intended uses specified
by the buyer. Other brands may be substituted where the Supplier demonstrates that
the substitute product is adequate for the intended use.
2.
CODES AND STANDARDS
Equipment shall be designed, built, rated, tested and shall perform in accordance with
following standards.

• NEMA 250-2008 Enclosures for electrical equipment
• IEEE 323-2003 (END 1100) Qualifying Class 1E Equipment for Nuclear Power

Generating Stations

• IEEE 383-2003 (END 3810) Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for

Nuclear Power Generating Stations

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 6 of 53 Rev. 8

• Reg. 1.131-1977 Qualification Tests of Electric Cables, Field Splices, and

Connections for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants

• IEEE 384-1992 (R1998) (ENB 2000) Independence of Class 1E Equipment and

Circuits
3.
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND CIRCUIT RATINGS
3.1.
3.2.
3.3.
As indicated Design specification the equipment will be located indoors or outdoors. This
equipment will be subject to the minimum and maximum ambient temperature conditions at
the site as specified. The Purchaser will provide the following electrical supplies as needed:
All cables shall be considered 50 years of KJRR plant life.
4.16kV ± 10%, three-phase, 60Hz, Resistance grounded neutral system.
480V ± 10%, three-phase, 60Hz, grounded neutral system.
380/220V ± 10%, Single-phase, 60Hz, grounded system for receptacle outlets and
space heaters
120V ± 2%, single-phase, 60Hz 0.5%, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply)
125V ＋10% － 15%, DC ungrounded system
Control circuits and annunciator circuits shall be rated as follows:
Control circuits for all AC motors 60 hp and smaller shall be rated 120V AC from a
control power transformer provided by the Supplier, in accordance with Section 13.4 of
this Appendix.
As considering voltage drop, the rating voltage of motor supplied from 480V AC power is
460V.
4.
ENCLOSURE
4.1.
4.2.
4.3.
Unless otherwise indicated in all control cabinets and panels located indoors shall be
dust-tight with neoprene gasketed doors and shall conform to the requirements for
NEMA Type 2 (Same as IP 22) enclosures. For outdoors locations, the enclosures shall
be NEMA Type 3 (Same as IP 55 including outdoor corrosion protection) in accordance
with NEMA 250.
Electrical devices in an explosive atmosphere shall be housed in enclosures that are
UL approved NEMA type 7 or 8 for Class I hazardous location, or NEMA Type 9 for
Class II hazardous locations.
Where 480V AC power circuits are required to be terminated, this area shall be
physically segregated from the control and instrument wiring termination points.

4.4.
4.5.
4.6.
4.7.
4.8.
4.9.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 7 of 53 Rev. 8
All indoor panels or cabinets shall be designed for assembly in sections which can be
moved through a standard 800 mm by 2300 mm door as considering termination of the
interconnection wires, with adequate identification for re-connection of the circuits.
Where openings for ventilation are required, louvered ventilating openings shall by
furnished with stainless steel screens having a maximum 3.175 mm (1/8 inch) mesh to
prevent the entrance of insects or rodents. Louvers shall be formed to prevent dripping
or splashed water from entering the enclosure.
Where apparatus housed in the cabinet requires special filters, blowers, or other
suitable filtration or cooling devices for proper operation, these devices shall be
mounted and wired in the cabinet.
Thermostatically controlled space heaters shall be provided where required to maintain
the temperature of the apparatus above dew point temperature for the conditions of
operation to prevent condensation of moisture and damage to wiring insulation.
Individual space heater elements shall be rated at 240 V AC, 60 Hz, single-phase and
suitable for operation on a 120 V, 60 Hz single phase system. If the heater capacity
exceeds 2,000 watts, the individual elements shall be rated at least 600 V AC and shall
be suitable for operation on a 480V, 60 Hz, 3-phase system. A molded case circuit
breaker shall be provided for connection of heaters to their power source. Contactors if
required for space heater control shall be furnished by the Supplier and located in the
equipment.
A molded case circuit breaker shall be provided for connection for the heaters to a 120V
AC, single-phase, AC power source. The heaters shall be rated for 240V AC single-
phase; however, the wattage rating shall be such that sufficient heat is produced when
operating at 120V.
5.
WIRING
5.1.
5.2.
5.3.
5.4.
5.5.
5.6.
Control panel wiring shall be properly sized single stranded copper conductor not less
than 14 AWG (2.5 mm 2 ) insulated with a highly flame retardant insulation jacketing
system having an overall oxygen index of not less than 28. Wiring shall be type SIS
single-conductor stranded copper, rated for 90 ℃ conductor temperature with 600V AC
insulation.
Low level analog type instrumentation wiring shall be 2/C, 3/C, or 4/C twisted and
shielded cable not less than 16 AWG (1.5 mm 2) with an insulation/jacketing system.
Current transformer circuit leads shall be not less than 10 AWG (6 mm 2) and terminated
at separate short circuiting type terminal blocks.
Extra flexible wiring shall be provided over door hinges or other locations where leads
may be subject to flexing.
Interconnection wiring between components mounted on the packaged (skid mounted)
unit shall be routed in metallic conduit except where vibratory conditions require the use
of flexible conduit.
Cable shall have a rated circuit voltage of 601 – 2000 V. Insulation of the cable shall be
Ethylene-Propylene Rubber (EPR, Class E2) or Crossed-Linked-Polyethylene (XLPE,

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 8 of 53 Rev. 8
5.7.
5.8.
5.9.
5.10.
5.11.
5.12.
5.13.
5.14.
5.15.
5.16.
5.17.
5.18.
5.19.
Class X-2) in accordance with Section 3 of NEMA WC 70 (ICEA S-95-658)
Jackets shall consist of materials such as cross-linked polyolefin (XLPO) in accordance
with Section 4 of NEMA WC 70 (ICEA S-95-658).
Wires shall be identified by individual wire numbers or letters at all terminal points. Wires
shall be identified by individual sleeve type wire markers slipped over the ends fastened
to wires at each termination. Sleeves shall be flame-resistant, nonconducting, a
minimum of 25 mm in length, lettered lengthwise. PVC sleeves are not acceptable.
Where applicable, wire identification shall correspond to the elementary wiring or
interconnection diagrams supplied to the Supplier by the Purchaser.
Instrument cables nearby electric wire shall have shield type and sufficient separation
distance from electric wire to avoid the electric noise. And a separation distance shall
be applicable as per IEEE 384 (ENB 2000)
Internal panel wiring and external cable interfaces shall meet the requirements of
KEPIC ENB 6340. Wiring shall be complete with control, metering, and relaying circuits
requiring external connection, and all unused terminals on relays and auxiliary contacts
brought to internal terminal blocks.
Suitable extra flexible wiring (class K) shall be provided over door hinges or other
locations where leads may be subjected to flexing.
All wiring shall be capable of passing the tests indicated in NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-
532) and WC70 (ICEA S-95-658) as well as the flame test of KEPIC END 3810.
Wiring terminations shall be on Purchaser approved terminal blocks having washer
head screw type connectors. Terminal blocks shall be in accordance with 8.0
Terminations in this appendix.
Wire connectors shall be self-insulated crimp-on type. Solder type terminals will not be
acceptable. All internal wiring shall be identified at each end of each wire termination
and on the terminal block. The Supplier’s wire number shall appear on a flame-retardant
sleeve or similar permanent type marker.
Control wire bundles shall be formed without sharp bends and shall be adequately
supported.
The Supplier shall show Purchaser’s wire numbers on schematic and wiring diagram
drawings.
All internal wiring shall be routed from point to point without splices. Wires shall be
routed in wireways. Insulating material, in the form of flame-retardant grommets or
molding, shall be provided on all edges of openings where wires pass through metal
panels or pass between cubicles.
All wiring within the individual compartments, and all wiring between compartments in
all assemblies shall be installed, connected, and tested ready to operate, by the
Supplier prior to shipment.
Wiring and components shall be arranged so that instruments or devices may be
removed and/or seπiced without disturbing the wiring. No control wire shall be routed
across the face or rear of an instrument, junction box, or other device in a manner,
which will prevent the opening of covers or obstruct access to leads, terminals, devices,
or instruments.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 9 of 53 Rev. 8
5.20.
5.21.
5.22.
Relay terminals shall not be used for more than two connections per terminal.
Compression terminal lugs shall be furnished for incoming line feeders.
The isolation devices shall be provided as per KEPIC ENB 2000 to isolate the Class 1E
output signal from the MCC to the Non-Class 1E annunciator or plant computer.
PVC is not acceptable for wire and wireways.
6.
TERMINAL LUGS
6.1.
6.2.
Insulated terminal lugs for control and instrumentation wiring
All terminal lugs shall be screw-compression ring tongue type. (Pin type lugs shall not
be allowable to use.)
All connections to terminal blocks, instrument, etc., shall be made with following tin
plated compression type ring tongue terminal lugs according to the location or Electrical
Classification of systems, equipment or components as specified in Design Specification.
Electrical Class 1E : Terminal lugs of "AMP” or “Panduit”
as listed on page A-1, or equivalent
Electrical Non-Class 1E : Terminal lugs of "Thomas & Betts", "Burndy", "Panduit",
"3M" or KS marked as listed on page A-2, or equivalent
The wire insulation shall be removed without nicking the conductor. The wire shall be
firmly inserted into the lug and crimped with a ratchet type, or positive action air/hydraulic
tool as listed on Page A-1, or as recommended by the lug manufacturer.
Manufacturer's standard insulating sleeve for listed terminals are Polyvinylidene Fluoride
(PVDF) for terminal lugs of "Amp Special Industries" and "Panduit (for Class IE)";
Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) for terminal lugs of "Thomas & Betts", ’’Bumdy”, "Panduit",
and，’3M”; Nylon for KS marked or equivalent. The Supplier shall obtain the buyer's
prior approval for furnishing insulated lugs with other than Manufacturer Standard
insulation on them. Acceptable manufacturers and specific catalog numbers of
acceptable insulating lugs are listed on Page A-1 and A-2.
Part numbers specified in this attachment are for use with AWG conductors. If metric
conductors are to be furnished by the Supplier, the appropriate lug from the same
manufacturer and of the same type shall be used.
Terminal lugs of KS marked or equivalent shall be made of Oxygen Free High-
Conductivity Copper (OFHC) and shall meet the KS C2620.
Please refer to the attachment #A of ‘Terminal Lugs’.
Compression copper power lugs
Lugs shall be color keyed or coded, tool applied compression type (hexagonal or

7.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 10 of 53 Rev. 8
circumferential), tin plated made of high conductivity copper and be listed by the
Underwriters Laboratories for use with copper cable or KS marked (only for one-hole
lugs) or equivalent.
Lugs shall be applied in accordance with the following instructions:
a. The installation tools and dies shall be of either hexagonal or circumferential
compression type as recommended by the lug manufacturer. The tooling shall be
color coded or color keyed with the lugs.
b. For inspection purposes, the manufacturer's die code shall be embossed upon the
applied compressed connection on lugs.
The bolt holes of the lugs shall be drilled and spaced in accordance with the latest NEMA
Standards Publications No. CC-1 "Electric Power Connection for substations.” The bolt
holes of KS marked one-hole lugs shall be drilled in accordance with the KS C2620.
Lugs listed are long barrel type for maximum current-carrying requirements and have
barrels that are blind ended.
Lugs shall meet the performance requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Test of UL
486 except the heating or current cycling tests shall be performed for a minimum of 500
cycles.
Part numbers specified in this attachment are for use with AWG conductors. If metric
conductors are to be furnished by the Supplier, the appropriate lug from the same
manufacturer and of the same type shall be used.
KS marked (only for one-hole lugs) or equivalent shall be made of Oxygen Free High-
Conductivity Copper (OFHC) and shall meet the KS C2620.
Please refer to the attachment #B of ‘Compression copper lugs’.
CONNECTIONS
7.1.
7.2.
7.3.
Circuit connection to Purchaser's external equipment shall be terminated at heavy duty
terminal blocks including the shield wire for instrumentation cable, Supplier's wiring shall
not have more than two wires connected to any terminal point. Terminal block
requirements shall be in accordance with Attachment #C and #D. Wiring connections
shall be made with compression crimp-on type ring-tongue with insulated ferrules.
Any electronic components, which may be required for the radiation monitoring system
or reactor protection regulating system, etc., and which are arranged in sliding drawers
for rack mounting shall be provided with quick disconnect type connectors for ease in
removing the drawer. Mating connectors shall be supplied with the apparatus where
such terminations are provided as manufacturer's standard.
Provisions shall be made for the entrance of all power cables to the cabinet with
adequate space provided for termination. The Supplier shall furnish cable supports of a
flame-retardant nonhygroscopic material suitable to withstand the maximum short
circuit stresses.
8.
TERMINATIONS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 11 of 53 Rev. 8
8.1.
Termination of Control and Instrumentation Cables and Wires
General
The purpose of this Attachment is to identify methods of terminating control and
instrumentation cables and wires.
The details shown in this Attachment are typical. They are intended to serve as a guide
and reference and are supplemental to the Design Specification and Electrical Drawings.
Wire Identification
Each wire shall be identified at both ends by securely fastening noncorrosive cable tags
or markers around the wire. These tags or markers shall be imprinted with the wire
numbers identified on the wiring diagrams.
Cable tags and markers shall be suitable for the wire and the environmental condition
mentioned in the Design Specificaiton.
Wire support at equipment
Supplier shall provide support to avoid stress on the individual wires. All wires
terminating at control boards, logic cabinets, switchgear, motor control centers, etc.,
shall be supported with facilities furnished with the equipment.
Terminating wires
All individual wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks, fuse blocks, etc.. No more
than two wires shall be connected to any one terminal point.
Only one wire per terminal will be used by the buyer on the field side of the terminal
blocks. Any common connections required shall be provided by the Supplier on the
panel side of the terminal block and the field side shall be left free for the buyer’s wiring.
Each terminal for the field side of the terminal block shall be the minimum width of 0.312”
(See Detail A).
When cutting away the insulation, wire stripping tools shall be used. The length of
insulation removed shall be as recommended by the terminal lug manufacturer. The
bare wire must be completed covered by the ferrule on the lug.
Each wire (other than thermocouple extension wire) shall be terminated with a ring-
tongue terminal lug which is to be fastened to the wire with the proper compression
tools. ‘5. Terminal lugs’ to this Appendix indicates the applicable ring-tongue terminal
lug to be used, and also indicates other pertinent directions on the subject of
terminations.
When grounding wires for potential or current transformer circuits are indicated, each
grounding wire shall be insulated wire (Type SIS), be suitable for the environmental
condition mentioned in design specification, be 10 AWG (5.5 mm 2 ) with Class B
stranding and be terminated at both ends with the specified ring-tongue terminal lug.
When a grounding circuit for instrumentation cable shield and/or drain wire is indicated,
the ground wire and jumper wires of the circuits shall be assembled so that both wires
(to any indicated terminal block terminal) are terminated in a single ring-tongue terminal
lug. This allows removal of the ground from a given terminal without interrupting the
ground circuit to other terminals. The ground and jumper wires shall be 18 AWG (1.0

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 12 of 53 Rev. 8
mm2) with Class B stranding, be suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in
design specification and be insulated wire (600V AC, Type SIS). The grounding wire
shall be terminated at the grounding point in a single ring-tongue terminal lug.
Wires requiring termination in either a plug or receptacle shall be terminated as the type
plug or receptacle requires according to the proper Wiring Diagram.
Thermocouple extension wire terminations shall be made without the use of lugs. After
stripping off sufficient insulation, each wire is terminated (in the case of machine screw
terminals) by bending the wire in a "U" shape around the terminal screw in the same
direction as the screw tightens and tightening the screw properly.
When thermocouple extension wire termination is made in the terminal block, bar
conductor in the terminal block shall be of the same material as the thermocouple
extension wire in order to have proper accuracy.
If connections are made with plug, connector, etc., both male and female of plug,
connector, etc. shall be supplied with the equipment and/or cable.
Wiring of panel
Control wires shall be continuous between terminal points and be 14 AWG (2.08 mm 2)
with Class B stranding. Insulation shall be 600 volt, suitable for the environmental
condition mentioned in ‘Design Specification’ and be of Type SIS. Terminations shall
be as mentioned in ‘7.1.4 Terminating wires’.
Wiring shall be bundled, be run in straight lines without kinks and have uniform bends.
Bends shall be of sufficient radius to avoid damage to the insulation. The wires shall
be symmetrically arranged so as to avoid stress on the terminations. They shall be
secured in position with bolted cleats and mounting plates or secured with cable ties
and terminated in a good workmanlike manner.
Approved terminal blocks shall be furnished within suitable enclosures for cable
connections to or between panels, racks or skid mounted units. Requirements for
terminal blocks are identified in this Appendix. (Please refer ‘8.0 Cover cabinets for
terminal block mounting’.)
Separate terminal blocks shall be provided for power, control and/or instrument cables,
respectively. And if necessary for noise reduction, opening for power, control and/or
instrument cable entrances shall be separated, respectively.
Wiring techniques (e.g., physical separation, shield of susceptible circuit or shield of
EMI/RFI source, etc.) shall be applied to minimize producing undesirable effects in the
control or instrumentation circuit.
Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks shall be located so as to be readily accessible for connection. They
shall be of the screw type to accommodate the wire terminations and shall have
removable marking strips and laminated cores engraved with the terminal point
designations appearing on the Suppliers design drawings.
Supplier’s internal wiring shall not have more than two wires connected to any one
terminal point, and sufficient terminals shall be provided so that Buyer will not have
more than one wire connected to any terminal point. A minimum of 20 percent spare
terminal block points shall be provided for Buyer’s independent use.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 13 of 53 Rev. 8
Terminal blocks shall be furnished and installed at all shipping splits for all wire and
cable.
Terminal blocks with clamp-type fittings are not acceptable.
All terminal blocks for interface connections between Buyer’s external wiring and
Supplier’s equipment wiring shall be enclosed, located in areas of adequate space and
clearances, and readily accessible for top entry. These area shall allow convenient
placement and termination of the Buyer’s cables in neat and orderly arrays. Future cable
removal or addition shall not require temporary removal or disconnection of adjacent
unrelated cables.
The location, size and arrangement of terminal blocks for all external wiring shall be
subject to acceptance by the Buyer.
Swinging panel or door wiring
When connections are made from a fixed panel or box to a swinging panel or door, the
conductors used across the hinge shall be 14 AWG with Class K stranding or as
specified on the Electrical Drawings. These conductors shall have tinned copper wire
with 600 volt, Type SIS and be suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in
‘Design Specification’
Conductors crossing a door hinge area shall be cleated on both sides of that area so
that they rotate (instead of flexing) with the movement of the swinging panel or door.
(See Detail A)

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 14 of 53 Rev. 8
DETAIL A
METHOD OF INSTALLING HINGE WIRE ON SWINGING PANEL OR DOOR
Termination of tape-shield drain wire
Each drain wire termination shall be made by using an insulated butt splice and
insulated extension wire as indicated in the following details:
Butt-Splice (note 2)
For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 15 of 53 Rev. 8
DETAIL B
INDIVIDUAL SHIELDED PAIRS, TRIADS, ETC.
(Note 2)
For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire
DETAIL C
OVERALL SHIELD DRAIN WIRE
For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 16 of 53 Rev. 8
DETAIL D
TAPE-SHIELD DRAIN WIRE EXTENSION WITHOUT
USING INSULATED BUTT-SPLICE
For termination refer to the 7.1.4 termination wire
DETAIL E
SHIELD BRAID TERMINATION
Notes for Details B through D
1.
The outer cable jacket shall only be removed for a distance necessary to expose sufficient
lengths of individual conductors to make the proper connections to termination points.
The drain wire extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B stranding and cut
to a length to reach its termination point. The insulation shall be 600V, Type SIS and
suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in ‘Design Specification’.
2.
The insulated butt splice shall be crimped with the ratchet crimping tool recommended by
the manufacturer of splicing material.
3.
The sleeve shall be either heat shrinkable tubing or electrical tape, shall capture the tape
shield and the insulation on the drain wire extension and shall be suitable for cable
materials.
4. Detail D is an acceptable alternate termination of the tape-shield drain wire. When this
method is used, an insulating sleeve shall be slipped over the drain wire before the lug is
attached. The drain wire shall be made long enough to reach its termination point.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 17 of 53 Rev. 8
Termination of metal shielding braid
8.1.9.1. Each shielded braid terminal shall be terminated as described in the following paragraphs.
8.1.9.2. The ferrules and splices required for properly terminating cables and conductors which have
braided shielding braid will depend on the diameters of the cables and conductors involved.
This attachment will, therefore, recommend the ferrules and splices by manufacturers types
rather than specific catalog numbers. The Supplier shall consult the hardware manufacturer
for applicable catalog numbers of the complete splice and the crimping tool required to
terminate each size cable.
8.1.9.3. The following methods are recommended for terminating the metal shielding braid:
Method 1 Shield Extension
This method uses a combed out and twisted wires of the braid as a conductor which is spliced
with an insulated butt splice to an insulated wire as shown in Detail E.
Notes for Detail E
1. The outer cable jacket shall only be removed for a distance necessary to expose sufficient
lengths of individual conductors to make the proper connections to termination points. The
drain wire extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B or Class K stranding and
cut to a length to reach its termination point. The insulation shall be 600V, Type SIS and
suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in ‘Design Specification’.
2. The shielded braid should be combed out and twisted to size 12 AWG conductor.
3. The insulated butt splice shall be crimped with the crimping tool recommended by the splice
manufacturer.
4. The sleeve shall be either heat shrinkable tubing or tape, shall capture the cable jacket,
shielding braid and lead wire insulation and shall be suitable for the cable materials.
Method 2 Single Piece
The single piece termination contains a tinned metallic shell which protects the inner conductor(s)
during the crimping of a shield extension to the metal shielding braid as detailed in principle by
Detail F.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 18 of 53 Rev. 8
DETAIL F
1 PIECE TERMINATION TO SHIELD (SH)
Notes for Detail F
1. The shield extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B or Class K stranding. The
insulation shall be 600V, Type SIS and suitable for the environmental condition mentioned
in ‘Design Specification’. The extension shall be trimmed so that the shielded conductors are
shielded until nearing their termination points.
2. Recommended manufacturers of the shell termination piece are:
AMP - "Termashield"
Burndy - "Uniring"
Thomas & Betts - "STA-KON"
3. The one piece termination may be of the preinsulated kind or be insulated with either
manufacturers insulating sleeve or heat shrinkable tubing.
Method 3 Two Piece
The two piece termination consists of a harder inner and softer outer ferrule which allows
crimping of the shield extension to the braid without distortion of the inner conductor(s) as
detailed in Detail G.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 19 of 53 Rev. 8
DETAIL G
2 PIECE TERMINATION TO SHIELD (SH)
Notes for Detail G
1. The shield extension shall be 18 AWG tinned copper with Class B or Class K stranding.
The insulation shall be 600V ethylene propylene rubber wire (EPRW). The shield extension
shall be tinned so that the shielded conductors are shielded until nearing their termination
points.
2. Recommended manufacturers of the two piece terminations are:
Burndy - "Hyring"
Thomas & Betts - "STA-KON"
3. The two piece termination may be of the preinsulated kind or be insulated with either
manufacturers insulating sleeve or heat shrinkable tubing.
8.2.
Termination of conduit and cables at motors drive units, valves, etc
General
This attachment outlines the method of terminating conduits at motors, and conduits
and cables at damper drive units, motor operated valves, and other equipment. This
information is being supplied to the manufacturer for information to illustrate the field

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 20 of 53 Rev. 8
installation.
Unless otherwise specified on the Construction Drawings, conduit terminations at
motors and other electrically driven equipment shall be made with liquid-tight flexible
conduit.
Minimum one foot length of liquid-tight flexible conduit will be used for terminating of
rigid steel conduit to the equipment.
Motors and drives located outdoors shall have terminal housing that can be oriented to
allow conduit entrance from the bottom or either sides.
See following typical detail installations as shown below.
DETAIL A

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 21 of 53 Rev. 8
DETAIL B
DETAIL C

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
9.
CABLE AND WIRE COLOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 22 of 53 Rev. 8
9.1.
9.2.
Cable and wire color shall be applied NEMA WC 57. The terminal points of bus, cable and
wire shall be marked by using shrinkable tube or color masking tape for demonstrating color
of each phase.
Cable and wire colors are shown as follows.
Cable jacket color
1) Channel A : Red
2) Channel B : Green
3) Channel C : Yellow
4) Load group M and N : Black
Wire insulation color (as per NEMA WC 57. Table E-1)
1) Black
2) White
3) Red
4) Green
5) Orange
6) Blue
7) ETC (Wire insulation color shall be applied NEMA WC 57.)
Phase color
1) AC phase color

• R : Brown
• S : Black
• T : Grey
• N : Blue
• G : Green/Yellow

2) DC phase color

• Positive : Red

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS

• Negative : White

Wire color (EPRW : ethylene propylene rubber wire)
1) phase color

• R : Brown
• S : Black
• T : Grey
• N : Blue

STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 23 of 53 Rev. 8
10.
COVER CABINETS FOR TERMINAL BLOCK MOUNTING
10.1. Hinged cover cabinets with non-locking handles and latches, with panels mounted on studs
in rear for installation indoors in dry, non-hazardous locations, shall be 14 gauge sheet steel
and shall conform to the National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA) Standard for
Type 1 enclosures.
10.2. Cabinet sizes, except for Detail A, are based on minimum spacing required for the installation
and wiring of 12 point molded bakelite terminal blocks with washer head screw contacts as
follows:
A. Control Terminations (10-32 Screw, 600V Rated or above)
Series 1500, Catalog No. 1512ST Series 1600,
Catalog No. 1612ST Marathon Special Products
Co.
Type EB-25, Catalog No. EB25A12W General Electric
Co.
Catalog No. TBU-I2 Westinghouse Electric
Corp.
Series YSFT-XXX-XX-S-FN Yongsung Electric Co., Ltd.
or equivalent
Terminal Blocks shall be suitable to the size of external wiring which will be decided by the
buyer. Therefore, terminal blocks rating and dimension shall be provided to the buyer for
review. The Class IE terminal blocks shall be Yongsung Electric Co., Ltd's products or
equivalent.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 24 of 53 Rev. 8
10.3. Detail A shows the cabinet arrangement for mounting a single 8 point Marathon Special
Products Co's series 1600 terminal block, or equivalent.
10.4. Cabinet sizes shown are typical sizes
10.5. The quantity, size and position of conduit or cable openings in the cabinets shall be
determined from Electrical Installation Drawings (where applicable ) and punched by the
Construction Contractor.
10.6. Hinged cover cabinets that are to be installed outdoors shall be 12 gauge, they shall be
galvanized without knockouts, and the cover shall be suitably gasketed. If galvanized finish
is damaged by welding, drilling or cutting, the exposed metal shall be repaired with a zinc-
rich paint or a galvanized repair stick. Cabinet shall conform otherwise to NEMA Standard
for Type 4X enclosures.
10.7. Cabinets shall have a 1 inch diameter drain hole provided in a bottom front corner with a
bronze screen or mesh spot-brazed on the inside surface over the opening.
10.8. Terminal blocks shall be mounted to the panel at the rear of the cabinet.
10.9. Terminal block number plate shall be attached near each terminal block within cabinet.
10.10. All terminal blocks shall be marked in a permanent manner with the name of the manufacturer,
the identification or serial no., etc and these information shall be provided to the buyer for
review.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 25 of 53 Rev. 8
DETAIL
NUMBER
A
TERMINAL BLOCKS
MAX. NO.
QUANTITY
OF POINTS
1 8
CABINET DIMENSIONS
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DEPTH
16”
12”
6-5/8” TO 7”
B
1
12
20”
16”
6-5/8” TO 7”
C
D
2
4
24
48
20”
30”
20”
20”
6-5/8” TO 7”
6-5/8” TO 7”
E
6
72
30”
24”
6-5/8” TO 7”
11.
CABLE DATA REQUIREMENT FOR SUPPLIER FURNISHED CABLE
11.1. Cable Requirements
The external cable supplied by Vendor shall meet the following requirements unless
otherwise specified in Design Specification.

• All cables for Nuclear power plant (50 years) shall be used.
• Flame Retardant shall be applicable.

Class 1E cable
a. Class 1E cable shall be suitable and qualified for the environmental condition mentioned in
Design Specification of Cable.
b. Class 1E cable shall meet the following Code and STD :

• IEEE 323, 383 and Reg. Guide 1.131
• NEMA WC55 (ICEA S82-552), NEMA WC57(ICEA S73-532), NEMA WC70,

NEMAWC74
Non-Class 1E cable
a. Non-class 1E cable shall be suitable for the environmental condition mentioned in
Design Specification.
b. Non-class 1E cable shall meet the following Code and STD :

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 26 of 53 Rev. 8

• IEEE 383, Section 2.5
• NEMA WC55 (ICEA S82-552), NEMA WC57(ICEA S73-532), NEMA WC70,

NEMAWC74
Insulation and jacket material
a. Insulation – EPRW (or equivalent)
b. Jacket (Class 1E and Non-class 1E cable) – Cross-linked polyolefin (XLPO)
c. PVC is not acceptable for insulation or jacket material.
11.2. Supplier furnished cable shall have the following identifications on the outer surface of the
cable and Supplier shall submit the detail method of each cable identification for the buyer's
review.
Cable Color Code
a. Class 1E
: Red for Channel A
Green for Channel B
Yellow for Channel C
b. Non-Class 1E :Black
Wire Color Code
Inter-channel wiring shall be colored according to circuit classification (except internal
assembly and component wiring). Cabinet wiring which remains in the channel of its
circuit classification shall have neutral color. Imprinting the color name or providing
color sleeving is not acceptable.
Channel
A
B
C
1E Circuit
Red
Green
Yellow
Associated Circuit
White/Red stripe
White/Green stripe
White/Yellow stripe
Phase Color Code
Phase color for bus shall be divided by using insulation tube or sticker. Also phase color
for wire shall be divided by using shrinkable tube and so on.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 27 of 53 Rev. 8
Phase color code is same as follows;
a. A phase : Brown
b. B phase : Black
c. C phase : Grey
d. Neutral phase : Blue
e. Ground : Green/Yellow
f. DC phase P : Red
g. DC phase N : White
h. Color code for one phase circuit shall be follow existing color before distributing circuits
i. Lighting wire(EPRW-L : ethylene propylene rubber wire ) shall be followed phase color code
same as written
j. Package items supplied by Vendor also shall be followed cable color code (10.2.1) and
phase color code (10.2.2.)
The Buyer 's Cable Type Code: (The buyer will provide the cable type code after the
buyer receives the cable data mentioned in para. 9.3 below)
The Buyer's Cable number (If required)
The following information shall be printed on the outer surface of the cable
a. Supplier's name
b. Rated circuit voltage
c. Insulation/Jacket material
d. Year of manufacture
e. Supplier's traceability code
f. Number of conductors and wire size
11.3. The following cable data shall be supplied by the Supplier for the Buyer's review and approval
Copper cable for power, control and instrument
a. Class 1E / Non-Class 1E
b. Number of conductors

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
c. Conductor size
d. Overall diameter
e. Shield material (If required)
f. Voltage rating
g. Temperature rating (°C)
h. Insulation/Jacket material
i. Jacket color
j. Weight/Foot (lb) (Note 1)
k. BTU/ft for fire loading
l. AC Ohm/100' (Note 2)
m. DC Ohm/100' (Note 2)
n. Rated ampacity in air (Note 2)
o. Min. pulling temperature
p. Radiation Rating (Gy)
q. Bend radius (Pulling/Training) (Note 1)
r. Allowable sidewall pressure (lb/ft) (Note 1)
s. Max tension (lb) (Note 1)
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 28 of 53 Rev. 8
t. Cable length (ft) (Include length limitation, if any)
u. Overall diameter of connectors (for cables furnished with connector)
v. Has cable been qualified to IEEE 383 vertical tray flame test? (Yes/No)
Note. 1 It is not applicable for pigtails.
2 It is applicable for power cable only.
Fiber Optic cable

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
a. Number of fibers
b. Fiber type (Singlemode or Multimode, etc.)
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 29 of 53 Rev. 8
c. Core/Clad size
d. Attenuation (dB/km) @850nm and @1300nm
e. Bandwidth(Mhz-km) @850nm and @1300nm
f. Jacket material/color
g. F.O Cable type (Loose or Tight Tube)
h. Radiation rating (Gy)
i. Overall diameter (inch)
j. Weight per feet (lb/ft)
k. Max. tension (lb)
l. Sidewall pressure (lb/ft)
m. Bend radius (Pulling/Training)
n. Cable length of limitation to assure the acceptable range of the signal (ft) (If required)
o. Has cable been qualified to IEEE 383 vertical tray flame test? (Yes/No)
12.
INSULATION
The insulation of all control device coils shall be impervious to moisture and suitable for
operation in atmosphere. The insulation shall completely seal the conductors to prevent
penetration of moisture or other contaminants and shall be suitable for continuous operation
at a rated total temperature of 130℃ (Class B.) The type of insulation desired is one in which
the coil windings are fully encapsulated with an epoxy resin, resulting in homogeneous
watertight seal.
13.
GROUND BUS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 30 of 53 Rev. 8
Ground bus of 50 mm by 6 mm thick copper bar shall be installed to extend the length of
each cabinet at a convenient location just above the mounting base. Each section of the
cabinet and all instrument and device grounds shall be grounded directly to this bus. The
ground bus shall be drilled for NEMA two-hole compression type for AWG 1/0 (50mm2 )
ground cable at each end of the ground bus. The lugs will be furnished by the Purchaser.
Ground bus for equipment and instrument shall be separated in the instrument cabinet or
local control panel and each ground bus shall be connected with the exclusive ground system.
14.
CONTROL COMPONENTS
14.1. GENERAL
Control components shall be the heavy duty type suitable for operation at 120V AC or
125 V DC.
Control device contacts for use in external circuits shall be suitable for use with 120V
AC 6A inductive loads, or 125 V DC 0.5A inductive load as required.
14.2. PUSH BUTTONS AND SELECTOR SWITCHES
Push buttons and selector switches shall be the heave-duty oil-tight type.
14.3. MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTACTORS
Supplier shall only supply starting equipment for low-voltage motors (460 volts and under)
rated 200HP and below.
The starting equipment to be furnished shall comply with the following :
14.3.2.1. Motor starters shall be the combination type consisting of a full voltage magnetic starter with
thermal overload relays, molded case circuit breaker, and auxiliary control devices as
required.
14.3.2.2. Motor starters shall be the magnetic type suitable for full voltage starting, and shall either be
of the reversing or the non-reversing type. The two contactors of the reversing starter shall
be mechanically and electrically interlocked to prevent their coils being energized at the same
time.
14.3.2.3. Overload protection shall consist of three manual-reset thermal overload relays of the
bimetallic ambient compensated type or solid state overload relay (SSOR) without opening
the door. Starters shall be minimum NEMA Size 1.
14.3.2.4. Molded case circuit breakers for motor starters shall be equipped with adjustable magnetic
trip elements and have a minimum of 30kA symmetrical interrupting for three-phase, 60Hz
480V
14.3.2.5. Contactor units for non-motor loads shall consist of a magnetic contactor, molded case circuit
breaker, and necessary auxiliary control devices.
14.3.2.6. Molded case circuit breakers for non-motor loads shall be equipped with thermal-magnetic
trip elements and have a minimum of 30kA amperes symmetrical interrupting rating for three-
phase, 60Hz 480V service.
14.4. CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERS

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 31 of 53 Rev. 8
Each combination starter unit and contactor unit shall be provided with a control power
transformer equipped with a secondary fuse in the ungrounded line. and rated to supply
indicating lights and other auxiliary devices, in addition to the holding coil.
14.5. RELAYS, METERS, AND INSTRUMENTS
Protective relays and meters furnished shall be installed on the front of the control
cabinets, panels, and cubicles. The relays shall be of semi-flush, drawout design and
testing devices. Types and details shall be subject to acceptance by the Purchaser.
Auxiliary control relays shall be the front connected machine tool type with provisions for
additional auxiliary contacts.
Indicating instruments shall be semi-flush mounted and the panel type with expanded
scales.
14.6. INDICATING LIGHTS
Indicating lights shall be the heavy-duty, oil tight, LED type.
14.7. FUSES
Fuses if required, in the alarm, metering, and control circuits, shall be furnished by the
Supplier. These fuses shall be of the nonrenewable cartridge type.
14.8. INSTRUMENTATION
All control components such as transmitters, switches for pressure, temperature, and
control, solid state logic blocks, etc., shall be of the heavy-duty type suitable for
operation in the intended service. Refer to Design Specification for Instrumentation and
Control Equipment, [KJ-070-DT-410-009].
15.
APPROVAL
All electrical components and devices shall be subject to acceptance by the Purchaser
before fabrication.
16.
ELECTRIC MOTORS
Electric motors shall comply with the Appendix [KJ-070-DT-410-006] of "Standard
Appendix for Alternating Current Motors".
17.
NAMEPLATES

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 32 of 53 Rev. 8
Nameplates are used to display basic information, including function and may alsobe used in
the back of panels to aid assembly, maintenance, and troubleshooting.
17.1. Panel and Cabinet Name Plate
All panel and cabinet shall be identified after fabrication by using name plate.
Name plate shall be attached horizontally on center of panel and cabinet.
Attach name plate to the panel and cabinet with approved adhesive without holeswill be
accepted. Adhesive are available to attach name plate to clean smooth surfaces.
Name plate shall be mounted with double sided tape and shall not peel off for the design
life of 50 years.
The color coding of the name plate are as follows :

• Safety Related Channel A : Red face, White letter
• Safety Related Channel B : Green face, White letter
• Safety Related Channel C : Yellow face, Black letter
• Non-safety Related : Black face, White letter

Identification lettering should be oriented horizontally and centered or left-justified.
The three-ply name plate shall be used and engraved through to core color. Engraving
shall be performed by rounded square ended cutter, “V” shaped type engraving is
unacceptable. The three-ply name plate material should be a kind of ‘Acrylic’.
Lettering style shall be gothic.
Name plate thickness shall be minimum 3mm.
Name plate shall be made of low glare, non-wrapping material.
Name plate detail is shown in Attachment #E of Panel and Cabinet Name Plate.
18.
FINISH
18.1.
18.2.
18.3.
Control panels and cabinets shall be cleaned, primed, and finish painted in accordance
with the Supplier's standard procedures. The Supplier shall submit technical data of
paint.
Finish color shall be Munsell No. 2.8Y 7.7/0.8 (Bright yellow) in accordance with
Appendix of KJ-070-DT-410-004.
Battery rack shall be Munsell No. 10GY6.5/3 (Grey green) in accordance with Appendix
of KJ-070-DT-410-004.
19.
TESTS
19.1.
Control circuit functions shall be checked as far as possible by actuating control
switches and push buttons and by applying appropriate signals at the terminal blocks.
The functioning of associated panel devices shall be observed and checks made for

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 33 of 53 Rev. 8
19.2.
proper output signals at the terminal blocks.
All cables shall be capable of passing the tests indicated in ICEA standard S-66-524
and S-19-81.
20.
SHIPMENT
Completed cabinets shall have provisions for lifting and shall have ample strength to
withstand all stresses incidental to shipping and installation without damage. The
Supplier shall furnish all material required to prepare the cabinet for shipment, including
structural steel lifting beams for the assembly.
21.
DRAWINGS
The Supplier shall submit in accordance with Appendix [KJ-070-DT-410-002] of
‘General requirement for document submittal’ as following :
21.1.
21.2.
21.3.
21.4.
21.5.
21.6.
Preliminary outline drawings
Final outline drawings with final anchor bolt location.
Preliminary location of all incoming and outgoing connections.
Final locations of all incoming and outgoing connection
Preliminary schematic and wiring diagrams of all circuits and inter locks required for
operation of the equipment.
Final schematic and wiring diagrams.

CT-400CT-400CT-400CT-400CT-400CT-400CT-400CT-460CT-460CT-460CT-460CT-720CT-720
INSTALLATION TOOL
PANDUIT
PK18-6RPK18-8RPK18-10RPK14-6RPK14-8RPK14-10RPK14-14RPK10-6RPK10-8RPK10-10RPK10-14RPK8-10RPK8-14R
CATALOG NUMBER

CLASS 1E
4738647386473864738747387473874738759239-459239-459239-459239-4
RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURER
A-1

INSTALLATION TOOL AMP

69061 WITH 48752-1 DIE69061 WITH 48752-1 DIE

53407-153408-153409-153416-153417-153418-153984-153423-153424-153425-153426-153978-153943-1
CATALOG NUMBER

6
8 10 6 8 10 6 8 10 10
1/4” 1/4” 1/4”
STUD SIZE
(AWG)
WIRE SIZE

8 8
22-1822-1822-1816-1416-1416-1416-1412-1012-1012-1012-10
ATTACHMENT #A Terminal lugs

N TOOL
INSTALLATIORecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufactureRecommendedManufacture
KS marked
CATALOGNUMBER
RBP 1.5-3.5RBP 1.5-4RBP 1.5-5RBP2.5-3.5RBP 2.5-4RBP 2.5-5RBP 2.5-6RBP 4,5-3.5RBP 4,5-4RBP 4,5-5RBP 4, 6-6RBP 10-5RBP 10-6
N TOOLTH482TH482TH482TH482TH482TH482TH482TH482 TH482TH482 CT-460CT-720CT-720
Or TH 484Or TH 484Or TH 484Or TH 484Or TH 484Or TH 484Or TH 484Or TH 484Or TH 484Or TH 484
INSTALLATIO
3M

CATALOGNUMBER PV10-14RXPV8-10RXPV8-14RX
MV18-6R/SMVI8-8R/LMV18-10R/LMV14-6R/SMV14-8R/LMV14-10R/LMV14-14R/SMV10-6RMV10-8RMV10-10R

CT-400CT-400CT-400CT*400CT-400CT-400CM00 CT-460CT-460CT-460
ON TOOL MR8-89-1
INSTALLATI

NON-CLASS 1EPANDUIT

NUMBERPV18-6RPV18-8RPV18-10RPV14-6RXPV14-8RX PV10-6RXPVI0-8RX TP10-14
CATALOG PVI4-10RXPVI4-I4EIX PV10-10RX
RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURER

ON TOOLMR8-89-1MR8-89-1MR8-89-1MR8-89-1MR8-89-1MR8-89-1MR8-89-1MR8-89-1MR8-89-1MR8-89-1WT 2130
INSTALLATI WT 145C or

BURNDY A-2 (END)

TP16-6TP16-8TP16-10TP14-6TP14-8TP14-10TP14-14TP10-6 TP10-8TP10-10
CATALOGNUMBER 10RC-14X

ON TOOLWT 145CWT 145CWT 145CWT 145CWT 145CWT 145CWT 145CWT 2130WT 2130WT 213059239-4
INSTALLATI WT 145C orWT 145C or 69061 WITH48752-1 DIE69061 WITH48752-1 DIE

THOMAS & BETTS 53426-153978-153943-1
CATALOGNUMBER18RA-6X18RA-8X18RA-10X14RB-6X14RB-8X14RB-10X14RB-14X10RC-6X10RC-8X10RC-10X

6 8 10 6 8 10 6 8 10 10
STUDSIZE 1/4” 1/4” 1/4”

8
WIRESIZE(AWG) 22-1822-1822-1816-1416-1416-1416-14 12-10 12-10 12-10 12-10
ATTACHMENT #A Terminal lugs
8

• - - - - -

69082
-

69099
46765-346321-346766-246767-246749-246750-246751-2
CODE PART NO.

-
69065
46321-346321-346322-246323-246324-246325-2
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE

2 2
DIE 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250
CODE
AMP

C
0.71 (21.34)0.71(21.34)0.87 (22.10)0.97 (24.64)1.08(27.43)1,19(30.23)1.28 (32.51)

ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS
B
0.84(21.34)0.84(21.34)1.04(26.42)1.09 (27.69)1.14(28.96)1.21 (30.74)1.25 (31.75)

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)

A
1.62 (41.15)1.62(41.15)1.97 (50.04)2.11 (53.59)2.26 (57.40)2.45 (62.23)2.58 (65.53)
BOLTSIZE
5/16 (7.9)5/16 (7.9)3/8 (9.5)3/8 (9.5)3/8 (9.5)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)
Compression copper lugs
CAT.NO.
325202325202325303325403325503325605325705

#2 #1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250
WIRESIZE MCM
ATTACHMENT #B
ONE HOLE LUGDIMENSION DETAIL

B-1

• • - - - -

69082 69653
46754-246755-246756-246757-246760-2

• - - - •

69099
46766-246767-246749-246750-246751-246752-246753-2

& DIE CODE PART NO. - - - - - - -
••
69065
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD46322-246323-246324-246325-2

DIE 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250300350400500600700*1000
CODE

C
AMP
27/32 (21.4)61/64 (24,2)1-1/16(27.0)1.19(30.23)1.28 (32.51)1.40 (35.56)1,51 (38.35)1-19/32 (40.5)1.80(45.72)1.95 (49.53)2-3/32 (53.2)2.51 (63.75)

B
2-51/64(71.0)2-27/32 (72.2)2-57/64 (73.4)2.96 (75.19)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)2.98 (75.69)3 (m2)3 (76.2)3.19(81.02)
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)A

TWO HOLE LUG DIMENSION DETAIL
B-2

4-1/4(107.9)4-7/16(112.7)4-21/32 (118.3)4.21 (106.93)4.34(110.24)4.43(112.52)4.55 (115.57)5-37/64(141.7)4.80(121.92)4.97(126.24)6-9/32 (159.5)5.64 (143.00)

BOLT SIZE1/2 (12.7)1/2(12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2(12.7)1/2(12.7)1/2(12.7)1/2(12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12,7)1/2(12.7)1/2 (12.7)

MCM.

CAT. NO.
53680-253681-253682-232728432728532728632728753685-232728932729053686327294
Compression copper lugs

1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0
250 MCM300 MCM350 MCM400 MCM500 MCM600 MCM700 MCM1000 MCM
WIRE SIZE
ATTACHMENT #B
*RANGE FROM 650 TO 750

-
Y48B
-
-
-
•
-
-
C28RC28RC29RC29R

Y46 U2CRT
U8CABTU5CRTU6CABTU4CRTU2CRTU4CABTU1CRTU2CABTU25RTU26RTU26RTU27RTU27RTU28RTU28RTU29RTU29RT
DIE CODE PART NO.
Y39
U8CABTU5CRTU6CABTU4CRTU2CRTU2CRTU4CABTU1CRTU2CABTU25RTU26RTU26RTU27RTU27RTU28RTU28RTU29RTU29RT
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD &
7 8 11 12 1313 1414 15
15
374 346 375 348
DIE NO.
INDEX1 2 1 2 1 102 101 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 162 16
BLUEGRAYBROWNGREENPINK
BLACKORANGEPURPULEYELLOW
COLOR KEY

BURNDY

C
B-3
ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS13/32 (10,4)1/2 (12.7)19/32 (15.0)43/64 (17.0)3/4(19.1)13/16(20.6)29/32 (23.1)I (25.4)1-3/32 (27.7)

B

21/32(16.7)11/16(17.4)45/64(17.9)11/16(17.4)53/64 (21.0)51/64 (20.2)1-3/16 (30.2)1-3/64 (26.6)1-3/32 (27.8)

A
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
2-1/64 (51.2)2-7/64 (53.6)2-27/64(61.5)2-3/8 (60.5)2-21/32(67.5)2-51/64(71,0)3-7/32 (81.8)2-31/32(75.4)3-3/16(81.0)

BOLTSIZE
1/4 (6,4)1/4 (6.4)5/16 (7.9)5/16 (7.9)3/8 (9.5)3/8 (9.5)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)
Compression copper lugs

CAT.NO. YA26YA27YA28YA29
YA6CYA4CYA2CYA1CYA25-TC38

SIZE #6 #4 #2 #1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250
WIRE MCM
ATTACHMENT #B NOTE: FOR THE DIE INDEX, 1 MEANS THAT DIE IS COLOR CODED AND 2 MEANS THAT DIE IS NOT COLOR CODED.

-
Y48B
-
-
C28RC28RC29RC29R C30R C31R C32R C34
C28ARC29ARC30ARC31AR

Y46
U2CABTU25RTU26RTU26RTU27RTU27RTU28RTU28RTU29RTU29RTU28ARTU30RTU29ARTU31RTU30ARTU32RTU31ARTU34RT
DIE CODE PART NO.
Y39
U2CABTU25RTU26RTU26RTU27RTU27RTU28RTU28RTU29RTU29RTU28ARTU30RTU29ARTU31RTU30ARTU32RTU31ARTU34RT
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD &
12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 18 19 20
348 298 324 470 299
DIE NO.
INDEX1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

PINK RED BLUE
BLACKORANGEPURPLEYELLOWWHITE BROWN
COLOR KEY
B-4

BURNDY

C
1 (25.4)
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS13/16 (20.8)13/16 (20.8)15/16 (23.8) 1-1/32 (26.2)1-7/32 (31.0)1-9/32 (32.5)1-13/32 (35.8)1-17/32 (38.9)

B
3 (76.2)
3-1/16 (77.8)3-1/32 (77.0)3-1/32 (77.0)3-1/32 (77.0)3-1/32 (77.0)3-1/32 (77.0) 3-1/32 (77.0)3-1/32 (77.0)

A
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)(121.8) (145.2) (151.6)
4-51/64 5-23/32 5-31/32
5-1/32 (127.8)5-1/16 (128.6)5-1/16 (128.6)5-5/16 (134.9)5-3/4 (146.1) 5-7/8 (149.2)

BOLTSIZE
1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)
Compression copper lugs

CAT.NO. 2N 2N 2N 2N 2N 2N 2N 2N 2N
YA25- YA26- YA27- YA28- YA29- YA30- YA31- YA32- YA34-

SIZE 1/0
WIRE
ATTACHMENT #B

2/0 3/0

4/0 250 300 350 400 500
MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM
NOTE: FOR THE DIE INDEX, 1 MEANS THAT DIE IS COLOR CODED AND 2 MEANS THAT DIE IS NOT COLOR CODED.

Y48BC32ARC36RC36ARC39RC44RC44R
U25RTU26RTU27RTU28RTU29RT
BURNDY Y39
Y46 P44RTP44RT
U32ARTU36RTU36ARTU39RT

NO. P42P45P50P54 P62
DIE CODE PART NO.
PANDUITCT-940CH

• -

Y39
U32ARTU36RTU36ARTU39RT
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD &

P42P45P50P54 P62
22 24 27 27
472 473 HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE CODEPANDUITCT-930
DIE NO.
INDEX1 2 1 2 1 2

KEY PINK
COLOR BLACKORANGEPURPLEYELLOW
KEY
COLOR GREENBLACKWHITE

C B-5
BURNDY PANDUIT
0.76(19.3)0.85(21.6)0.96 (24.4)1.06 (26.9)1.17(29.7)
C

1-23/32 (43.7)1-29/32 (48.4)2-3/16 (55.6)
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS
B

B
0.755(19.2)0.838(21.3)1.088(27.6)1.090(27.7)1.090(27.7)

3-1/32 (77.0)3-1/32 (77.0)3-1/32 (77.0)

A
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)

A 2.61 (66.3)2.82 (71.6)3.12(79.2)3.22 (81.8)3.32 (84.3)
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
7 (177.8)
6-5/8 (168.3)6-3/4 (171.5)

5/16 (7.9)3/8 (9.5)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)
SIZE BOLT SIZE
BOLT
1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)

Compression copper lugs
CAT. NO.LCB 1/0-56LCB 2/0-38LCB 3/0-12LCB 4/0-12
CAT. NO.YA36-2NYA39-2NYA44-2N LCB 250-12

SIZE 600 750 1000 SIZE 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250
WIRE MCM MCM MCM WIRE MCM
ATTACHMENT #B NOTE: FOR THE DIE INDEX, 1 MEANS THAT DIE IS COLOR CODED AND 2 MEANS THAT DIE IS NOT COLOR CODED.

-
U25RTU26RTU27RTU28RTU29RTU30RTU31RTU32RTU34RTU39RT
BURNDY Y39

P42P45 P50 P54 P62 P66 P71 P76 P87 P106 P125
CODE NO.
T&B TBM15

-
P42P45 P50 P54 P62 P66 P71 P76 P87 P106
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
T&B 13642

KEY PINK RED BLUE
COLOR BLACKORANGEPURPLEYELLOWWHITE BROWNBLACKWHITE
B-6
PANDUIT

C
0.80 (20.3)0.85 (21.6)0.96 (24.4)1.06 (26.9)1.17 (29.7)1.19 (30.2)1.28 (32.5)1.39 (35.3)1.54 (39.1)1.89 (48.0)2.17 (55.1)
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

B
3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)

A
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)4.86 (123.4)4.98 (126.5)5.03 (127.7)5.13 (130.3)5.23 (132.8)5.94 (150.9)5.99 (152.1)6.10 (154.9)6.36 (161.5)7.04 (178.8)7.29 (185.2)
BOLTSIZE
1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)

Compression copper lugs
CAT. NO.LCC 1/0-12LCC 2/0-12LCC 3/0-12LCC 4/0-12
LCC 250-12LCC 300-12LCC 350-12LCC 400-12LCC 500-12LCC 750-12LCC 1000-12

SIZE 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 300 350 400 500 750 1000
WIRE MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM
ATTACHMENT #B

U28RTU27RTU28RTU29RT
BURNDY Y39

42H45 50 54H
T&B TBM15
CODE INDEX NO.

42 45 50 54
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
T&B 13246

DIE 2/0 3/0 4/0 250
CODE

C
3M COMPANY 1 (25.4)
13/16 (20.6)29/32 (23.1)1-1/8 (28.4)

ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

B
29/32 (23.1)1-5/32 (29.4)1-5/32 (29.4)1-3/32 (27.7)

A
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
2-27/32 (72.2)3-1/8 (79.2)3-5/16 (84.1)3-3/8 (85.7)

BOLTSIZE
3/8 (9.5)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)

Compression copper lugs
31036310413104531049
CAT. NO.

SIZE 2/0 3/0 4/0 250
WIRE MCM
ATTACHMENT #B
B-7

-
U28RTU29RTU30RTU31RTU34RTU39RT
BURNDY Y39

54H 62 66 71H 87H
106H 125H
T&B TBM15
CODE INDEX NO.

54 62 -
66H 71H 87H 106H
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE
T&B 13246

DIE 4/0 250 300 350 500 750 1000
CODE

C
3M COMPANY 1 (25.4)
1-1/8 (28.4)1-7/32 (31.0)1-9/32 (32.5) 2-3/16 (55.6)
1-17/32 (38.9)1-29/32 (48.4)
TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

B
3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)

A
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS) 7 (177.8)
5-5/32 (131.0)5-5/16 (134.9)5-3/4 (146.1)5-3/4 (146.1)6-5/32 (156.4)7-9/32 (185.0)

BOLTSIZE
1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)

Compression copper lugs
3114531149 31153 31156 31166 31172 31178
CAT. NO.

SIZE 4/0 250 300 350 400 500 750
WIRE MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM
ATTACHMENT #B
B-8

• 24 29 33 37 42 45 50 54 62

21940

21 24 29 33 37 42H45 50 54H 62
TBM15
CODE INDEX NO.

21 24 29 33 37 42 45 50 54 62
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE13642

KEY REDBLUEGRAY PINK
COLOR BROWNGREEN BLACKORANGEPURPLEYELLOW

C
15/32 (11.9)7/16 (11.1)9/16 (14.3)21/32 (16.7)43/64 (17.1)3/4 (19.1)13/16 (20.6)15/16 (23.8)
1-1/32 (26.2)1-1/16 (27.0)
THOMAS & BETTS CO.

ONE-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS

B
9/16 (14.3)9/16 (14.3)9/16 (14.3)23/32 (18.6)13/16 (20.6)13/16 (20.6)1-1/16 (27.0)1-1/16 (27.0)1-1/16 (27.0)1-1/16 (27.0)

A
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS)
1-15/32 (37.3)1-1/2 (38.1)1-17/32 (38.9)1-27/32 (46.8)2-1/16 (52.4)2-3/32 (53.2)2-3/32 (53.2)2-17/32 (64.3)2-11/16 (68.3)3-1/32 (77.0)

BOLTSIZE
1/4 (6.4)1/4 (6.4)1/4 (6.4)5/16 (7.9)5/16 (7.9)3/8 (9.5)3/8 (9.5)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)

Compression copper lugs
54930549055490654942549475490954910549655497054913
CAT. NO.

#8 #6 #4 #2 #1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250
WIRESIZE MCM
ATTACHMENT #B
B-9

45 50 54 62
21940
66
71
76
87
94
106 125

45 50 54H 62 66 71H 76 87H 94H 106
TBM15 125H
CODE INDEX NO.

45 50 62 66 76 -

54H 71H 87H 94H 106H
HYDRAULIC INSTALLING HEAD & DIE13642

- KEY RED BLUE

COLOR BLACKORANGEPURPLE WHITE BROWNGREENBLACK
YELLOW

C
B-10 (END)
13/16 (20.6)15/16 (23.8)1-1/32 (26.2)1-3/32 (27.9)1-1/4 (31.8) 1-7/16 (36.5)1-5/8 (41.3)1-3/4 (44.5)

1-23/64 (34.5) 1-15/16 (49.2)2-17/64 (57.5)
THOMAS & BETTS CO.

TWO-HOLE TERMINAL LUGS B

3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)3 (76.2)
2-15/16 (74.6)2-15/16 (74.6)

A
DIMENSION INCHES (MILLIMETERS) 6 (152.4)
4-5/16 (109.5)4-13/32 (111.9)4-3/4 (120.7)5-1/32 (127.8)5-1/4 (133.4)5-9/32 (134.1)5-11/16 (144.5)
4-27/32 (123.0) 5-13/16 (147.6)6-39/64 (167.9)

BOLTSIZE
1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)1/2 (12.7)

Compression copper lugs
54862548645486654868 54870 54872 54874 54876 54878 54880 54882
CAT. NO.

SIZE 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 300 350 400 500 750 1000 250
WIRE MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM MCM
ATTACHMENT #B

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 46 of 53 Rev. 8
ATTACHMENT #C. TERMINAL BLOCK REQUIREMENTS
TERMINAL BLOCK REQUIREMENTS

ATTACHMENT #D.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 47 of 53 Rev. 8
REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING SPACE AT TERMINAL BLOCKS

ATTACHMENT #E.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 48 of 53 Rev. 8
PANEL AND CABINET NAMEPLATE

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 49 of 53 Rev. 8
ATTACHMENT #F. Cable Numbering System

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 50 of 53 Rev. 8

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 51 of 53 Rev. 8

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 52 of 53 Rev. 8

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX
FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS
STANDARD APPENDIX
KJ-070-DT-410-007
Sheet 53 of 53 Rev. 8

===== KJ-070-DT-410-008_IFC_2_Chemical Requirements for Materials Used in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements for Materials Used in Contact with Austenitic Stainless
Steel
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-008 Rev. No. 2
Safety Class
Quality Class
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
NNS N/A
Q T S
N/A
Seismic Category
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
N/A
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
For Construction For Fabrication
Preliminary For Information For Approval
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Sichoon Park 2021-08-20
Prepared by :
설계담당자(DM AE) Signature Date
Min-Gi Jee 2021-08-20
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DM LE) Signature Date
Approved by :
Jong Seo Choi 2021-08-20
기술책임자(EM) Signature Date

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 1 of 17 Rev. 2
Revision History
Document Title: Chemical requirements for materials used in contact with austenitic
stainless steel
Document No : KJ-070-DT-410-008 Rev. 2
Rev.
Date Description of Revision
No.
0 2014.12.01 Issue for Use
1 2016.08.17 Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0892
2 결재정보참조 Revised by submittal purpose change

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
CONTENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 2 of 17 Rev. 2
Para. Description Page
1. SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3
2. GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 4
3. LUBRICANTS AND SEALANTS .................................................................................. 5
4. MARKING MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 6
5. TEMPERATURE INDICATING CRAYONS .................................................................. 7
6. ADHESIVE BACKED AND PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPES ..................................... 8
7. LIQUID PENETRANT MATERIALS ............................................................................. 9
8. DESICCANTS..............................................................................................................10
9. PLUGS, CAPS, AND WRAP MATERIALS ................................................................11
10. ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION COUPLANTS AND LEAK TEST SOLUTIONS .......12
11. ANTISPATTER MATERIALS......................................................................................13
12. CLEANING MATERIALS ............................................................................................14
13. WATER QUALITY .......................................................................................................16
14. CERTIFICATION .........................................................................................................17

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
1. SCOPE
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 3 of 17 Rev. 2
This Specification describes the requirements lubricants and sealants, marking
materials, temperature indicating crayons, adhesive backed and pressure sensitive
tapes, liquid penetrant materials, desiccants, plugs, caps and wrap materials, ultrasonic
examination couplants and leak test solutions, anti-spatter materials, cleaning materials
and water quality which are used in the fabrication, marking, cleaning, examination,
testing and shipment of austenitic stainless steel.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
2. GENERAL
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 4 of 17 Rev. 2
2.1. All limitations specified, e. g., percent(%), parts per million(ppm), etc, are to be by weight
2.2. Where nuclear grades of material are available, they shall be used in preference to other
grades.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
3. LUBRICANTS AND SEALANTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 5 of 17 Rev. 2
3.1. Machining oils usually contain either sulfur based agents, sulfur-chloride agents, or chloride
agents.
1. Lubricants use for fabrication shall contain the minimum level of detrimental
contaminants consistent with good machinability.
2. Low melting point metals (lead, bismuth, zinc, mercury, antimony, cadmium and tin)
shall not be added intentionally.
3. Lubricants used during fabrication of austenitic stainless steels shall be removed
completely after the fabrication process has been completed.
3.2. Permanent lubricants (i. e., those which are not removed) and sealants
1. Sulfur and Zinc content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
2. Total organic and inorganic halogen content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
3. Copper and silver shall not be added intentionally.
4. Mercury content shall not exceed 1 ppm.
5. Lead content shall not exceed 10 ppm.
6. Arsenic content shall not exceed 2 ppm.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
4. MARKING MATERIALS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 6 of 17 Rev. 2
4.1. Requirements for marking materials applied by the materials manufactured shall be as
specified in the applicable ASME or ASTM specification
4.2. Temporary marking materials, applied subsequent to shipment from the materials
manufacturer's plant, shall meet the following requirements:
1. The total inorganic and organic halogen and sulfur content shall not exceed 1%
2. Low melting point metals shall not be added intentionally.
3. Zinc content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
4. Mercury content shall not exceed 1 ppm.
5. Lead content shall not exceed 10 ppm.
6. Arsenic content shall not exceed 2 ppm.
4.3. Temporary marking materials shall be removed completely under the following conditions:
1. Prior to heat treatment.
2. Within 2 inches of the weld region prior to local preheat or welding.
3. As soon as their presence is no longer required.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
5. TEMPERATURE INDICATING CRAYONS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 7 of 17 Rev. 2
5.1. Temperature indicating crayons shall meet the following requirements:
1. The inorganic halogen content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
2. The total inorganic and organic halogen content shall not exceed 1%.
3. The sulfur content shall not exceed 1%.
4. Zinc content shall not exceed 200 ppm.
5. Mercury content shall not exceed 1 ppm.
6. Lead content shall not exceed 10 ppm.
7. Arsenic content shall not exceed 2 ppm.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
6. ADHESIVE BACKED AND PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPES
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 8 of 17 Rev. 2
6.1. Adhesive backed and pressure sensitive tapes shall have the total halogen and sulfur content
each less than 1,000 ppm.
Low melting point metals shall not be added intentionally.
6.2. Adhesive backed and pressure sensitive tapes shall be removed completely under the
following conditions:
1. Prior to heat treatment.
2. Within 12 inches of the weld region prior to local preheat, welding and post-weld heat
treatment except that during welding, tape used to seal purge dams is permitted.
3. As soon as their presence is no longer required.
6.3. Any residual adhesive shall be removed by wiping with and approved solvent.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
7. LIQUID PENETRANT MATERIALS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 9 of 17 Rev. 2
7.1. When austenitic stainless steels are liquid penetrant examined, the penetrant materials used
shall meet the requirements of article 6, T-641, of ASME Section V.
7.2. All penetrant materials shall be removed completely from the surface immediately after
examination.
7.3. Supplier shall obtain certification of content for all liquid penetrant materials. This certification
shall be included the penetrant manufacturer’s lot number and test results.
7.4. Chemistry requirements shall apply to all penetrant components, such as dye solutions,
solvents, developers, etc., excluding aerosol propellants.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
8. DESICCANTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 10 of 17 Rev. 2
8.1. The desiccant and the bag materials shall each have a total halogen content not exceeding
2,500 ppm.
8.2. Low melting point metals not be added intentionally.
8.3. Sulfur shall not exceed 1000 ppm.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
9. PLUGS, CAPS, AND WRAP MATERIALS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 11 of 17 Rev. 2
9.1. Plugs and caps shall not be made of halogenated materials.
9.2. Wrap materials shall not be made of halogenated materials and shall have self-extinguishing
burning characteristics.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 12 of 17 Rev. 2
10. ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION COUPLANTS AND LEAK TEST SOLUTIONS
10.1. Ultrasonic examination couplants and leak test fluids shall be removed completely when their
use in nondestructive examination is no longer required.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
11. ANTI-SPATTER MATERIALS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 13 of 17 Rev. 2
11.1. Anti-spatter compounds, used in welding, shall not be compounded of or have as intentional
additions the following elements:
chlorine, fluorine, sulfur, lead, tin, antimony, bismuth, cadmium and mercury
11.2. Anti-spatter compounds shall be removed their use welding is no longer required.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
12. CLEANING MATERIALS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 14 of 17 Rev. 2
12.1. Mechanical Cleaning
Mechanical cleaning of austenitic stainless steel parts or components may consist of very
light ceramic abrasive blasting, vapor blasting using a fine ceramic abrasive suspended in
water, grinding, filing or wire brushing, and may be used for removing lightly adhering surface
contamination. Only stainless steel brushes and aluminum oxide grinding wheels shall be
used. Tools or abrasives previously used on ferritic materials shall not be used on austenitic
stainless steel.
12.2. Organic Solvents
Solvent cleaning is a process for removing contaminants from metal surface by
immersion or by spraying or swabbing with common organic solvents. Acetone and
alcohol are recommended for cleaning austenitic stainless steel. Chlorinated
hydrocarbon solvents may be used as a final cleaning fluid provided the following
requirements are met.
1. Chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents shall be analyzed total residual halogens and
sulfur by evaporating a 100 gram sample of the material for 3 hours at a temperature
of 100℃ or the boiling point of the materials, whichever is lower. The solvents are
acceptable if the residue does not exceed 0.005 grams. If the residue exceeds 0.005
grams, it shall be analyzed for halogens in accordance with ASTM-D808 and for sulfur
in accordance with ASTM-D129. The total halogen content and sulfur content of the
residue shall not exceed 1 percent each. The manufacturer (user) shall obtain
certification of these tests for all solvents used on austenitic stainless steels, giving
solvent batch number and test results, the manufacture of the solvent shall certify the
total amount of the residue.
2. Chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents not meeting the requirements of Paragraph
12.2.1 may be used for cleaning austenitic stainless steel parts that are easily drainable
and contain no dead legs or crevices, provided that a final rinse is made with water
containing less than 1 ppm of inorganic chlorides or with demineralized water when the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 15 of 17 Rev. 2
component will handle water containing a maximum of 1 ppm inorganic chlorides during
services
12.3. Inorganic Cleaning Materials
Because of the propriety nature of many of the inorganic cleaners, the cleaning
procedure and the chemical analysis of this material shall be submitted to the Buyer for
approval.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
13. WATER QUALITY
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 16 of 17 Rev. 2
13.1. Fresh water may be used for hydrostatic, leak testing, process, rinse and flush operations
where this water quality is consistent with the quality of water specified for the operating
system. Systems which handle higher quality water shall receive a final cleaning with
demineralized water before the surface dries.
13.2. Fresh water as a minimum shall meet the following requirements:
1. The pH at 25℃(77℉) shall be in the range 5.5 to 8.0
2. The Chloride content shall not exceed 250 ppm.
3. The fluoride content shall not exceed 5 ppm
4. The sulfide content shall not exceed 1 ppm.
5. The total dissolved solids shall not exceed 500 ppm
13.3. Demineralized water as a minimum shall meet the following requirements at the point of entry
into the item.
1. The pH at 25℃(77℉) shall be in the range 5.5 to 8.0
2. The chloride content shall not exceed 1 ppm.
3. The fluoride content shall not exceed 1 ppm.
4. The sulfide content shall not exceed 1 ppm
5. The conductivity at 25℃(77℉) shall not exceed 0.2 micro mho/cm
6. The silica content shall not exceed 0.05 ppm.
7. The total suspended solids shall not exceed 3 ppm.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Chemical Requirements
for Materials Used in Contact
With Austenitic Stainless Steel
14. CERTIFICATION
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-008
Sheet 17 of 17 Rev. 2
14.1. The Supplier shall certify each “lot” of material for compliance with the contaminant limits
specified herein.
1. A “lot” shall consist of material manufactured in same “batch” of a process.
2. Supplier and Sub-supplier shall submit a certificate of compliance with the
requirements of this specification.

===== KJ-070-DT-410-009_IFC_2_STANDARD APPENDIX FOR GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
REQUIREMENTS
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-009 Rev. No. 2
Safety Class
Quality Class
NNS N/A
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
N/A
Q T S
Seismic Category
N/A
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary For Information For Approval
For Construction For Fabrication
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Prepared by :
Kyung-Eun Kim 2025-07-01
Signature Date
Eugene Park 2025-07-01
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DJ LE) Signature Date
Approved by :
Hoon Lee 2025-07-01
EM Signature Date
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 1 of 34 Rev.2
Revision History
Rev.
Description of Revision
No.
First Issue
0
(Reissued by CAR-KJDH-16-06.2016.05.19)
Revised
1
2.2, 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12
Revised
4.4.2, 4.4.11
2
Added
Attachment 1.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

Para.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 2 of 34 Rev.2
CONTENTS
Description
Page
1.
2.
3.
4.
SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3
CODE & STANDARDS ................................................................................................. 4
UNIT AND SCALE ........................................................................................................ 6
GENERAL DESIGN AND REQUIREMENT .................................................................. 7
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

1.
SCOPE
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 3 of 34 Rev.2
1.1.
This appendix is applicable to furnishing components, associated piping or tubing, and package
specification. Instrumentation wiring within a package specification.
1.2.
All control panels and associated panel mounted devices for safety related system shall be
designed to meet the Human Factors Engineering design requirements.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 4 of 34 Rev.2
2.
CODE & STANDARDS
2.1.
The following standards can be used as a guide for this specification; equivalent or higher
standards may be used but those shall be approved by the purchaser.
2.2.
The code cut-off date is 31 March 2012. The latest edition of codes and standards issued and
in force on the code cut-off date shall be used.
2.2.1
2.2.2
IAEA-NS-R-4
NS-G-1.6
2.2.3
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
10CFR50
RG 1.29
RG 1.75
RG 1.152
2.2.7
RG 1.180
2.2.8
IEEE 7-4.3.2
2.2.9
IEEE 577
2.2.10 IEEE-Std 1012
2.2.11 IEEE-Std 1074
2.2.12 IEEE-Std 12207
2.2.13 IEEE-Std 730
2.2.14 IEEE-Std 828
2.2.15 IEEE-Std 830
2.2.16 IEEE-Std 472
2.2.17 IEC 60880 Ed. 2.0
2.2.18 IEC 60801.2
2.2.19 IEC 61131
2.2.20 ASME NQA-1
Safety of Research Reactors Safety Requirements.
Seismic Design and Qualification for Nuclear Power Plants Safety
Guide.
Appendix A, General Design Criteria.
Seismic Design Classification
Physical Independence of Electric Systems
Criteria for Digital Computer System Software in Safety Systems of
Nuclear Power Plants
Guideline for Electromagnetic and Radio-Frequency Interference in
Safety Related I&C System
Standard Criteria for Digital Computer in Safety Systems of Nuclear
Power Generating Stations
Requirements for Reliability Analysis in the Design and Operation of
Safety Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Software Verification and Validation
Developing a Software Project Life Cycle Process
Systems and Software Engineering-Software Life Cycle Process
Software Quality Assurance Plans
Software Configuration Management Plans
Practice for Software Requirements Specifications
Surge Withstand Capability Test
Nuclear Power Plants - I&C systems important to safety - Software
aspects for computer based systems performing category A
functions
Electrostatic Discharge
Standard for Controller Language
Subpart 2.2, “Quality Assurance Requirements for Packaging,
Shipping, Receiving,
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 5 of 34 Rev.2
2.2.21 NEMA ICS-1-110 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
2.2.22 NEMA ICS-6 Standard for Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
2.2.23 ANSI/ISA 67.02.01 Nuclear Safety-Related Instrument-Sensing Line Piping and Tubing
Standard for Use in Nuclear Power Plant
2.2.24 USNRC NUREG-0700 Human-System Interface Design Review Guidelines”, Rev.02, 2002
2.2.25 KEPIC ENB 6360- Recommended Practice for the Application of Human Factors
2006 Add. Engineering to Systems Equipment, and Facilities of Nuclear Power
Generating Stations and Other Nuclear Facilities, 2006.
2.2.26 KJ-600-KI-340-001 Software Program Manual for I&C
2.2.27 KJ-600-KI-340-008 Cyber Security Plan
2.2.28 KJ-600-KI-348-004 Design Guidelines for Display
2.2.29 KJ-600-KI-348-005 HFE Design Guideline
2.2.30 KJ-577-DJ-416-001 Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and
Specialty Cables
2.3.
The Purchaser has an option to incorporate requirements resulting from changes in code,
standard and regulation between dates of the purchase order and the Supplier’s initiation of
fabrication. Advising the Purchaser of resulting effect is a Supplier's responsibility. In the event
of any apparent conflict among standards, codes or this specification, the Supplier shall submit
the conflict details to the Purchaser for written resolution. The Purchaser will have a right for
decision and approval of the conflict.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 6 of 34 Rev.2
3.
UNIT AND SCALE
3.1. Application of measuring unit based on S.I. unit system shall be followed as follows.
3.1.1. Pressure measurement
a) Gauge pressure : kPa G
b) Absolute pressure : kPa A
c) Draft pressure : kPa
d) Vacuum pressure : kPa
3.1.2. Temperature measurement : ℃
3.1.3. Level measurement : m, mm
3.1.4. Flow measurement
a) Liquid : kg/s
b) Steam, water and fuel : kg/s
c) Air and gases : Nm3/h
3.1.5. Density measurement : kg/m3
3.1.6. Analysis
a) Conductivity : μS/cm
b) pH : pH
c) Position measurement : %
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 7 of 34 Rev.2
4.
GENERAL DESIGN AND REQUIREMENT
4.1. General Requirement
4.1.1. The following requirements generally are applicable only to custom-built package systems.
Package systems, especially those that have been built in a particular configuration through
several units of manufacture, will normally be purchased on the standardized version. The
Purchaser reserves the right to evaluate and approve system drawings before fabrication.
4.1.2. Equipment shall be arranged to prevent hazard to personnel or damage to major equipment in
the event of mechanical failure or loss of power.
4.1.3. Adequate spacing shall be provided for personnel performing operation or maintenance
procedures and for servicing, maintaining, removing, and replacing components.
4.1.4. Local indicating instrumentation shall be visible to the operator at the normal floor level. Where
instrumentation is elevated or arranged such that it is not accessible from a floor or a major
structure, the Supplier shall supply permanent platforms, ladders, or other access.
4.1.5. The Supplier shall furnish the instrument data sheet, instrument list. The required data and
general device information shall be provided via data base or text file which is a PC compatible
magnetic media.
4.1.6. Ingress protection of all field-mounted instruments and associated electrical devices shall be
IP65 rated or located in NEMA type 4 or Type 12 enclosure.
4.1.7. The Supplier shall furnish the cyber security controls according to the KINAC/RS-015 and
KINAC/RS-019.
4.1.8. Cyber security shall be provided to digital equipment to restrict unauthorized access and shall
follow KJ-600-KI-340-008, “Cyber Security Plan”
4.2. Installation
Instrumentation and control equipment shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the
following requirements. In case not specified herein, the Supplier's standard practice shall be
applied following Purchaser's approval.
4.2.1. Package system control panels or cabinets will be located in the vicinity of the related equipment
so that easy operation and monitoring can be made.
4.2.2. The materials used in fabrication or installation shall be as follows:
a) Sensing lines
Material of tubing, fittings, valves and manifold valves shall be austenitic stainless steels.
b) Air distribution / pneumatic signal lines
Material of tubing, fittings, valve and manifold valves shall be austenitic stainless steels in
case of related to non safety or safety instruments, but non safety related instrument could
be applied seamless copper for tubing and brass/bronze for fittings and valves with approval
by the Purchaser.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 8 of 34 Rev.2
c) Tubing clamps : Stainless steel
d) Process tap and root valve : Main line class
e) Quality class shall be applied to Q, T, S class satisfied with process system and certified
material test report shall be supplied.
4.2.3. Root valve shall be located as close to the process tap as practical but they shall be accessible.
4.2.4. The type and size of process taps shall be as follows, root valve size shall be the same as the
process tap size:
a) Pressure (including differential pressure) : 3/4”, Socket weld or thread construction shall
be in accordance with the branch table on each Piping Material Classification. Fitting shall
be 3000 lb (in case of threaded : 2000 lb) minimum.
b) Temperature: 1 1/2", Socket weld
c) Orifice flange.

• Class 900 and higher / 800°F and higher : Socket weld or Screwed (3/4")
• Less than Class 900 / Less than 800°F : Socket weld or Screwed (1/2”)

d) Averaging Pitot Tube: depend on type and size
e) Sampling probe: S.W type. size to be dependent on probe size
4.2.5. Sensing tubing shall be 3/8” O.D and be suitably selected thickness depend on process class
and shall meet in accordance with ASME B31.3 and ASME B31.1. Sensing tubing shall not be
over 50 feet long. Sensing tubing run shall be continuously sloped by 1 inch per 1 foot. Reversal
slope without a separate drain or vent valve shall be avoided.
4.2.6. Safety-related instrument sensing lines shall be as short as practical and shall be installed
according to ANSI/ISA 67.02.01 Nuclear Safety-Related Instrument-Sensing Line Piping and
Tubing Standard for Use in Nuclear Power Plant.
4.2.7. The discharge points of vents or drains shall be away from electrical equipment or operational
areas. In case of hazardous fluid, the discharge Iines of drains and vent shall be connected to
a safe disposal point.
4.2.8. Instruments shall be located in accessible areas where they will be free from vibration, missile
or jet-impingement, and rigidly mounted, and protected against physical damage, shock, high
temperature freezing, or adverse effect on the process fluid.
4.2.9. Preferred instrument elevations relative to process taps shall be as follows:
a) Liquid : below process connection
b) Slurry : below process connection
c) Steam above 20 psi A : above process connection
d) Steam below 20 psi A : above process connection
e) Gas or Air : above process connection
4.3.
Programmable Logic Controller (if necessary)
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 9 of 34 Rev.2
4.3.1. The main control and monitoring system of the microprocessor based control system,
programmable logic controller system (PLC) may be used for the large volumes of sequential
processing package system.
4.3.2. The PLC shall be a digital operating electronic apparatus which uses a programmable memory
for the inter storage of instructions for implementing specific functions, such as logic, sequencing,
timing, counting and arithmetic to control various type of machines or processes.
4.3.3. The PLC shall be composed of redundant and fault-tolerant control processors, communications
and power supplies to allow continued system operation while maintaining the block fully opera-
tional.
4.3.4. The PLC shall be provided from reputable manufacturer with proven experience of the
manufacturer of nuclear facilities.
4.3.5. The supplier shall confirm the continuous supporting of the supplied equipment during the
lifetime of the plant. The support shall be included :
a) The continuing availability of hardware spares compatible with the characteristics of the
system provided.
b) The continuing availability of system equipment and expertise to enable hardware
expansions and extensions which are compatible with the original system.
c) The availability of services to modify the system software to enable hardware expansions or
extensions to be accommodated.
d) The availability of services to produce effective new application programs to cater for modified
operational needs using the original equipment or with additional equipment.
4.3.6. A sufficient spare capacity shall be provided for the proposed PLC equipment for the future
expansion and/or modification of the system. At least 20% of spare capacity shall be provided
for I/O modules, slot and terminal block. CPU loading shall be less than 60%.
4.3.7. Digital/Analogue inputs to the PLC shall be made via suitable input modules. Each input shall
be electrically isolated and shall be provided with a state indicator.
4.3.8. Digital/Analogue outputs from the PLC shall be provided via suitable output modules. The output
channels and the supply shall be isolated from the processor circuitry. Each output shall be
electrically isolated. Output modules shall source current from the control system power supply.
Where necessary suitable interposing relays shall be incorporated in the output circuitry to drive
loads such as solenoid valves and contactors.
4.3.9. The PLC offered shall be capable of supporting a proven communication interface compatible
with an international standard. The Supplier shall provide details of the proposed link
specification. This shall include diagrams of the network topology, details of the link cable, baud
rate, protocol specification, error detection and correction and character encoding.
Communication links to I/O modules and other peripherals shall also be detailed by the Supplier.
4.3.10. The PLC main processor and memory shall be suitably sized for the application. The Supplier
shall provide details of the equipment proposed. This information shall include the unit
configuration, memory structure, type and capacity, execution times, the effects of adding
peripherals and a description of the diagnostic functions. The Supplier shall also provide details
of the capability of the equipment to cater for future expansion.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 10 of 34 Rev.2
4.3.11. The Supplier shall provide program loader. This program loader shall be available for the control
system whilst the system is running and include on-line programming, configuration,
downloading and diagnostic functions. The Supplier shall provide details of the facilities to be
included. This shall cover the method of programming, program storage, program loading and
program documentation. Any modifications to an existing program shall be protected by
password or key switch security.
4.3.12. Comprehensive self testing and self diagnostic facilities are required to be included in the PLC,
I/O and communication equipment.
4.3.13. The PLC software program shall be in accordance with KJ-600-KI-340-001, “Software Program
for I&C”
4.4. Control Panels, Cabinets, and Racks
4.4.1. All enclosed control panels shall be NEMA Type 12 for indoor use and NEMA Type 3 for outdoor
use. Control panels shall be fabricated steel construction, unless provided as integral parts of a
prewired, skid-mounted package. Each panel, cabinet and rack shall be rigid, suitably braced,
stiffened, and reinforced to withstand all stresses incidental to shipping, installation and
operation without warping or twisting.
4.4.2. Control panels, cabinets and racks enclosures shall be constructed of stainless steel. The steel
plate thickness of control panels, cabinets and rack enclosures shall be of minimum 3.2 3.0 mm
for surfaces with instrument cutouts and minimum 2.3 2.0 mm for other surface.
4.4.3. Control panels, cabinets, and racks shall be completely tubed, wired, and assembled with all
instruments, devices, and controls installed so that the assembly is an operating unit ready for
installation.
4.4.4. All panels, cabinets, and racks shall be of the self-standing, wall mounted, and floor mounted
type provided with ways and means for supporting devices. All required base frames, anchors,
supporting material etc., shall be provided.
4.4.5. Each freestanding control panel/cabinet shall be provided with sufficient interior lighting and
duplex, grounded type 120VAC 1Ø receptacles. Control panel/cabinet heater when required
during construction stage and during long storage shall also be provided. Anti condensation
heaters thermostatically controlled shall be rated at 240V, 60Hz single phase for operation
120VAC, 60Hz single phase system.
4.4.6. The Supplier shall provide incoming circuit breakers for the incoming power circuit and
documents showing the characteristics of the circuit breakers shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for coordination with the Purchaser's upstream circuit breakers.
4.4.7. Where 480VAC circuits are required to be terminated, this area shall be physically segregated
form the control and instrument wiring termination points.
4.4.8. Each control panel load shall be limited to 2KVA at 120VAC, 60Hz. For higher control panel
loads, the panel shall be provided with a step down transformer 480-120V of adequate capacity
with incoming circuit breakers.
4.4.9. Piping, tubing, fittings, and wiring shall be arranged such that instruments or devices may be
removed or serviced without disturbing piping, tubing, or wiring.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 11 of 34 Rev.2
4.4.10. Instruments exerting strong cantiIever forces on the panel surface shalI be adequately
supported to remain plumb and true within 1/16 inch of vertical and horizontal alignment.
4.4.11. The size and shape of the operator desks and cabinet shall be designed on the basis of human
factors consideration. It shall be accordance with KJ-600-KI-348-005, “HFE Design Guideline”
Also, The colors of the lamps and buttons installed on the panel should be manufactured in
accordance with the specifications outlined in Attachment 1.
4.4.12. Wiring
Control panels, cabinets, racks wiring shall be performed in accordance with KJ-070-DT-410-
007 “Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements”, Paragraph 5 and the following:
a) Extra flexible wiring shall be provided over door hinges or other locations where leads may
be subject to flexing.
b) Interconnecting wiring between components mounted on package (skid mounted) units shall
be run in minimum 3/4” rigid steel galvanized metallic conduit except where vibratory
conditions require the use of flexible metal conduit or where galvanized steel is prohibited.
For outside containment applications, flexible metal conduits shall be liquid tight galvanized
steel flexible conduits covered with a synthetic outer jacket. All cables shall be capable of
passing the tests indicated in ICEA Standard S-66-524. S-68-516 and S-1981 as well as the
flame test in IEEE 383.
c) Conductor insulation shall be cross-linked polyethylene or ethylene propylene rubber
compound. Cable jacket shall be Neoprene, Hypalon or equivalent, if required. PVC is not
acceptable for insulation or jacket material.
d) Wires shall be identified by individual wire numbers or letters at all terminal points. Wires shall
be identified by individual sleeve-type wire markers slipped over the ends of and fastened to
wires at each termination. Sleeves shall be flame-resistant, non-conducting, a minimum of
25mm in length, lettered length-wise. PVC sleeves are not acceptable.
e) All control panels and cabinets shall be completely wired at the factory prior to shipment in a
manner to ensure satisfactory and reliable operation. Particular attention shall be given to
factors such as vibration, temperature, ease of installation, testing, and routine maintenance.
All wiring shall be protected from sharp edges and corners.
f) External wire entrances shall be in accordance with the Purchaser's standard for wiring
segregation.
g) All electrical equipment and instruments which require external connections shall be prewired
to terminal boxes mounted on skids.
h) Control panels containing both Class 1E and Non-Class 1E devices shall follow the
separation and isolation requirements identified in IEEE-384 and USNRC RG 1. 75.
i) Instrument cables nearby electric wire shall have shield type and sufficient separation
distance form electric wire to avoid the electric noise. And a separation distance shall be
applicable as per IEEE 384 (ENB 2000).
j) The Supplier shall provide enough space in each control panel for cable training bend radius.
4.4.13. Connections and Terminations
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 12 of 34 Rev.2
Control panels, cabinets, racks wiring shall be performed in accordance with KJ-070-DT-410-
007 “Standard Appendix for General Electrical Requirements” Paragraph 7, 8 and the following:
a) Circuits connecting to the Purchaser's external equipment shall be terminated at heavy duty
terminal blocks including shield wires for instrumentation cable. Instruments interfaced with
the Purchaser's equipment shall be wired to a centralized terminal block. The Supplier's
wiring shall not have more than two wires connected to any terminal point.
b) Wiring connections shall be made with compression crimp on type ring-tongue terminals with
insulated ferrules.
c) Any electronic components, which are arranged in sliding drawers for rack mounting shall be
provided with quick disconnect type connectors for ease of removing the drawers. Mating
connectors shall be supplied with an apparatus where such terminations are provided as
manufacturer's standard.
d) Provisions shall be made for the entrance of all power cables to the cabinets with adequate
space provided for termination. The Supplier shall furnish cable supports with a flame-
resistant non hygroscopic material suitable to withstand the maximum short circuit stresses.
e) Terminal block bars for thermocouple circuits shall be of appropriate material such as chromel
or constantan for signal continuity.
f) The Supplier shall furnish terminal blocks with a minimum of 20 percent spare terminals for
each panel.
g) Terminal blocks shall be suitable for external wires and shall be approved by the Purchaser.
4.4.14. Insulation
a) All insulation and clearances to ground shall be designed such that the live parts will
withstand a high potential test of not less than 2500 volts at 60Hz for 1 minute (except for
solid state equipment).
b) The insulation of all control device coils shall be impervious to moisture and suitable for
operation in a salt laden air. The insulation shall completely seal the conductors to prevent
penetration of moisture or other contaminants and shall be suitable for continuous operation
at a rated total temperature of 130°C (266°F) (CIass B). The type of insuIation desired shall
be one in which the coil windings are fully encapsulated with an epoxy resin, resulting in a
homogeneous watertight seal.
4.4.15. Ground Bus
a) A ground bus of 50mm by 6mm thick copper bar shall be installed to extend the length of
each cabinet at a convenient location just above the mounting base. Each section of the
cabinet and all instrument and device grounds shall be grounded directly to this bus. The
ground bus shall be dried for NEMA tow-hole compression type for QWG 1/0 (50mm2)
ground cable at each ent of the ground bus. The lug will be furnished by the Purchaser.
b) Ground bus for equipment and instrument shall be separated in the instrument control panel,
cabinet and racks. And each ground bus shall be connected with the exclusive ground system.
4.4.16. Insofar as practical, arrangement of instruments and conduits on panels, cabinets and racks
shall place the electrical devices out of likely paths of condensate or water drains that may occur
during testing or calibrating of instruments.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 13 of 34 Rev.2
4.4.17. With the multiple instrument arrangement, the panels, cabinets and racks shall be arranged so
any instrument can be serviced without taking the other instruments out of service.
4.4.18. Panels, cabinets and racks, when requested, shall have hinge, gasket, removable doors. The
doors shall be equipped with handles. The doors shall be of the lift-off type secured with 3-point
locking system. Cabinets and doors shall be structurally stiff and braced to withstand twisting
without distortion flush fitting and sealed with a gasket of rubber or other approved material to
prevent the ingress of dust and vermin.
4.4.19. Instrument with pigtail electrical connections, such as solenoid valves, shall have all pigtails
terminated with ring tongue-type lugs adjacent to the device in Iieu of spliced connections.
4.4.20. All instrument piping, tubing, valves, and fittings shall be installed and securely fastened to the
panels, grouped in an orderly manner, and terminated with fittings and plugs at points located
at the top or bottom of each panel. Each terminal point shall be identified by a stainless steel
tag bearing the number of the instrument associated with the sensing Iine. All clamps, pads, and
supports in direct contact with stainless steel pipe or tubing shall be of stainless steel material.
4.4.21. All process-sensing line piping, tubing, fittings, and welding within the panels, unless otherwise
noted, shall conform to the ASME B31.1 Code for Power Piping. The Supplier shall certify that
the design, materials, fabrication, construction, and testing of all piping provided by the Supplier
conforms to the ASME B31.1 Code.
4.4.22. Test connections shall be provided such that each device can be calibrated and checked without
its removal from the panel.
4.4.23. All valves located within tubing runs (tube connection at inlet and outlet) shall be mechanically
supported from the panel structure. Valves in piping runs may be supported by the pipe, provided
adequate pipe supports are utilized.
4.4.24. All process-sensing line fittings and connections for safety related shall be of welded
construction except final connections to the instruments and test connections at the instruments,
which shall be threaded.
4.4.25. Connections from control devices shall be terminated in bulkhead fittings unless specified
otherwise.
4.4.26. Tubing runs shall be continuous from equipment to terminal area except where tees are required
or where tubing cannot properly be formed, attached, or removed in one piece without
deformation.
4.4.27. Each air supply stop valve and tube terminal connection shall be identified by a stainless steel
tag stamped with a Purchaser's tag number of the connecting instrument on the instrument panel.
4.4.28. Control switches, indicating instruments and alarm lamps shall be located in front of the panel.
Relays, contactors, etc., shall be located on the inside of the rear and side panels. The
arrangements of equipment inside the panel shall be such as to provide ample access and meet
applicable separation requirements as called in the Technical Specification.
4.4.29. The freestanding control panel shall be designed to receive cables from above and below unless
otherwise specified. Top cover plates shall be removable in sections for the Purchaser's drilling
of conduit and cable entrance fittings. The top of the panel shall be designed for attaching and
supporting the Purchaser's cable trays with space allowed for cable entry.
4.4.30. An internally mounted motor-driven blower, if required, shall be provided complete with intake
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 14 of 34 Rev.2
filter and necessary grills. The blower shall be of sufficient flow capacity to limit the air
temperature rise of 10°F.
4.4.31. Fuses shall be non reusable cartridge type with indication when blown and shall be assembled
in NEMA 1 type enclosure with adequate lighting for maintenance and service. There shall be a
proper protective coordination between main fuses or circuit breakers and branch fuses or circuit
breakers where the control panels provide the main and feeder fuses and circuit breakers. The
Supplier shall provide coordination verification documents for the Purchaser's approval.
4.4.32. The Supplier shall supply all necessary power sources for the components which are operated
or controlled by the control panel. The Supplier shall also supply adequate terminal blocks for
external wirings for the components. The Supplier shall also supply suitable voltage regulating
transformers for instrumentation when required.
4.4.33. If plug-in relays are used, a plug-in test device shall be furnished.
4.4.34. Timers, relays, stepping switches, logic controllers and other similar devices shall be provided
with dust-tight enclosures.
4.4.35. All recorders and indicators shall be arranged for optimum viewing by the operator and ease of
chart removal. In no case shall recorders be mounted that maintenance and chart changing will
require ladders or foot stools.
4.4.36. Control and instrument wiring running inside the panels shall be installed in raceways having
removable covers.
4.5. Cable
4.5.1. Material and fabrication shall be suitable for the design and operating conditions mentioned in
KJ-577-DJ-416-001, “Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and
Specialty Cables” and shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of KJ-577-DJ-
416-001, “Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”,
unless otherwise specified in the design specification.
4.5.2. The cables shall be manufactured in accordance with the approved procedure/process utilized
for Environmental Qualification of the specimen cables. Otherwise, the Supplier shall submit the
manufacturing procedure/process for the Purchaser’s review and approval before
manufacturing.
4.5.3. Materials that are known to produce toxic effects shall not be permitted unless a suitable non-
toxic material is not available. If it is required to use the material that produces toxic effects, the
Supplier shall submit the instruction for special attention and maintenance procedure for the
Owner’s approval before manufacturing.
4.5.4. No splicing, repair or rework during manufacture shall be allowed in any point of cable, insulation
or jacket.
4.5.5. The cable shall comply with the flame test of KEPIC END 3810 (2005), IEEE 383 (2003), IEEE
1202 (2006), NRC Regulatory Guide 1.189 (2009) and NRC Regulatory Guide 1.211 (2009).
4.5.6. Class 1E and Non-Class 1E 600V Control Cables
a) General

• Cables shall be either single conductor or multi conductor as specified in this specification.

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 15 of 34 Rev.2
Single conductor cables shall have jackets. Multi conductor cables shall consist of a core
of insulated single conductors with common overall jacket.
b) Single conductor cable

• Single conductor cables shall consist of either an insulated conductor with a flame

resistant outer jacket or a conductor covered with a homogeneous material with both
insulating and jacketing properties.
c) Multi-conductor cable

• Individual conductors of multi-conductor cables shall be identified in accordance with

method 1 for 3 or less conductor cable and method 3 for more than 3 conductor cable, in
NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532).

• The total covering of each single conductor shall have an average thickness as stated in

NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532). This covering may consist of a single layer or of multiple
layers of insulation.

• Fillers material shall not contain asbestos or PVC.
• The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame resistant common overall jacket.
• The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame-resistant and radioactivity-

resistant common overall jacket.
d) Conductor

• Conductors shall be tin coated soft or annealed copper in accordance with the

requirements of KEPIC ECB 1200 - 2010 for tin-coated copper conductors as specified
in NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532), Paragraph 2.3.1

• Conductor stranding shall be Class B in accordance with requirements for stranded soft-

annealed copper in KEPIC ECB 1400 - 2010.

• Conductors shall be coated or other means provided to ensure clean stripping of

insulation.
e) Insulation

• The insulation shall be made of a heat, flame, moisture, ozone, radioactivity resistant and

ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR) or cross-linked polyethylene(XLPE) material.

• The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 90 percent of the nominal

design thickness.

• Filler materials shall not contain asbestos or PVC.
• Cable strand and insulation shall be free of water or water vapor. The Supplier shall full

describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing cables to ensure the absence
of water or water vapor.

• If a strand separator tape is used over the metallic conductor and under the primary

insulation, it shall be pigmented to be readily visible to ensure its complete removal before
termination.
f) Shielding
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 16 of 34 Rev.2

• For Class 1E 600V Control cable

∙ Control cables as specified with shielding shall have tinned copper tape overall shielding.

• For Non-Class 1E 600V Control cable

∙ Control cables as specified with shielding shall have tinned copper tape overall shielding
with minimum 25% overlapping.
g) Jacket

• Cable jacket, where used in the following cases, shall be a durable and moisture, flame

and radioactivity resistant material.

• PVC is not acceptable.
• The jacket shall maintain its color for the service life of the plant.
• Cable jacketing and the interstitial spaces within the jacket shall be free of water or water

vapor. Supplier shall fully describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing
cable.

• The overall jacket shall be clean, dry and free of grease.

h) Cable identification

• All cables shall have a permanent identification such as distinctive color code, pigmented

compounds or a printed legend on the jacket. The identification shall be durable enough
to remain legible for the service life of the plant.

• Each cable shall be marked on the overall jacket, at a maximum of 1 meter intervals, with

the Supplier’s name, year date, voltage class, number and size of conductors, and a
unique serial number indicating the production run or batch.

• Each cable shall also be marked, at a maximum of 1 meter intervals, with sequential

meterage markings, with the lowest numbered meterage marker innermost on the reel.

• For Class 1E 600V Control Cable

∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Red” for channel A, “Green” for channel B, “Yellow” for
channel C, “Black” for channel N/A.

• For Non-Class 1E 600V Control Cable

∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Black”.
i) Test voltage

• The voltage levels shall be as specified for the insulation levels of Table 3-3 of NEMA

WC 57 (IECA S-73-532).
4.5.7. Class 1E and Non-Class 1E Instrument Cables
a) General

• Cables shall be twisted pairs, twisted triplet or multi-conductor as specified in this

specification. Cables shall consist of a core of insulted single conductors with shielding
and common overall jacket.

• Instrumentation cables shall consist of core of insulated single conductors with shielding

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 17 of 34 Rev.2
as specified, and an overall jacket.

• Twist pairs, twisted triplet, or multi-conductor cables shall be assembled in accordance

with Part 5, KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

• The total covering of each single conductor shall have an average thickness.
• Filler shall be non-hygroscopic, flame-resistance, and compatible with the jacket and

insulation material.

• The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame-resistance and radioactivity-

resistance common overall jacket.

• If necessary to achieve the required flame-resistance characteristics, the cable may have

a flame-resistance binder tape of non–hygroscopic material beneath an outer overall
jacket.
b) Conductors

• Conductors shall be tin-coated soft or annealed copper in accordance with the

requirements of KEPIC ECB 1200 - 2010 for tin-coated cooper conductors as specified
in KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010, Paragraph 2.3.1

• Conductor stranding shall be Class B in accordance with requirement for stranded soft-

annealed cooper in KEPIC ECB 1400 - 2010.

• Conductor shall be coated or other means provided to ensure clean stripping of insulation.

c) Insulation

• The insulation shall be made of heat, flame, moisture, ozone and radioactivity resistant

material. Insulation of instrumentation cables shall be type II as per KEPIC ECB 3000 -
2010.

• The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 90 percent of the nominal

design thickness.

• Filler materials shall not contain asbestos or PVC.
• Cable strand and insulation shall be free of water or water vapor. The Supplier shall fully

describe its methods and procedures or drying and testing cables to ensure the absence
of water or water vapor.

• If a strand separator tape is used over the metallic conductor and under primary insulation,

it shall be pigmented to be readily visible to ensure its complete removal before
termination.
d) Shielding

• Instrumentation cables as specified with shielding in the design table shall have flame

resistance copper (inner) mylar (outer) tape not less than one(1) mil thick with 100
percent coverage and at least 25 percent overlap with a tinned copper drain wire for each
shield. Drain wire shall be bare, stranded and 18 AWG minimum and shall be in contact
with the metallic side of the tape.

• Instrument cable shield shall be applied for each individual pair and overall.

e) Jacket
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 18 of 34 Rev.2

• The jacket shall be durable and moisture, radioactivity and flame resistant material.
• PVC material is not acceptable.
• The jacket shall maintain its color for the service life of the plant.
• Cable jacketing and the interstitial spaces within the jacket shall be free of water or water

vapor. The Supplier shall fully describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing
cables.

• The overall jacket shall be clean, dry and free of grease.

f) Cable identification

• For pairs, one conductor of each pair shall be colored “black” or “white” and the other

conductor shall be colored with any other contrasting color. Pairs shall be identified in
sequence by same printed numbers on both conductor in each pair, beginning with the
number 1.

• For triads, each triad shall consist of one black conductor, one white conductor and one

red conductor. Triads shall be identified in sequence by the same printed numbers on
three conductors in each triads, beginning with the number 1.

• Multi-conductor instrumentation cables shall be identified by the same method of control

cable.

• Cable identification shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Attachment A

The requirements and Test Summary of KJ-577-DJ-416-001, “Design Specification for
Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”.

• For Class 1E 600V Instrument Cable

∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Red” for channel A, “Green” for channel B, “Yellow” for
channel C, “Black” for channel N/A.

• For Non-Class 1E 600V Instrument Cable

∙ The overall jacket color shall be “Black”.
g) Test voltage

• The test voltage levels for instrumentation cables shall be as specified for 600V in table

10 in KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.
4.5.8. Non-Class 1E Communication Cables
a) General

• Twist pairs or Multi-conductor cables shall consist of a core of insulated single conductors

with a common overall jacket and shall be assembled in accordance with Part 5 of NEMA
WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532) or KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

• Fillers, if used, shall be non-hygroscopic, flame-resistance, and compatible with the

jacket and insulation material.

• Multi-conductor cables specified in pairs shall have twisted pairs with systematically

varying lay, designed to enable the cable to meet the transmission characteristic stated
in Section 6.2.3 6). The components shall be paired and cabled together with a maximum
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 19 of 34 Rev.2
lay length as specified in Part 5 of NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532) or KEPIC ECB 3000 -
2010.

• The cable core assembly shall be covered with a flame-resistant and radioactivity-

resistant common overall jacket.

• If necessary to achieve the required flame-resistant characteristics, the cable may have

a flame-resistant binder tape of non-hygroscopic material beneath outer overall jacket.

• These cables shall be used as follows:
• SF/UTP Cable

∙ CAT.5E
∙ Jacket shall be use LSZH(Low Smoke Zero Halogen) material
∙ Color code shall comply with Attachment-A part 9.2 of KJ-577-DJ-416-001, “Design
Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”.

• Fiber Optic Cable

∙ Single-Mode (9/125 μm)
∙ The insulation and cable jacket shall be flame retardant and shall be capable of passing
the flame resistance test of IEEE 1682-2011.
∙ Details specification shall comply with Attachment-A part 9 of KJ-577-DJ-416-001,
“Design Specification for Control, Instrument, Communication and Specialty Cables”.

• Above-mentioned cable or cable consists of equal or higher material shall be used. Also,

connector and pigtail about this communication cables shall be supplied.
b) Conductors

• Conductors shall be solid or stranded tin coated annealed copper in accordance with the

requirements of KEPIC ECB 1200 - 2010 for tin-coated copper conductor.

• Conductor stranding shall be Class B in accordance with requirements for stranded soft-

annealed copper in KEPIC ECB 1400 - 2010.

• Conductor shall be coated or other means provided to ensure clean stripping of insulation.

c) Insulation

• The insulation shall be made of heat, flame, moisture, ozone and radioactivity-resistant

cross-linked polyethylene or ethylene-propylene rubber compound type II.

• The nominal average thickness of the insulation shall be not less than that given in Table

3-1 of NEMA WC 57 (ICEA S-73-532) or KEPIC ECB 300 - 2010.

• The minimum thickness at any point shall not be less than 90 percent of the nominal

design thickness.

• Filler materials shall not contain asbestos or PVC.
• Cable strand separator tape is used over the metallic conductor and under the primary

insulation. It shall be pigmented to be readily visible to ensure its complete removal before
termination.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 20 of 34 Rev.2
d) Shielding

• Communication cables as specified with shielding in the design table shall have tinned

copper tape overall shielding. The shield shall be applied spirally with a minimum of 25
percent overlap. However 1P 14AWG plus 7P 16AWG cables shall have flame resistant
copper mylar tape not less than one(1) mil thickness with bare, stranded and 16 AWG
drain wire. Drain wire shall be in contact with the metallic side of the tape.
e) Jacket

• The jacket shall be a durable and moisture, radioactivity, and flame-resistant material.
• PVC is not acceptable.
• The overall jacket color shall be black. The jacket shall maintain its color for the service

life of the plant.

• Cable jacketing and the interstitial spaces within the jacket shall be free of water or water

vapor. The Supplier shall fully describe its methods and procedures for drying and testing
cables.

• The overall jacket shall be clean, dry, and free of grease.

f) Transmission Characteristics

• The communication cable shall be satisfied with 100Mbit/s.

g) Cable Identification

• Multi-conductor Communication cable

∙ Individual conductors of multi-conductor cables shall be identified on the outer surface
by permanent color compound in accordance with method 1 or 3, Table E-1 of Appendix
E in KEPIC ECB 3000 - 2010.

• Pairs Communication Cable

∙ For pairs, one conductor of each pair shall be in accordance with following table for
cable of 25 pairs in accordance with Attachment-A part 9.2. This color sequence shall be
repeated for cable of more than 25 pairs.
4.6. Instrument air systems
4.6.1. Small Air Systems
a) If instrument air consumption to the package system is less than 600 scfh (Standard cubic
feet per hour), individual combination filter reducers shall be used with each instrument or
with a panel or rack header using less than 600 scfh for the complete panel.
4.6.2. Large Air Systems
a) On large systems, the Supplier shall provide a dual instrument air regulator filter station to
reduce the nominal 100 psig instrument air to 20 psig.
b) The valve and manifold arrangement shall permit removal of one reducing valve and one
filter from service without disturbing the other or affecting its operation.
c) A minimum 4 inch diameter and more than Grade 2A, 0 to 30 psig pressure gauge shall be
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 21 of 34 Rev.2
provided downstream of each reducing regulator but ahead of manifold valves.
d) If instruments requiring air pressures different described here are furnished, the Supplier shall
additional filter / reducing station for each different system.
e) All filter / reducing stations shall be furnished with a separate relief valve downstream of the
reducing valve.
f) On panels, individual air supply takeoffs for an instrument shall be made from the top of a
brass air header through 1/4 inch brass packless valves attached to 1/4 inch brass nipples
brazed into the header.
g) Each instrument and valve shall be tagged with the instrument number in accordance with
the Purchaser's Numbering system.
h) The Supplier shall furnish 20 percent extra valve branches on each header installed.
4.7. Calibration
4.7.1. The Supplier shall provide One (1) set of portable HART calibrator (handheld programmer) for
each different type transmitters.
4.7.2. Performance
The Following are minimum acceptable performance requirements for instruments of package
systems, all expressed as percentages of instrument operating span.
a) Panel mounted indicator
Accuracy(%) Repeatability(%)
±1.5
±0.2
b) Field mounted instrument
Transmitter

• Gauge Pressure
• Absolute Pressure

Span to 50 mmHg
Span exceeding 50 mmHg

• Different Pressure

Span to 500 in H2O
Span 500 to 850 in H2O

• Resistance

Accuracy(%)
±0.5
±1.0
±0.5
±0.5
±0.75
±0.5
Repeatability(%)
±0.2
±0.5
±0.1
±0.2
±0.2
±0.15
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 22 of 34 Rev.2

• Milli volts
• Level

Displacer
Flanged Different Pressure

• Current/Pneumatic

Local Indicator / Switch
±0.5
±0.5
±1.0
±0.5
Accuracy(%)
±0.15
±0.2
±0.1
±0.2

• Diff. Pressure Indicator
• Diff. Pressure Indicator Switch
• Pressure Indicator
• Pressure Switch
• Temperature Indicator
• Temperature Switch
• Flow Indicator
• Flow Switch
• Level Indicator
• Level Switch

±0.75% of F.S
±1.5% of F.S
±0.5% of F.S
±0.5% of F.S
±1.0% of F.S
±1.0% of F.S
±5.0% of F.S
±2.0% of F.S
±1.0% of F.S
±1/4 inch
c) Instrument Loop Set point Uncertainty and Calculation:

• The Supplier shall perform a set point calculation for all safety-related instruments and

devices which the Supplier is furnishing with the equipment. The set point calculation
shall be performed in accordance with USNRC RG 1.105 and lSA standard RP 67.04.
The Supplier shall include in performing the set point calculation the instrument accuracy,
calibration accuracy, drift, repeatability, temperature effect, seismic effect, cycling, aging,
etc. Any other effect on instrument accuracy shall also be included. The Supplier's set
point margin calculation methodology shall be submitted for review prior to completion of
the calculation. Certified copies of the calculation shall be submitted to the Purchaser.

• The Supplier shall furnish all relevant data in performing the set point calculation required

by USRG 1.105 and ISA RP 67.04, statistical basis of accuracy limits, based on two
sigma values.
4.8.
Electronic Field-Mounted Instruments
The following features shall be incorporated as applicable into all electronic field-mounted
instruments included in this specification :
a) Signals : 4 to 20 mA DC, two-wire
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 23 of 34 Rev.2
b) Electronic circuitry : solid-state
c) Electrical connection : 3/4 inch PF conduit
d) Non-interacting zero and span adjustments
e) Diaphragm seals shall be provided for pressure, flow and level transmitters in application
such as acid, caustic, radioactive fluids, etc.
f) Transmitters shall be provided with shop-filled capillaries where required.
4.8.1. Pressure Transmitters (gauge, absolute and differential)
a) Type : 2 wire
b) Wetted parts : Type 316 stainless steel
(except body, gaskets and seals)
c) Amplifier : integral
d) Housing : suitable for specified service environment
e) Junction box : integral with wiring terminals
f) Elevation and suppression capability : as required
4.8.2. Temperature Transmitters (resistance to current)
a) Sensor : RTD
platinum
100 ohm rating at 0 ℃ base temperature.
coefficient of exactly 0.00385 ohm/ohm-C
three or four wire
ungrounded
b) Range and span : field adjustable
c) Output : linear
d) Housing : suitable for specified service environment
e) Adaptability to : 3 wire system
f) Thermowells shall be provided with RTD
4.8.3. Temperature Transmitters (mV to current)
a) Sensor : thermocouple (E, K, J Type)
b) Range and span : field adjustable
c) Output : linear with mV input
d) Housing : suitable for specified service environment
e) Thermowells shall be provided with thermocouple
4.8.4. Temperature Transmitters (Filled-system type)
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 24 of 34 Rev.2
a) Output : 4 - 20 mA
b) Bulb furnished with a companion thermowell
c) Ambient temperature compensation for Class II thermal systems without compensation (bulb
elevation calibration correction may be required), all other system classes with compensation
either fully compensated or easily compensated as suited for the accuracy requirements.
4.8.5. Level Transmitters (Displacer type)
a) Displacer length : to suit application range
b) Displacer material : type 304 or 316 stainless steel
c) Hanger rod : 300 series stainless steel
d) Mounting type : external cage type (preferred)
or internal displacer
e) Mounting orientation and connections to suit application
f) Housing suitable for specified service environment.
4.8.6. Level Transmitters (differential-pressure type, flanged or extended diaphragm)
a) Mounting : Side of vessel
b) Flange : material, size and rating to match application
c) Wetted parts : type 316 stainless steel
d) Housing : suitable for specified service environment
4.8.7. Converters (current to pneumatic)
a) Input / Output : 4 to 20 mA to / 3 to 15 psig
b) Air line connection : 1/4" NPT preferred
c) Accessories : pressure reducing valve with filter and gauge
d) Housing : suitable for specified service environment
4.9. Panel Mounted Instruments
The following features, as applicable, shall be incorporated into all panel mounted instruments
included in this specification
a) Signal transmission : 4 to 20mA
b) Electronic circuitry : microprocessor based solid state
or equivalent
c) Scale : white with black numerals.
d) Accessories : mounting hardware and shelves.
4.9.1. Electric Indicators
a) Terminal connections : studs on rear of instrument
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 25 of 34 Rev.2
b) Engineering units and scaling factors : metric unit
c) Zero adjustment : front of instrument
d) Scale : printed, engineering units and scaling factors
e) Mounting Method : from the front of the panel.
4.9.2. Recorders (Miniature strip chart)
a) Pens : color coded in multi pen units
b) Chart capacity : for 30 days
c) Inking system : capsule
d) Ink and chart supply : for 2 years plant normal operation
e) Chart speed : variable speed
f) Chart drive : 120 VAC, 60Hz
g) Display : LCD or LED
4.9.3. Indicating Controllers
a) Control modes : non interactive and to suit application
b) Control action : reversible
c) Indicators : set point, controlled variable, and output
d) Scale : fixed
e) Display : LED or LCD
f) Servicing : provision for maintaining manual control.
4.9.4. Manual Control Station
a) Setting device : thumbwheel, knob, or pushbuttons
b) Scale : calibrated 0 to 100 percent
unless otherwise required by application
c) Output indicator : If furnished, scaled 0 to 100 percent
d) Measured variable indication : when required by application
4.9.5. Manual/Automatic Transfer Stations
a) Scale : calibrated 0 to 100 percent
b) Indication : measured variable and output
c) Switch : manual/automatic transfer
d) Signal biasing : when required by application
e) Manual/automatic transfer : bumpless and balanceless
4.9.6. Signal Comparators (electronic receiver switches)
a) Set point capability : 0 to 100 percent of input
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 26 of 34 Rev.2
b) Dead band
c) Output relay
d) Relay contact rating
4.9.7. Signal Selectors (high-low)
a) Capability
b) Type
c) Field convertible
: adjustable
: SPDT
: 0.5 A, at 125 VDC inductive load,
5A, at 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load.
: select on 1 percent difference
: non indicating
: on high or low signal
4.10. Alarm and Alarm Contacts
4.10.1. Alarm contacts shall be normally open and shall close to alarm.
4.10.2. The alarm system shall incorporate the momentary acknowledge, test and reset pushbuttons
and buzzer.
4.10.3. Twenty percent spare active windows complete with logic circuits shall be provided for the
Purchaser's future use.
4.10.4. The center of all analog indicators shall have an elevation of 50 inches from the floor lever
whenever possible.
4.10.5. All control switches and pushbuttons shall be located below the analog indicators whenever
possible
4.10.6. A minimum clearance of 1 inch on either side and 2 inch on top and bottom of the analog
indicator to any other instrument or raceway shall be provided whenever possible.
4.10.7. A minimum clearance of 2 inches on all sides of control switches any other instruments or
equipment shall be provided.
4.11. Miscellaneous Instrument and Hardware
The following are miscellaneous instruments and hardware, so defined because they do not
specifically fall into any of the previously defined categories. However, they are part of many
package systems and therefore must meet the following specifications. With regards to process
related switches, high set point contact shall be energized to close on process rising action while
low set point contact be energized to close on process falling action.
ANSI B16.104 shall be applied to control valves seat leakage test. MMS-SP-61 shall be applied
to on-off valves seat leakage test.
The maximum allowable sound level at 1m downstream of the line mounted item and 1m from
the pipe surface shall be under 85dBA and noise calculation in accordance with IEC 60534-8-3.
Where the process service conditions required, the following accessories shall be provided:
Differential pressure instrument : 5-way manifold
Pressure instrument : 2-way manifold
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 27 of 34 Rev.2
4.11.1. Control Valves
a) Minimum body size 1 inch, with reduced trim as required
b) Use of butterfly or ball valves for special applications
c) Valve sizing : Valve sizing and Cv rating shall be specified based on minimum and maximum
pressure drop, pressure and flow requirement of the system. Valve shall be 70 to 85 percent
open during rated maximum process condition.
d) All positioners and electro/pneumatic converters shall be furnished with more than two, air
supply, signal input and control air output, and an air filter regulator set with a lubricator.
e) Pneumatic actuators and drive units shall automatically return to a safe/pre-determined
position upon signal and/or air supply failure unless the process operating requirements or
the specification dictates a “stay put” response. In this case, “lock up” devices shall be
provided where necessary to ensure the actuator remains in the operating position prevailing
immediately before an air failure.
f) Valve body and trim material shall be adequately selected depend on piping material class.
g) Valves shall be equipped with hand-wheels shall be arranged so that rotating the hand-wheel
in a clockwise direction shall close the valve. Hand-wheels shall be marked with the words
‘open’ and ‘shut’ with the relevant arrow to indicate the direction of rotation
4.11.2. Motor Operated Valves
a) The actuator shall be sized to control the valve action from wide open, fully modulating to
shut-off condition without excess oscillation, hunting or fluid produced disturbances.
b) The actuator shall be equipped with a direct-coupled adjustable travel or position indicator
for local indication. The position shall be indicated by a permanent mark on a reversible scale
with the words (‘open’ and ‘close’) at the travel limits.
c) The material of the actuator case or housing shall be steel or other metallic materials.
Aluminum shall not be used. The actuator spring shall be fully enclosed in a metal housing
and permanently treated to resist atmospheric corrosion and other environmental hazards.
d) The stroking times shall be calculated by the Supplier.
e) The accessories shall be suitable for specified environment.
f) Valve body and trim material shall be adequately selected depend on piping material class.
g) Valve shall be equipped with hand-wheels shall be arranged so that rotating the hand-wheel
in a clock wise direction shall close the valve. Hand-wheels shall be marked with the words
‘open’ and ‘shut’ with the relevant arrow to indicate the direction of rotation.
h) The actuator shall be sized to control the valve action from wide open, fully modulating to
shut-off condition without excess oscillation, hunting or fluid-produced disturbances. To
achieve this aim, the Supplier shall ensure that the actuator has at least 150 percent of
required force during modulation and 125 percent at the shutoff condition.
4.11.3. Solenoid Valves
a) Coil insulation : Class H
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 28 of 34 Rev.2
b) Power : 120VAC, 60Hz
c) Solenoid valve enclosures : Suitable for specified service environment
junction box enclosure type for wiring
3/4 inch PF threaded conduit hub
d) Solenoid coil : screw terminal coils on junction box enclosure
e) Solenoid valves : Mounted such that conduit and cable may be connected without causing
misalignment or incorrect operation
f) Solenoid valves shall be as approved by Purchaser.
4.11.4. Pressure, Temperature and Flow Switches
a) Enclosures: suitable for specified service environment
b) Switches rigidly fastened to panel, rack, or cabinet such that removal of tubing, piping, and
wiring may be accomplished without dismounting of the instrument.
c) Contact rating 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load and 0.5A, 250 VDC inductive load. Switches
shall be snap acting micro switch type and have one DPDT or two SPDT contacts.
d) Pressure, temperature and flow switches : Installed such that the Purchaser's connections
are to terminal blocks.
4.11.5. Level Switches
a) Displacer type

• Contact rating : 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load

0.5A, 125VDC inductive load

• Switch type : DPDT or 2 X SPDT
• Others refer to Paragraph 3.7.5

b) Electronic type (ultrasonic, capacitance, etc)

• Enclosures : suitable for specified service environment
• Switch contact rating and type : see Paragraph 4.11.5.a

4.11.6. Limit Switches
a) Enclosures : suitable for specified service environment
b) Contacts : DPDT or 2 X SPDT
c) Contact rating : 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load
0.5A, 125 VDC inductive load.
4.11.7. Auxiliary Relays
a) Auxiliary relays shall be rated 600 VAC self-reset front connected surface mounted with cover,
coil rated for 5A, 120VAC, 60Hz and 0.5A, 125 VDC continuous duty.
b) Contact rating : 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load and 0.5A, 125 VDC inductive load.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 29 of 34 Rev.2
4.11.8. Pressure Gauges
a) Pressure gauges : Minimum 4 inch diameter dial (white face with black graduations) and
blowout protection
b) Dial inscriptions shall not be used : The service shall be indicated by a permanent label
attached to the gauge case.
c) Diaphragm seals : On instruments used for handling viscous liquids or liquids with suspended
solids. Means shall be provided for onsite calibration of all instruments furnished with
diaphragm seals.
d) Wetted part material shall be 316 stainless steel.
e) Over range protection device, siphon tube and dampner shall be supplied to suit application
service.
4.11.9. Thermowells
a) Type : Socket weld (1 1/2")
b) Location : After fluid mixing but not in the minimum
straight run of pipe upstream or downstream
of a flow element.
c) Material : To suit application service
4.11.10. Thermometers
a) Dial type : Bimetallic with 4 inch diameter
b) Orientation type : Every angle type for adjustment
c) Stem : 1/4 inch stainless steel
d) Thermowell shall be provided.
4.11.11. Averaging Pitot Tubes
a) Averaging pitot tubes shall provide suitable signal for proper recording, totalizing or control
of complex systems
b) The sensing probes shall be designed to sense flow velocity in each of several equal annular
cross sectional areas of the flow stream and provide an output signal proportional to the
average flow.
c) Material : To suit application service
4.11.12. Vibration Sensors
All the vibration sensors furnished by the Supplier shall provide the same generation of design,
from the same manufacture of vibration monitoring system.
a) Radial Transducer

• Two radially oriented transducers shall be provided for each guide bearing.
• Two probes located at each bearing shall be 90 degrees apart.

b) Axial Transducer
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 30 of 34 Rev.2

• Axial transducer shall be located on or as near as possible to the thrust bearing housing.

c) Phase-Reference Transducer (Keyphasor)

• Keyphasor with a one-event-per-revolution mark shall be provided on the driver for each

machinery train.
d) Proximity (non contact) Transducer

• Proximity shall be used for machinery having fluid film bearing.
• Proximity (non-contact) transducer shall consist of probe, extension cable and proximitor

(oscillator-demodulator: a signal-conditioning device powered by -24V DC).

• Probe

∙ Body diameter : 3/8”-24-UNF
∙ Integral cable : Stainless steel armor type

• Stainless steel connector shall be provided.
• Extension Cable

∙ Armored coaxial cable with flexible conduit shall be provided.

• Probe-Driver (Proximitor)

∙ Input Voltage : -24 VDC Nominal
∙ Input impedance : 1kΩ
∙ Output Sensitivity : 200 mV/mil
∙ Output impedance : less than 50Ω
∙ Performance
Accuracy : ± 5% of 200 mV/mil
Frequency range : 0 to 10 kHz
∙ Connection type : Barrier screw with size 6-32 screws of 316SS

• Environmental Requirements

∙ Operating temperature range
Probe and extension cable
: -35℃ to 120℃
Proximitor : -35℃ to 65℃
∙ Relative humidity : To 95% noncondensing
e) Accelerometer Transducer

• Accelerometer shall be generally used for machinery having high shaft-to-bearing

transmissibility, such as with rolling element bearing, for speed changer except when it
is difficult to use the accelerometer, in which case an alternate design may be substituted
as mutually agreed upon by the Purchaser and Supplier.

• Accelerometer transducer shall consist of an accelerometer, extension cable and charge

Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 31 of 34 Rev.2
amplifier (a conditioning device powered by -24VDC).

• Probe

∙ Mounting stud : 1/4”-28-UNF
∙ Material : Stainless steel
∙ Case : Electrically isolated from machine case
and hermetically sealed.

• Stainless steel connector shall be provided.
• Extension Cable

∙ Armored coaxial cable with flexible conduit shall be provided.

• Charge-Amplifier (Interface Module)

∙ Input Voltage : -24 VDC Nominal
∙ Input impedance : 10kΩ
∙ Output Sensitivity : 100 mV/g
∙ Output impedance : less than 60Ω
∙ Performance
Accuracy : ± 5% of 100 mV/g
Frequency range : 5 to 20 kHz
∙ Connection type : Barrier screw with size 6-32 screws of 316SS

• Environmental Requirements

∙ Operating temperature range
Probe and extension cable
: -55℃ to 120℃
Proximitor
∙ Relative humidity
: -35℃ to 85℃
: To 95% noncondensing
4.11.13. Timers
a) The type of timers shall be timer selector switch, reset timer or program timer as required.
b) Each timer shall have proper adjustable range and 120VAC, 60Hz continuous duty coils.
c) Contact rating : 5A, 120 VAC, 60Hz resistive load and 0.5A, 125 VDC inductive load.
4.11.14. Control Switches, Pushbuttons, Selector Switches
a) The number of stages and contacts, number of switch positions, and handle style and color
shall be specified or reviewed by the Purchaser.
b) All contacts shall have contact rating designations as defined in NEMA ICS-2.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 32 of 34 Rev.2
c) Removable handles or keys for control switches shall not be interchangeable with other
switches. Supplier shall furnish two handles per unit for use with all control switches. .
4.11.15. Uninterruptible Power Supply System
In case of supply of UPS is necessary,
a) All equipment are subject to short period of power interruption during the fast bus transfer
from normal power source to standby power source. Standby power source is supplied
approximately 5 to 10 cycle after initiation of bus transfer.
b) All equipment shall continue to operate without any degradation of performance during or
after bus transfer. Also, Purchaser will supply UPS power to package LCP.
4.12. EMI/RFI
4.12.1. The equipment supplied by the Supplier shall minimize both the generation of the EMI/RFI and
susceptibility of the equipment to the externally generated EMI/RIF and Power surges in
accordance with Reference USNRC Reg.Guide 1.180. In addition, the equipment supplied by
the Supplier shall have immunity to electrostatic discharge in accordance with Reference IEC
61000 Series, Part 4 and Part6.
4.12.2. The equipment supplied by the Supplier shall be designed and manufactured to avoid upset and
malfunctions caused by EMI, RFI, power surges and electrostatic discharge.
4.13. Instrument Tagging
Refer to Appendix KJ-070-DT-410-010 " Standard Appendix for Instrument Tagging &
Nameplate"
4.14. Document & Drawing list
Supplier shall submit the document & drawing list as followings:
a) Control system configuration
b) Panel arrangement drawing
c) Control logic/Loop diagram
d) Electrical schematic diagram
e) Instrument and control valve data sheet
f) Instrument and control valve list
g) Instrument detail drawing
h) Instrument Installation detail drawing
i) Instrument location drawing
j) Instrument wiring drawing
k) Cable Schedule
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 33 of 34 Rev.2
l) Cable connection diagram
m) Instrument calibration report
n) Interface signal list with Man-Machine Interface System
o) Bill of Material
p) Catalogue
q) Quality Verification Document List
r) Test Reports
s) CMTR or CoC (if required)
t) Plan, procedure and report for Cyber Security (if required)
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

Attachment 1.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
STANDARD APPENDIX FOR
GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION
AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-009
Sheet 34 of 34 Rev.2
Type
Description
"START"(RUN) Push Button Switch
Color
White
Remark
Push Button
"STOP" Push Button Switch
"EMERGENCY STOP" Push Button Switch
Black
Red
READY
RUN
White
Red
Status Lamp
STOP
ALARM
EMERGENCY STOP
DUTY
Green
Yellow
Red
Blue
FAULT
SILENCE
Push Button for
Annunciator
ACKNOWLEDGE
RESET
Yellow
Red
Yellow
Green
Button arrangement order:
(from left to right)
Silence, Ack., Reset, Lamp
Test
LAMP TEST
Black
Note. 1) If color requirements are not specified in the specifications or the scope of work instructions, it is
recommended to apply the colors listed in this table.
Note. 2) In unavoidable cases, such as when manufacturing has already been completed, different colors
may be used; however, even in such cases, the provisions of KS C IEC 60204 must be followed.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.07.22, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-3166

===== KJ-070-DT-410-010_IFC_1_Standard Appendix Specification for Name Plate.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix Specification for Name Plate
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-010 Rev. No. 1
Safety Class
Quality Class
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
NNS N/A
Q T S
N/A
Seismic Category
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
N/A
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
For Construction For Fabrication
Preliminary For Information For Approval
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Seung Lee 2021-08-12
Prepared by :
설계담당자(DJ AE) Signature Date
Eugene Park 2021-08-12
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DJ LE) Signature Date
Approved by :
Jong Seo Choi 2021-08-12
기술책임자(EM) Signature Date

! "#$"

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet 1 of 6 Rev.1
Revision History
Rev.
Description of Revision
No.
First Issue
0
(Reissued by CAR-KJDH-16-06,2016.05.19)
1
Change the document format

! "#$"

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet 2 of 6 Rev.1
Para.
CONTENTS
Description
Page
1.
2.
3.
NAMEPLATE INSTRUCTION .......................................................................................3
TAGGING INSTRUCTION ............................................................................................4
FIGURES .......................................................................................................................4

! "#$"

1.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate
NAMEPLATE INSTRUCTION
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet 3 of 6 Rev.1
1.1.
Nameplates are used to display basic information, including function and may also be used
in the back of panels to aid assembly, maintenance, and troubleshooting.
1.2. Instrument Nameplate
1.2.1. All instruments except in-line instrument and valve shall be identified after installation by using
name plate.
1.2.2. Name plate shall be attached instrument mounting plate, 2” pipe stanchion and instrument rack
by using stainless steel screws or rivet.
1.2.3. The color coding of the name plate are as follows :

• Safety Related Channel A : Red face, White letter
• Safety Related Channel B : Green face, White letter
• Safety Related Channel C : Yellow face, Black letter
• Non-safety Related : Black face, White letter

1.2.4. Identification lettering shall be oriented horizontally and centered or left-justified.
1.2.5. The three-ply name plate shall be used and engraved through to core color. Engraving shall
be performed by rounded square ended cutter, “V” shaped type engraving is unacceptable.
The three-ply name plate material should be acrylic or phenol or equivalent.
1.2.6. Lettering style shall be gothic.
1.2.7. Name plate thickness shall be minimum 3mm.
1.2.8. Name plate shall be made of low glare, non-wrapping material.
1.2.9. Name plate detail is shown in Figure 1. Instrument Name Plate
1.3. Panel and Cabinet Nameplate
1.3.1. All panel and cabinet shall be identified after fabrication by using name plate.
1.3.2. Name plate shall be attached horizontally on center of panel and cabinet.
1.3.3. Attach name plate to the panel and cabinet with approved adhesive without holes will be
accepted. Adhesive are available to attach name plate to clean smooth surfaces.
1.3.4. Name plate shall be mounted with double sided tape and shall not peel off for the design life
of 40 years.
1.3.5. The color coding of the name plate are as follows :

! "#$"

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet 4 of 6 Rev.1

• Safety Related Channel A : Red face, White letter
• Safety Related Channel B : Green face, White letter
• Safety Related Channel C : Yellow face, Black letter
• Non-safety Related : Black face, White letter

1.3.6. Identification lettering should be oriented horizontally and centered or left-justified.
1.3.7. The three-ply name plate shall be used and engraved through to core color. Engraving shall
be performed by rounded square ended cutter, “V” shaped type engraving is unacceptable.
The three-ply name plate material should be acrylic or phenol or equivalent.
1.3.8. Lettering style shall be gothic.
1.3.9. Name plate thickness shall be minimum 3mm.
1.3.10. Name plate shall be made of low glare, non-wrapping material.
1.3.11. Name plate detail is shown in Figure 2. Panel and Cabinet Name Plate.
2.
TAGGING INSTRUCTION
2.1. Instrument Tag
2.1.1. Tags are used to display specific information about item identified.
2.1.2. All instrument, control valve, electrical device and loose accessory shall be tagged with a
stainless metal tag and securely attached to the instrument by pins, metal screws, or stainless
steel wire.
2.1.3. Tagging information stamped on the tag shall contain as below.

• Purchase order No.
• Instrument ID tag No.

2.1.4. Instrument tag detail is shown in Figure 3. Instrument Tag
3.
FIGURES
< Figure 1. Instrument Name Plate >

! "#$"

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet 5 of 6 Rev.1
< Figure 2. Panel and Cabinet Name Plate >

! "#$"

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Standard Appendix Specification
for Nameplate
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-010
Sheet 6 of 6 Rev.1
KJ – J - 001
KJ – 300 – PDS – 001A
< Figure 3. Instrument Tag >

! "#$"

===== KJ-070-DT-410-012_IFC_2_Welding Requirements for ASME Section VIII Items.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for ASME Section VIII Items
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-012 Rev. No. 2
Safety Class
Quality Class
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
NNS N/A
Q T S
N/A
Seismic Category
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
N/A
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
For Construction For Fabrication
Preliminary For Information For Approval
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
Prepared by :
Young-Woo Roh 2022-11-15
Signature Date
Min-Gi Jee 2022-11-16
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DM LE) Signature Date
Approved by :
Hoon Lee 2022-11-16
EM Signature Date

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 1 of 13 Rev. 2
Revision History
Document Title: Welding Requirements for ASME Section VIII Items
Document No:KJ-070-DT-410-012 Rev. 2
Rev.
Date Description of Revision
No.
Issue for Use
0 2014.12.01
(Reissued by CAR-KJDH-16-06,2016.05.13)
1
2021.08.20
Revised by KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0916
1A
2021.11.25
2
결재정보참조
Revised by KJ-DCN-DM-210002
(7.3)
Revised by KJ-L-DH/KH-22-0749

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
CONTENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 2 of 13 Rev. 2
Para.
Description
Page
1.
2.
3.
SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3
CODE ............................................................................................................................. 3
WELDING PROCESSES .............................................................................................. 3
4.
5.
WELDING PROCESS RESTRICTIONS ....................................................................... 4
GENERAL RESTRICTION ............................................................................................ 5
6.
7.
WELDING MATERIAL .................................................................................................. 6
PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE........................................................... 8
8.
9.
POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT ................................................................................ 9
WORKMANSHIP AND VISUAL EXAMINATION .......................................................10
10.
TUBE TO TUBESHEET WELDING ............................................................................ 11
11.
WELDING PROCEDURES ......................................................................................... 12

1.
SCOPE
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 3 of 13 Rev. 2
This specification establishes the welding requirements for ASME Section VIII Items. (shop
purchased and field subcontracted components)
2.
CODE
Welding, welding procedures and welder qualification, and other criteria covered by this
specification shall meet the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section
VIII, Ⅸ, and other applicable codes/or standards as specified in the implementing
specification.
3.
WELDING PROCESSES
3.1.
The following processes are permitted, subject to the restrictions of Section 4.0.
a. Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW)
b. Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)
c. Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)
d. Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
e. Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW)
f. Plasma Arc Welding (PAW)
3.2.
Other welding processes may be considered providing:
3.2.1. The Supplier demonstrates its capability to use the process within procedural limitations that
are acceptable to the Purchaser. Process acceptance shall also be based upon the
Purchaser's evaluation of the required reliability of the equipment, component or structure
being fabricated.
Information submitted to the Purchaser shall include completed details of the Supplier's
material and joint preparation, welding equipment, welding techniques, welding procedures,

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 4 of 13 Rev. 2
record of qualification tests for each specific application, and appropriate additional tests
required by the Purchaser.
3.2.2. The Supplier's in-process welding quality control program and post weld heat treatment
procedure are accepted by the Purchaser. Information submitted shall include the extent of
nondestructive examination and all inspection techniques employed throughout production.
3.3.
Brazing and soldering may be used if permitted by the codes and specifications.
4.
WELDING PROCESS RESTRICTIONS
4.1.
The following restrictions apply for SAW
4.1.1. The maximum individual layer thickness shall not exceed 13mm (1/2 inch) for materials 32mm
(1-1/4 inch) thickness or greater and 10mm (3/8 inch) for materials less than 32mm (1-1/4 inch)
thickness.
4.1.2. Steels containing 2-1/4 Cr-1 Mo and higher alloys shall be welded only with an alloy wire and
neutral flux unless specific Purchaser approval is given for individual applications.
4.1.3. Removable starting and stopping tabs shall be used for longitudinal welds.
4.2.
The FCAW process is permitted for the following applications:
4.2.1. For pressure-retaining applications, a shielding gas shall be used except that corrosion-
resistant weld over lays may be deposited without gas shielding in the flat position.
4.2.2. For structural, low pressure and atmospheric tanks, FCAW may be used with or without a gas
shield.
4.2.3. Removable starting and stopping tabs shall be used for longitudinal welds.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
4.3.
GMAW in the short circuiting transfer mode is permitted for;
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 5 of 13 Rev. 2
4.3.1. All ferrite materials up to and including 6mm (1/4 inch) nominal thickness and for all austenitic
stainless steel and nickel base materials up to and including 5mm(3/16 inch) nominal thickness.
4.3.2. The root pass in single welded butt joints in the flat and rotated (1GR) position.
4.3.3. Tack welds, temporary attachments, double welded joints or other applications where weld
metal deposited by the GMAW short circuiting transfer process is subsequently removed.
4.3.4. Specific applications, other than those listed above, may be submitted for Purchaser's
review. Full particulars, such as filler metal classification, material type, thickness, joint design,
weld bead sequence and welding position shall be submitted with the request for review to use
the GMAW short circuiting transfer process.
4.4.
Except for SAW, at least two weld layers are required on thickness up to 6mm (1/4 inch) on
pressure-retaining components and two or three weld layers are required for thickness
between 6mm (1/4 inch) and 9.5mm (3/8 inch) and at least three weld layers for thickness of
9.5mm (3/8 inch) over.
4.5.
PAW shall be used only for hard facing operations.
5.
GENERAL RESTRICTION
5.1.
The root pass of circumferential butt welds in ASME Sec. VIII piping and accessible from one
side only, shall be welded with the GTAW process. Welds in austenitic stainless steel piping
shall have at least the root pass welded with the GTAW process.
5.1.1. An inert backing gas (helium or argon) purge shall be used on 2-1/4 Cr-1 Mo, and higher alloys.
A nitrogen backing gas may be used on austenitic stainless steel.
5.1.2. The use of consumable inserts is optional. They shall be of the same composition as the filler

5.2.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 6 of 13 Rev. 2
metal.
On items other than piping where access is from one side only, and radiography is required,
the root pass shall be welded with the GTAW process.
5.2.1. Paragraph 5.1.1 and 5.1.2 shall apply.
5.3.
The use of backing rings or strips is governed by the applicable code and standard.
5.4.
Peening may be used with prior written acceptance by the Purchaser of the method and the
controls to be used. Peening of the root and cover passes shall not be acceptable
5.5.
Alloys with a nominal 2-1/4 Cr content or higher shall have the finished weld bevel surfaces
machined or ground. If flame or arc cutting is used, sufficient material shall be remove by
machining or grinding the cut surfaces to bright metal to ensure complete removal of surface
contamination. Flame cutting on austenitic stainless steels is not permitted.
5.6.
Welded joints shall be made by completing each weld layer before succeeding weld layer
are deposited unless otherwise accepted for specific applications. Prior review and written
acceptance by the Purchaser is required for the proposed use of block welding techniques.
5.7.
The application of heat to correct weld distortion and dimensional deviations in austenitic
stainless steel materials is not permitted unless followed by full solution annealing, including
water quenching or spraying from the solution heat treatment temperature to below 800℉(or
black metal) within 3 minutes.
5.8.
Repair welding shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the applicable
code and standards and this specification.
6.
WELDING MATERIAL
6.1.
Unless specifically waived, SMAW shall be performed using low-hydrogen type electrodes
when any of the following conditions apply:

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 7 of 13 Rev. 2
6.1.1. In welds made with a GTAW root pass.
6.1.2. In services with design temperatures below 32℉ or in piping systems with a primary valve and
flange rating of 600 pounds or greater.
6.1.3. With steels having either specified allowable carbon content above 0.30%, or having a 0.5%
total alloy content or greater electrode type E7010-A1 may be used for welding C-1/2 Mo steel.
6.1.4. With steels which have no upper limit specified for carbon unless a carbon content of 0.30%
or less is reported in material test reports directly traceable to the material to be welded.
6.1.5. For weld repair of castings.
6.2.
Electrode Classifications E6012, E6013, E7024 shall not be used for welding of pressure-
retaining parts.
6.3.
The root pass of single groove circumferential butt-welds accessible from one side only in
nonnuclear or noncritical service may be welded per Paragraph 5.1 or as follows:
6.3.1. At least the root pass may be deposited with E6010 and E7010-A1 electrodes.
6.3.2. If any of the conditions of Paragraph 6.1 apply, the remainder of the weld shall be made with
low-hydrogen electrodes such as E7016 or E7018.
6.4.
For GMAW of carbon steels, solid wire electrodes shall conform to ASME SFA-5.18. For
GMAW of austenitic stainless steels, solid wire electrodes conforming to ASME SFA-5.9 shall
be used.
6.5.
For FCAW of carbon steels, the electrodes shall conform to ASME SFA-5.20.
6.6.
For GTAW of carbon steels, filler metal shall meet the chemical and mechanical test
requirements of ASME SFA-5.18.

6.7.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 8 of 13 Rev. 2
Welding materials of Type 309, or 309 with a maximum carbon content of 0.04 percent, shall
be used for welding carbon or low alloy steels to austenitic stainless steels, including the first
layer of corrosion-resistant overlays.
6.7.1. When post weld heat treatment of a dissimilar joint is required, the carbon or low alloy steel
member shall be "buttered" with Type 309 with a maximum carbon content of 0.04 percent,
and post weld heat-treated prior to welding to the austenitic stainless steel member.
6.7.2. For corrosion-resistant overlays, where the carbon or low alloy steel base metal requires post
weld heat treatment, the first weld layer shall be made with Type 309 with a maximum carbon
content of 0.04 percent. All other layers shall be made with low carbon grade welding materials.
6.8.
The maximum electrode diameter used for SMAW of austenitic stainless steel containing
more than 0.03 percent carbon shall be 4mm (5/32 inch).
6.9.
The maximum tungsten electrode diameter for GTAW or austenitic stainless steels containing
more than 0.03 percent carbon content shall be 3mm (1/8 inch).
6.10. Electrodes with solid core wires shall be used for SMAW of austenitic stainless steels.
6.11. A written procedure shall be established to describe the method used to control the receipt,
testing, storage, baking, drying, and disbursing of all welding materials. The welding
material control procedure shall be submitted to the Purchaser for review and acceptance
prior to performing and welding.
7.
PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE
7.1.
Preheat shall be as recommended in the applicable section of the Code.
7.2.
Welding may be performed only when the metal temperature is above 50℉.
7.3.
The maximum interpass temperature of austenitic stainless steels shall be 177 ℃ (350℉).

7.4.
7.5.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 9 of 13 Rev. 2
The maximum interpass temperature for hard facing casting Grades CF8 and CF8M,
containing less than 8 percent ferrite and Type 304 and 316 shall be 300℉ and the hard
facing process and procedures shall be established to ensure that the total aggregate time
that any of the material is within the temperature range of 800℉ to 1500℉ shall not exceed
3 minutes.
The maximum interpass temperature for hard facing casting Grade CF3A and Type 304L and
316L shall be 800℉ and hard facing process and procedures shall be established to ensure
that the total aggregate time that any of the material is within the temperature range of 800
℉ to 1500℉ shall be minimized. As an alternative, if casting Grade CF3A is not available,
Grade CF8A and Grade CF3, CF3M, CF8, and CF8M (each containing a minimum of 8
percent ferrite) substitution of any of these grades requires Purchaser's approval.
The maximum preheat and interpass temperature for welding low alloy steels, when impact
testing is required, shall be 450℉.
7.6.
Carbon and low alloy steel valves and pumps may be locally preheated if the preheat covers
a sufficient area around the weld zone to result in a measured metal temperature, as required
in Paragraphs 8.1 and 8.2, at the weld and for a minimum distance of 102 mm (4 inch) away
from the weld area in four directions approximately 90 degree from each other. Otherwise,
the components must be preheated in their entirety.
7.7.
Preheat and interpass temperature requirement listed above shall also apply to tack welding,
fillet and annex welds, and thermal gouging and cutting except that these requirements do
not apply to thermal gouging and cutting of P-1 materials.
8.
POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT
8.1.
Post weld heat treatment shall be in accordance with the applicable codes and the following
requirements.
8.2.
The maximum post weld heat treatment temperature shall not exceed the minimum specified
by more than 150℉ below the tempering temperature used during heat treatment of the
material.
8.3.
Sufficient thermocouples shall be in contact with the materials(a minimum of two
thermocouples for each furnace load) or probes inserted into the load in contact with the
materials in such a manner as to accurately indicate the metal temperature and metal

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 10 of 13 Rev. 2
temperature uniformity throughout the furnace load during the heat treatment cycle. Other
metal temperature measuring methods may be used upon prior acceptance by the Purchaser.
8.4.
Austenitic stainless steel items shall not be heated above 300℉ (except during welding)
unless they are subsequently given a full solution anneal at temperatures recommended for
the individual types of stainless steels followed by water quenching or spraying from the
solution heat-treating temperature to below 800℉ (of black metal) within 3 minutes.
8.5.
Data on each proposed weld repair on austenitic stainless steel pressure-retaining base
materials to be made without a solution annealing heat treatment shall be submitted to the
Purchaser for review and acceptance prior to effect the repair.
9.
WORKMANSHIP AND VISUAL EXAMINATION
9.1.
Surfaces to be welded shall be free of injurious defects, scale, oil, dirt and harmful
contaminants. The welding area shall be protected from wind, rain and other conditions which
could be detrimental to weld quality.
9.2.
Each weld shall be uniform in width and size throughout its full length. In addition, the cover
pass shall be free of coarse ripples, grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges and valleys.
9.3.
Each weld layer or pass shall be visually free of slag, inclusions, cracks, porosity and lack of
fusion.
9.4.
Grinding to meet the above criteria and elimination of defects and surface preparation of
welds shall be done in such a manner as not to gouge, groove or reduce the adjacent base
material thickness below the minimum required. If flame or arc gouging is used, sufficient
material shall be removed by machining or grinding the gouged surfaces to bright metal to
ensure complete removal of surface contamination.
9.5.
Undercut shall not exceed the limits of the governing code or 0.8mm (1/32 inch), whichever
is less, and shall not encroach upon the required section thickness.
9.6.
All butt welds shall be flush with the base metal or have uniform crowns. Concavity on the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 11 of 13 Rev. 2
root side of single welded circumferential butt welds is permitted only when the resulting
thickness of the weld is at least equal to the thickness of the thinner member of the two
sections being joined. Abrupt transitions to concavity are not acceptable. Code reinforcement
limits shall apply to both the inside and outside surfaces.
9.7.
Butt welds shall be full penetration welds, unless otherwise specified and permitted by the
Code.
9.8.
Fillet welds shall be of the specified size and profile in accordance with the applicable code.
9.9.
If the weldments are to receive special coatings, additional requirements as specified by the
Purchaser or coatings applicator must be observed.
9.10. The use of temporary welded annexes during fabrication shall be avoided whenever possible.
After fabrication is complete, they shall be removed flush with the base material without
encroaching on the required minimum wall thickness. All areas from which temporary
annexes have been removed shall be examined by the same methods required for
permanent fillet welds after the surface has been restored.
9.11. Prior to welding, all surfaces shall be cleaned thoroughly by filing, grinding, wire brushing
and/or solvent cleaning.
9.11.1. For austenitic stainless steel materials, only stainless steel brushes, aluminum oxide grinding
wheels shall be used.
9.11.2. Tools used on austenitic stainless steel materials shall not have been previously used on
ferrite material.
9.11.3. Cleaning of austenitic stainless steel shall be performed with acetone, alcohol.
10.
TUBE TO TUBESHEET WELDING
All tube-to-tube sheet welding shall be qualified and performed according to the

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
following requirements
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 12 of 13 Rev. 2
10.1. Tube-to-tube sheet welding procedures shall be qualified on a test assembly which simulates
the conditions to be used in production with respect to the joint design, tube and tube
sheet material combination, tube hole pattern, ligament distance, tube diameter and tube wall
thickness. The thickness of the tube sheet in the test assembly shall be as thick as the
production tube sheet, except that it need not exceed 51mm (2 inch). The minimum required
number of weld of weld joints shall be ten(10).
10.2. The welded test assembly shall be examined by the solvent-removable, liquid-penetrant
method, in accordance with Article 6 of ASME SectionⅤ, for detection of cracks and porosity.
Following this test, at least ten of the welded joints shall be sectioned longitudinally. The four
faces of each tube exposed by sectioning shall be polished and etched with a suitable etchant
and shall be visually examined under 10× magnification for cracks, porosity and weld throat
thickness (minimum leak path).
10.3. The liquid-penetrant and visual examinations of cross-sectioned samples shall show no
evidence or cracks or porosity. One half of the cross-sectioned and etched qualification test
assembly shall be submitted for the Purchaser's acceptance along with the tube-to-tube
sheet welding procedure specification.
10.4. All production heat exchanger overlay welds and tube-to-tube sheet welds shall be examined
by the solvent-removable, liquid-penetrant method. This shall be done after final machining
and post weld heat treatment when machining and/or post weld heat treatment is required.
11.
WELDING PROCEDURES
11.1. The Supplier (or any Sub-suppliers) shall prepare written welding, brazing and heat-treating
procedures.
The Supplier shall submit the written welding procedures and procedure qualification
records for review and acceptance by the Purchaser. Each procedure must be prepared
and qualified in accordance with the requirements of ASME Section Ⅸ and this
specification and shall be reviewed and accepted by the Purchaser before the Supplier
or its sub-Supplier may perform such welding.

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
ASME Section VIII Items
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-012
Sheet 13 of 13 Rev. 2
11.2. In addition, the Purchaser will require acceptance of the procedures and workmanship
sample for all corrosion-resistant overlay and hard facing welds prior to the start of fabrication.
11.3. Procedures and procedure qualification records shall be in reproducible form and may be
submitted on forms QW-482 and QW-483 as shown in the ASME Code, section Ⅸ, or similar.
11.4. When testing is performed in accordance with ASTM A 262, specimens shall be prepared
using the highest heat input conditions that will be used in production. Following corrosion
testing, bend tests shall be made with the specimen transverse to the weld and the weld root
in tension.
The detailed testing procedure shall be submitted with the intergranular corrosion test results
including the apparatus used, and the method of preparation of test specimens, and the
interpretation and classification of test results.
11.5. The Supplier (and any Sub-suppliers) shall be responsible for the welding performed by
personnel of its organization and shall conduct the required qualification tests. Qualification
of welders and welding operators by others shall not be permitted.
11.6. Purchaser's representative will review Welder Performance Qualification Records.

===== KJ-070-DT-410-013_IFC_3_Welding Requirements for Piping - Valves (ASME B31.1).pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-013 Rev. No. 3
Safety Class
Quality Class
NNS N/A
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
N/A
Q T S
Seismic Category
N/A
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary For Information For Approval
For Construction For Fabrication
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
CHO SANG UN 2025-02-17
Prepared by :
설계담당자(DP AE) Signature Date
Jong-Beom Song 2025-02-17
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DP LE) Signature Date
Approved by :
Hoon Lee 2025-02-17
EM Signature Date
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 1 of 12 Rev.3
Revision History
Document Title: Welding Requirements for Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No: KJ-070-DT-410-013
Rev.
Description of Revision
No.
1st Issue
0
( Reissued by CAR-KJ/DH-16-06, 2016.05.13)
General Revision
1
(Revision as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0916)
2
Revised as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-1080
3
REVISION OF 6.3
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
CONTENTS
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 2 of 12 Rev.3
Para.
Description
Page
1.
2.
3.
SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3
CODES .......................................................................................................................... 3
WELDING PROCESSES .............................................................................................. 3
4.
5.
WELDING PROCESS RESTRICTIONS ....................................................................... 4
WELDING MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 6
6.
7.
PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE........................................................... 8
POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT ................................................................................ 9
8.
9.
WORKMANSHIP, VISUAL QUALITY EXAMINATION AND INSPECTION ................ 9
REPAIR OF WELDS ................................................................................................... 11
10.
WELDING PROCEDURES ......................................................................................... 12
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

1.
SCOPE
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 3 of 12 Rev.3
This standard appendix establishes the welding requirements for the shop fabrication,
and field installation of ASME B31.1 Power Piping.
2.
CODES
Welding, Welding procedure qualification and other criteria covered by this appendix
shall meet the requirements of the following Codes and/or Standards, as applicable:
2.1.
2.2.
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section Ⅸ
ASME B31.1 Code for Power Piping
3.
WELDING PROCESSES
3.1.
The following processes are permitted, subject to the restrictions of Section 4.0.
3.1.1. Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW)
3.1.2. Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)
3.1.3. Submerged Arc Welding (SAW)
3.1.4. Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
3.1.5. Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW)
3.2.
SMAW and GTAW processes shall be applied to the installation for above piping
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
3.3.
Other welding processes may be considered to provide:
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 4 of 12 Rev.3
3.3.1. The Supplier demonstrates its capability to use the process within procedural limitations that
are acceptable to the Purchaser. Process acceptance shall also be based upon the
Purchaser's evaluation of the required reliability of the piping being fabricated. Information
submitted to the Purchaser shall include complete detail of the Supplier's material and joint
preparation, welding equipment, welding techniques, welding procedures and record of
qualification tests for each specific application, and appropriate additional tests required by the
Purchaser.
3.3.2. The Supplier's preheat, in-process welding quality control program and postweld heat
treatment procedures shall be accepted by the Purchaser. Information submitted to the
Purchaser shall include the extent of nondestructive examination and all inspection techniques
employed throughout fabrication.
4.
WELDING PROCESS RESTRICTIONS
4.1.
The following restrictions shall apply for SAW
4.1.1. The maximum individual layer thickness shall not exceed 1/2 inch for materials 1-1/4 inch or
greater, and 3/8 inch for materials less than 1-1/4 inch thickness.
4.1.2. Steels containing 2-1/4 Cr-1 Mo and higher alloys shall be welded only with an alloy wire and
a neutral flux unless specific Purchaser's approval in given for individual applications.
4.1.3. Removable starting and stopping tabs shall be used for longitudinal welds.
4.2.
The FCAW process is permitted for the following applications
4.2.1. For pressure-retaining applications, a shielding gas shall be used except that corrosion-
resistant weld overlays may be deposited without gas shielding in the flat positions.
4.2.2. For structural, low-pressure and atmospheric tanks, FCAW may be used with or without a gas
shield.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 5 of 12 Rev.3
4.2.3. Specific applications, other than those listed above, may be submitted for Purchaser's review.
Full particulars, such as filler metal classification, material type, thickness, joint design, weld
bead sequence and welding position shall be submitted with the request for review to use the
process.
4.3.
Gas metal-arc welding in the short circuiting mode is permitted for;
4.3.1. All ferritic materials up to and including 1/4 inch nominal thickness and for all austenitic
stainless steel and nickel base materials up to and including 3/16 inch nominal thickness.
4.3.2. The root pass in single sided circumferential pipe welds in the flat and rolled (1GR) position.
4.3.3. Tack welds, temporary attachment, double welded joints or other applications where weld
metal deposited by the GMAW short circuiting transfer process is subsequently removed.
4.3.4. Specific applications, other than those listed above, nay be submitted for Purchaser's review.
Full particulars, such as filler metal classification, material type, thickness, joint design, weld
bead sequence and welding position shall be submitted with the request for review to use the
GMAW short circuiting transfer process.
4.4.
Except for SAW, at least two weld layers are required on groove weld thickness up to 1/4
inch on pressure-retaining piping, and two or three weld layers are required for thickness
between 1/4 inch and 3/8 inch and at least three weld layers for groove weld thickness of 3/8
inch over. Socket welds shall be made using at least two weld layers, except that one weld
layer may be used on piping up to 1 inch diameter if the GTAW process is employed.
4.5.
The root pass of all single welded circumferential butt welds where radiography is required,
shall be welded with the GTAW process. Welds in austenitic stainless steel piping shall have
at least the root pass welded GTAW process.
4.5.1. An inert backing gas (helium or argon) purge shall be used on 2-1/2 Cr - 1 Mo and higher
alloys. A nitrogen backing gas may be used on austenitic stainless steel.
4.5.2. The use of consumable inserts is optional and shall be of the same nominal composition as
the filler metal.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

4.6.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 6 of 12 Rev.3
Permanently installed backing rings and strips shall not be used in piping without prior
acceptance by the Purchaser. Where backing rings are emitted, the backside of the weld
shall be examined, back-chipped, ground and welded as required to provide a full penetration
weld.
4.7.
Double groove welding is permitted on all joints accessible from both sides. Where double
groove welding is employed, the backside of the first root pass shall be gouged, chipped
and/or ground to bright metal before welding the second side.
4.8.
Peening shall not be used without prior written acceptance by the Purchaser of the method
and controls to be used. Peening of root and cover passes will not be acceptable. The use of
pneumatic tools for slag removal is not considered peening and is acceptable.
4.9.
Welded joints shall be made by completing each weld layer before succeeding weld layers
are deposited. Prior review and written acceptance by the Purchaser is required for proposed
use of block welding techniques.
4.10. The application of heat to correct weld distortion and dimensional deviations in austenitic
stainless steel materials is not permitted unless the items are given a full solution anneal
followed by water quenching or spraying from the solution heat treating temperature to below
426°C (800°F) (or block metal) within 3 minutes.
4.11. Flame cutting of austenitic stainless steel is not permitted.
5.
WELDING MATERIALS
5.1.
Unless specifically waived, SMAW shall be permitted using low hydrogen type electrodes
when any of the following conditions apply;
5.1.1. In welds made with GTAW root passes.
5.1.2. In services with design temperatures below 0°C (32℉) or in a piping system with a primary
valve and flange rating of 600 pounds or greater.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 7 of 12 Rev.3
5.1.3. With steels having either specified allowable carbon content above 0.3%, or having a 0.50%
total alloy content or greater, E7010-A1 electrodes may be used for welding C-l/2 Mb Steel.
5.1.4. With steels which have to upper limit specified for carbon unless a carbon content of 0.30% or
less is reported in the certified material test report directly traceable to the materials to be
welded.
5.2.
Electrode classifications E6012, E6013, E7014, and E7024 shall not be used in the welding
of pressure-retaining parts or annexes to pressure-retaining parts. These electrodes,
however, may be used for other non pressure-retaining fillet welds.
5.3.
SMAW may be performed using E6010 or E7010-A1 electrodes in non-critical carbon steel
systems, with a maximum specified or reported carbon content of 0.30%. For components
with a carbon content in excess of 0.30% the root pass may be welded with E6010 or E7010-
A1 electrodes and the balance shall be welded with low hydrogen electrodes.
5.4.
For GTAW, filler metal shall meet the chemical and mechanical test requirements of AWS A-
5.18 for carbon steel and A-5.9 for stainless steel.
5.5.
Welding materials of type 309, or 309L with a maximum carbon content of 0.40%, shall be
used for welding carbon and low alloy steels to austenitic stainless steels, including the first
layer of corrosion-resistant overlays.
5.5.1. When postweld heat treatment of a dissimilar joint is required, the carbon or low alloy steel
member shall be "buttered" with Type 309 with a maximum carbon of 0.40%, and postweld
heat treated prior to welding to the austenitic stainless steel member.
5.5.2. For corrosion-resistant overlays, where the carbon or low alloy steel base metal requires
postweld heat treatment, the first weld layer shall be made with Type 309 with a maximum
carbon content of 0.04%. All other layers shall be made with low carbon grade welding
materials.
5.6.
The electrode diameter used for SMAW of austenitic stainless steel shall not exceed 5/32
inch.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

5.7.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 8 of 12 Rev.3
The tungsten electrode diameter for GTAW of austenitic stainless steel containing more than
0.03% carbon content shall not exceed 1/8 inch.
5.8.
A written procedure shall be established to describe the method used to control the receipt,
testing, storage, baking, drying, and disbursal of all welding materials. The welding material
control procedure shall be submitted to the Purchaser for review and acceptance prior to
performing any welding.
5.9.
For GMAW of carbon steels, solid wire electrodes shall confirm to AWS A5.18.

• For GMAW of austenitic stainless steels, only solid wire electrodes conforming to AWS

A5.9 shall be used.
5.10. For FCAW of carbon steels, the electrodes shall conform to AWS A5.20.
6.
PREHEAT AND INTERPASS TEMPERATURE
6.1.
Preheat as recommended in ASME B31.1, paragraph 131 shall be mandatory.
6.2.
Welding may be performed only when the metal temperature is above 10°C (50°F).
6.3.
The maximum interpass temperature for all austenitic stainless steels shall be 177°C (350°F).
6.4.
Preheat and interpass temperatures shall be determined by temperature indicating crayons,
infrared non-contact, contact pyrometers or other equally suitable means accepted by the
Purchaser.
6.5.
Preheat and interpass temperature requirements listed above shall also apply to tack welding,
fillet welds, annex welds, overlays and thermal gouging and cutting. These requirements do
not apply to thermal gouging and cutting of P1 materials.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

7.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
POSTWELD HEAT TREATMENT
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 9 of 12 Rev.3
7.1.
Postweld heat treatment for pressure-retaining components shall be in accordance with the
code and the following:
7.1.1. Sufficient thermocouples shall be in contact with the components so as to accurately indicate
metal temperature.
7.1.2. Time-temperature diagrams or charts shall be produced for heat treatment operations. The
records shall clearly indicate the heating rate, holding temperature and time, cooling rate and
identification of parts which received the heat treatment.
7.1.3. Austenitic stainless steel items shall not be heated above 176°C (350°F) (except during
welding) unless they are given a full solution anneal at the temperature recommended for the
individual types of stainless steels followed by water quenching from the solution heat treating
temperature to below 426°C (800°F) (or black metal) within 3 minutes.
8.
WORKMANSHIP, VISUAL QUALITY EXAMINATION AND INSPECTION
8.1.
Each weld shall be uniform in width and size throughout its full length. In addition, the cover
pass (final weld layer) shall be free of coarse ripples, grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges and
valleys. The surface smoothness of the finished weld after grinding where necessary, shall
be suitable for the proper interpretation of nondestructive examination of the weld.
8.2.
Undercut shall not exceed 1/32 inch or as limited by the applicable code, whichever is less,
and shall not encroach upon the required section thickness.
8.3.
All butt welds shall be full penetration with uniform crown, with reinforcement blending
smoothly into the base material. Concavity on the root side of a single welded circumferential
butt weld is permitted when the resulting thickness of the weld is at least equal to the
thickness of the thinner member of the two sections being joined.
8.4.
Each weld layer or pass shall be visually free of slag, inclusions, cracks, porosity and lack of
fusion.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

8.5.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 10 of 12 Rev.3
Weld reinforcement limits apply to both the inside and outside surfaces in accordance with
the Code
8.6.
Fillet welds shall be in accordance with the Code or as shown on the design drawings.
8.7.
8.8.
Elimination of defects and surface preparation of welds by chipping, grinding, or gouging shall
be done in such a manner as not to gouge, groove, or reduce the adjacent base material
thickness below the minimum required. If flame or arc gouging is used, sufficient material
shall be removed by machining or grinding the gouged surfaces to bright metal to ensure
complete removal of surface contamination.
Prior to welding, all surfaces shall be cleaned thoroughly by filing, grinding, wire brushing
and/or solvent cleaning.
8.8.1. For austenitic stainless steel piping, only stainless steel brushes, aluminum oxide or silicon
carbide grinding wheels shall be used.
8.8.2. Tools used on austenitic stainless steel materials shall not have been previously used on ferrite
material.
8.8.3. Cleaning of austenitic stainless steels shall be performed with acetone alcohol or solutions
complying with chemical requirements of appendix KJ-070-DT-410-008.
8.8.4. Each pass shall be cleaned and free of slag before the next pass is deposited.
8.9.
Where pipe to be joined has unequal outside or inside diameters, or when a fitting has a
thickness greater than the connecting pipe, the weld end transition drawing referenced in the
applicable Piping Class Sheet shall be followed.
8.9.1. No part of the weld shall, on the thicker side beyond the crown, be of a lesser diameter than
the crown.
8.9.2. In cases where welds are ground smooth, 9.9.1 applies after grinding.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 11 of 12 Rev.3
8.10. Socket welds shall have a gap of 1/16 inch minimum to 1/8 inch maximum between the
bottom of the socket and the end of the pipe prior to welding.
8.11. Where pipe or fittings to be joined have equal outside diameters, the weld shall be flush or
crowned at the center and tapered on each side to the surface being joined.
8.12. The welding of butt welds in carbon or low alloy steel pipe with a wall thickness 3/4 inch or
greater, may only be interrupted provided a minimum of at least 3/8 inch thickness of weld
deposit or 25% of welding groove, whichever is greater, is filled. If the welding is interrupted
prior to that, then the weld shall be covered with adequate insulating material to ensure slow
cooling. The partially completed weld shall be examined by magnetic particle or liquid
penetrant methods before resuming welding.
8.13. The use of temporary welded annexes during fabrication shall be avoided whenever possible.
After fabrication is complete annexes shall be removed flush with the base material without
encroaching on the required minimum wall thickness. Removal of annexes by breaking is not
permitted except with prior Purchaser acceptance. All areas from which temporary annexes
have been removed shall be examined by the same methods required for permanent fillet
welds after the surface has been restored.
9.
REPAIR OF WELDS
9.1.
Repairs of defective welds shall be made in accordance with the Code and the following:
9.1.1. Major weld repairs shall be made using a written procedure that has been accepted by the
Purchaser. A detailed written report shall be made of any such repairs and a copy furnished to
the Purchaser for record purposes. The report shall state the type, size, depth, location and
extent of the defect, how repaired, subsequent heat treatment and shall include copies of all
examination records.
9.1.2. Major repairs are defined as the repair of any crack other than crater cracks or the repair of
defects which are indicative of a fundamental materials problem or a process out of control.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

10.
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
Welding Requirements for
Piping & Valves (ASME B31.1)
WELDING PROCEDURES
Document No.
KJ-070-DT-410-013
Sheet 12 of 12 Rev.3
10.1. The Supplier (and any subcontractors) shall prepare written welding procedures.
10.1.1. Each procedure must be prepared and qualified in accordance with the requirements of ASME
Section Ⅸ and this specification.
10.1.2. The Supplier shall submit the written welding procedures and procedure qualification records
for review and acceptance by the Purchaser. Each procedure shall be reviewed and accepted
by the Purchaser before the Supplier or his subcontractor may perform such welding.
10.1.3. Joint preparation sketches (to be included with the welding procedures) shall show all
dimensions, including tolerances, bevel angle, land size, offset root gap.
10.2. Procedures and procedure qualification test record shall be in reproducible form and may be
submitted on forms QW-483 as shown in the ASME Code Section Ⅸ, or similar.
10.3. The Supplier shall be responsible for the welding performed by personnel of his organization
and shall conduct the required qualification tests. Qualification of welders and welding
operators by others shall not be permitted.
10.4. Purchaser's representative will review Welder Performance Qualification Records.
Approved by KAERI, 2025.03.28, KJ-T-KH/DH-25-2906

===== KJ-070-DT-410-016_IFC_5_General Requirement for Weld End Details.pdf =====
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirement for Weld End Details
Doc. No. KJ-070-DT-410-016 Rev. No. 5
Safety Class
Quality Class
NNS N/A
Class 1 Class 2 Class 3
N/A
Q T S
Seismic Category
N/A
Ⅰ Ⅱ Non
Electrical Class Class 1E Non-Class 1E N/A
Submittal Purpose
Preliminary For Information For Approval
For Construction For Fabrication
Verification Method Design Review Alternate Calculations Qualification Tests
Verification Status Complete Incomplete
CHO SANG UN 2024-03-21
Prepared by :
설계담당자(DP AE) Signature Date
Jong-Beom Song 2024-03-22
Reviewed by :
설계책임자(DP LE) Signature Date
Approved by :
Hoon Lee 2024-03-22
EM Signature Date

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirements for
Document No.
Weld End Details
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 1 of 7 Rev.5
Revision History
Document Title : General Requirements for Weld End Details
Document No.:KJ-070-DT-410-016 Rev.5
Rev
Date Description of Revision
No
1st Issue
0 2016.05.20
(Reissued by CAR-KJ/DH-16-06, 2016.05.13)
1 2016.07.14 Revision as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0729, Table 1
2 2016.10.10 Revision as per KJ-L-KH/DH-16-0892, 0916
3 2020.04.30 Table 3. Note
4 2023.02.27 2.2, 4.1, Table1, Figure 2
5 결재정보참조 전면 개정

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirements for
Document No.
Weld End Details
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 2 of 7 Rev.5
CONTENTS
Para. Description Page
1. SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 3
2. GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 3
3. BUTT WELD END PREPARATION AND TRANSITIONS ........................................... 3

1. SCOPE
KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirements for
Document No.
Weld End Details
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 3 of 7 Rev.5
1.1. This Appendix provides the requirements for butt weld end preparation and transitions to be
used on pipe, fitting or component and weld preparation.
1.2. This Standard Appendix doesn't cover Automatic Narrow Gap Welding. Weld end details for
Automatic Narrow Gap Welding shall be prepared under the responsibility of applicable
contractors or suppliers.
2. GENERAL
2.1. There shall be no welds included in pipe bends because the machining diameter "C" may
remove the bending allowance. If available pipe lengths are not sufficient for a complete bend,
the actual pipe diameter and wall dimensions shall be submitted to the Purchaser with a
request for a special welding end detail.
2.2. For large diameter piping where the joint is readily accessible for welding, double welded
joints may be used if the Purchaser accepts. After welding the first side, the weld shall be
back chipped or ground to sound metal from the second side, inspected by magnetic particle
or liquid penetrant method and then welded to completion.
3. BUTT WELD END PREPARATION AND TRANSITIONS
3.1. Welding end transitions for component or fitting shall be in accordance with KEPIC
4250(ASME Section III, Fig. NX-4250-1) or ASME B31.1, Fig. 127.4.2, as applicable.
However when minimum wall thickness is specified in PMC, tmin shall be as specified in PMC.
3.2. Pipe Weld End Preparation and Transition for GTAW root pass without Backing Rings shall
be As per Figure 1 (A), (B).
3.3. Component Weld End Preparation and Transition for GTAW root pass without Backing Rings
shall be As per Figure 2
3.4. The following piping shall be with gas tungsten arc root pass without backing rings

• All stainless steel piping

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirements for
Document No.
Weld End Details
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 4 of 7 Rev.5

• LNG Lines

3.5. Welding end detail for all others shall be in accordance with ASME B16.25
3.6. Weld end preparation “B” and “C” dimensions for pipe shall be in accordance with ASME B
36.10M, ASME 36.19M

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirements for
Document No.
Weld End Details
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 5 of 7 Rev.5

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirements for
Document No.
Weld End Details
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 6 of 7 Rev.5

KIJANG RESEARCH REACTOR
General Requirements for
Document No.
Weld End Details
KJ-070-DT-410-016
Sheet 7 of 7 Rev.5

===== 붙임8. 기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서(QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11).pdf =====
서류번호: QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11
기장연구로사업
품질보증구매시방서
(QA Procurement Specification for
Ki-Jang Research Reactor Project)

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 3/28
개 정 이 력
개정
승인일자 개정사유 작성자 승인자
번호
0 2014. 01. 10 최초 제정 강자영 박찬국
… … … … …
(1) 품질보증요건 적용 방안 보완
(2) 품질보증계획서 관리 요건 보완
(3) FCR/SDDR/NCR 관리 절차 보완
3 2019.10.10 김진형 박찬국
(4) 품질검사계획 요건 보완
(5) 출하검사 절차 보완
(6) 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL) 양식 보완
(1) S 등급 품목 품질관리 지침 추가
4 2020.04.23 (2) CGID 및 CFSI 요건 보완
(3) 문구 수정
김진형 남지희
(1) S 등급 품목 품질관리 지침 보완
5 2020.10.15 (2) 일부 양식 영문 수정
(3) 문구 수정
김승언 남지희
(1) 품질보증계획 요건 보완
6 2022.01.13 (2) 품질등급 용어 통일
(3) CFSI 사용 방지 요건 보완
김승언 남지희
(1) 적용범위 보완
7 2023.02.06 정영수 남지희
(2) 붙임 8. 삭제
8 2024.04.18. (1) 품질증빙서류의 해당 항목 변경 정영수 남지희
9 2024.08.05. (1) CFSI 검증대상 제외절차 수정 전재언 남지희
(1) 조직변경사항 반영
10 2025.03.26. (2) 문구수정
(3) 붙임5. QVD 표지 양식 추가
정영수 남지희
(1) 일반규격품 대체사용 CFSI 검증관련
11 2026.07.20 김진형 남지희
보완
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 4/28
1. 적용범위
1.1 본 시방서는 계약에 의하여 한국원자력연구원 기장연구로사업의 품질등급 Q,
T 품목 또는 용역(이하 ‘품목’)을 제공하는 계약자에게 적용한다.
1.2 계약자는 해당 업무의 특성을 고려하여 본 시방서에서 규정된 사항 중 해당하
는 사항을 이행하여야 한다. 이행여부가 불명확한 사항은 발주자와 협의하여
결정한다.
1.3 본 시방서에 기술된 내용이 계약관련서류, 규제요건 또는 기술기준과 상호 불
일치하거나 불명확한 조항이 있는 경우에는 발주자에게 통보하여 명확한 해
석을 받은 후 이행하여야 한다. 계약 기간 중 기장연구로사업 관련 규제요건
또는 기술기준이 제·개정되는 경우에도 계약자는 해당 요건을 준수해야 한다.
1.4 계약자가 업무의 일부를 다른 기관에 하도급하거나 구매하는 경우, 본 시방서
의 요건이 하도급자에게 적용되도록 요구하고 관리하여야 한다.
2. 용어의 정의
2.1 발주자 : 한국원자력연구원 또는 그의 대리인을 의미함
2.2 계약자(공급자) : 발주자인 한국원자력연구원에게 계약에 의거 품목 또는 용
역을 공급하는 자
2.3 입회점(Witness Point) : 계약자가 발주자의 품질검사자에게 입회검사 요청을
해야 하는 검사점으로 발주자의 입회검사 결과 만족을 의미하는 확인서명 후
에 다음 공정을 진행할 수 있음. 다만, 입회요청을 받은 발주자의 품질검사자
가 입회할 의사가 없음이 확인되면 계약자의 판단 하에 다음 공정을 진행할
수 있음.
2.4 필수확인점(Hold Point) : 계약자가 발주자의 품질검사자에게 입회검사 요청을
해야 하는 검사점으로 발주자의 입회검사 결과 만족을 의미하는 확인서명 후
에 다음 공정을 진행할 수 있음. 다만, 입회요청을 받은 발주자의 품질검사자
가 입회할 의사가 없음이 서류상으로 확인되면 다음 공정을 진행할 수 있음.
2.5 안전관련설비 : 원자로 및 관계시설 중에서 원자력안전위원회규칙으로 정하는
안전에 중요한 구조물·계통 및 기기로서 원자력안전위원회규칙으로 정하는 바
에 따라 안전등급이 부여된 설비
2.6 불일치사항(Nonconformance)
2.6.1 안전관련설비가 설계문서 및 구매문서에 기술된 요건으로부터 벗어나
있거나 그 요건을 준수하지 못하는 상태에 있는 것
2.6.2 품목 또는 업무의 품질을 불합격 또는 불확실하게 하는 특성, 문서 또는
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 5/28
절차상의 결함
2.7 부적합사항(Noncompliance) : 안전관련설비가 다음 중 하나에 해당하는 상태
에 있는 것
2.7.1 「원자로시설 등의 기술기준에 관한 규칙」에 의한 구조·설비 및 성능에
관한 기술기준에 적합하지 않은 경우(구조·설비 및 성능에 관련된 시험·
유지·보수 등의 용역이 기술기준에 적합하지 않게 수행되어진 경우를
포함)
2.7.2 발주자 또는 계약자가 불일치를 발견하여 원자력안전위원회고시 「부적
합사항의 보고에 관한 규정」제6조에 따라 평가한 결과 그 불일치로 말
미암아 원자력안전법 제11조 및 제21조의 허가기준(제30조 및 제30조2
에서 준용하는 경우 포함) 위배를 초래할 가능성이 있을 것으로 판정한
경우. 다만, 계약자의 경우 해당 안전관련설비가 발주자에게 정상적으로
납품된 경우에 한함.
2.8 품질증빙서류(QVD : Quality Verification Documents) : 품목 또는 용역의 품
질에 대한 객관적 증거를 제공하는 완성된 서류
2.9 계약관련서류: 계약서, 구매시방서, 과업지시서, 설계시방서 등 기술, 품질 등
계약요구사항을 포함하는 서류
2.10 위․모조품 및 의혹자재(CFSI: Counterfeit, Fraudulent, Suspect Item) : 진
품이 아니거나 진품이 아닐 가능성이 있는 모든 품목을 총칭함. 위․모조품
(Counterfeit, Fraudulent Item)은 자재의 외관, 성능, 재질, 특성, 관련 서류
등이 계약자 또는 제조사 등에 의해 고의로 진품 또는 사실과 다르게 공급
된 자재를 의미함. 의혹자재(Suspect Item)는 위․모조품이 공급되었을 가능
성이 있는 자재를 의미함.
2.11 공급자 불일치사항(Supplier Deviation) : 계약자가 업무 수행 중 계약관련서
류의 내용과 불일치한 사항
3. 공급자 자격
3.1 본 시방서가 적용되는 품목의 계약 대상자는 해당 품목에 대한 공급자로서 발
주자의 승인공급자목록에 등재되어야 한다.
3.2 발주자의 승인공급자목록에 등재되어 있지 않은 미등록업체가 해당 품목을 공
급하고자 하는 경우에는 발주자에게 공급자 평가를 요청하여 해당 품목 입찰
접수 마감 전까지 공급자 평가가 완료되도록 하여야 한다.
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 6/28
4. 품질보증계획
4.1 계약자는 해당 업무에 적합한 품질보증 활동을 수행하기 위하여 다음의 요건
에 따라 동등 이상의 품질보증계획을 수립하여 이행할 책임이 있으며, 외국기
준과 국내기준이 상이할 경우에는 국내기준을 우선하여 적용한다.
(1) KEPIC MN/SN/EN 적용 품질등급 Q 품목: KEPIC MNA 4000(2005년
판)/ SNA 4000(2005년판)/ ENA 4000(2005년판 및 2007년 추록)
(2) ASME B&PV Code Section III 적용 품질등급 Q 품목: ASME B&PV
Code Section III Subsection NCA 4000(2001 Edition through 2002, 2003
Addenda)
(3) 기타 품질등급 Q 품목: KEPIC QAP(2005년판) 또는 ASME NQA-1(1994
Edition and 1995 Addenda)
(4) 품질등급 T 품목 : KEPIC QAP(2005년판) 또는 ASME NQA-1(1994
Edition and 1995 Addenda) 또는 <붙임 9. T등급에 적용되는 품질보증계
획 요건>을 준수하는 품질보증계획
(5) 품질등급 Q/T등급 품목의 설계업무에 대해서는 설계확인 요건을 적용하
여야 한다.
4.2 계약자는 계약 발효일로부터 2주 이내 또는 작업 착수 2주 전까지 품질보증계
획서 1부를 발주자에게 제출하여 승인을 받아야 한다. 단, 제출기한 및 제출
부수에 대하여 구매시방서, 과업지시서 등에서 별도로 요구되는 경우 그에 따
른다. 또한 발주자는 계약자의 품질보증계획서를 승인한 후에라도 그 내용에
미흡한 부분이 발견되면 개정을 요구할 권한을 갖는다.
4.3 계약자가 다른 기술기준을 참조하여 품질보증계획에 적용하고자 하는 경우,
요건 대비표와 그 사유를 제출하고, 발주자의 승인을 받아야 한다.
4.4 발주자에게 이미 제출하여 검토를 받은 계약자의 품질보증계획서가 공급품목
에 동일하게 적용되는 경우에는 관련 증빙서류(제출 또는 승인 공문)의 제출
로 품질보증계획서의 제출을 대신할 수 있다. 이때 계약자는 공급품목에 적용
할 품질보증계획서의 명칭, 개정번호, 개정일자 등을 발주자에게 알려야 한다.
4.5 발주자가 제시한 검토의견은 늦어도 20일 이내에 품질보증계획서에 반영하여
발주자의 최종 검토를 받아야 하며, 품질보증계획서의 개정본은 원본과 동일
한 방법으로 발주자의 검토 및 승인을 받아야 한다.
4.6 계약자는 하도급자의 품질보증계획서를 검토하고 필요시 검토의견을 반영하도
록 하여야 하며, 이행상태를 확인하는 등 계약자와 동등 이상의 품질보증 활
동을 수행하도록 관리하여야 한다.
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 7/28
4.7 계약자는 발주자에게 승인받은 품질보증계획서가 개정되는 경우, 발주자에게
품질보증계획서 개정본을 제출하여 승인 받은 후 업무에 적용하여야 한다.
5. 일반규격품 대체사용
5.1 안전기능 수행 품목의 일반규격품 대체사용은 다음의 경우로 한정한다.
(1) 해당 품목(부품)을 원자력 품질보증계획을 적용하여 공급할 수 있는 업체
가 없는 경우
(2) 단종품 또는 설계서류에 명시된 경우
5.2 계약자는 품질등급 Q 조립품(Assembly) 제작 시 안전기능을 수행하는 부품
을 일반규격품으로 사용하고자 하는 경우, <붙임 1. 일반규격품 대체사용 지
침서>에 따라 일반규격품 품질검증(CGID : Commercial Grade Item
Dedication)을 수행하고, 일반규격품 품질검증프로그램(CGID Program), 일반
규격품 품질검증계획(CGID Plan) 및 일반규격품 품질검증보고서(CGID
Report)를 제출하여 발주자의 승인을 받아야 한다.
5.3 5.2항에도 불구하고 설계문서 또는 발주자에 의해 CGID가 요구되는 경우, 품
질등급 T 품목에 대해서도 붙임 1을 적용할 수 있다.
5.4 계약자는 일반규격품 구매 시 위․모조품 및 의혹자재(CFSI)가 사용되는 것
을 예방하고, 추적성 확보를 위해 신뢰성 있는 공급자로부터 구매하고, 관련
품질서류를 확보해야 한다. 일반규격품 인수 시, 14항에 따라 일반규격품의
위․모조품 및 의혹자재 사용 방지를 위한 점검을 수행하여야 한다. 이 경우
14.7항의 요건은 제외되며, 14항의 “품질등급 Q 품목 및 용역” 및 “품질등급
Q 또는 T 품목 및 용역”은 “일반규격품”으로 본다.
5.5 계약자는 일반규격품을 일반규격품 제작사와 직접 계약을 하거나 일반규격품
제작사의 공식 인증대리점을 통해 구매하여야 한다. 단, 일반규격품 제작사의
공식 인증대리점이 아닌 일반대리점 또는 중개인을 통한 구매가 불가피한 경
우, 5.6항에 따른다.
5.6 계약자가 일반규격품을 일반대리점(또는 중개인)을 통하여 구매하는 경우, 위·
모조품 및 의혹자재 사용 방지 확인에 대한 책임이 있으며, 일반규격품의 품
질서류에 대하여 다음 (가)～(나) 중 한 가지 방법을 통해 품질서류의 진위
여부를 확인하고, 확인 결과에 대한 증빙을 일반규격품 품질검증보고서(CGID
Report)에 포함하여 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다.
(가) 계약자는 위·모조품 및 의혹자재 사용 방지를 위한 아래 문구(예시)
가 포함된 일반규격품 제작사의 품질보증확인서(Certificate of
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 8/28
Conformance : C of C)를 제출하여야 하며, 제출된 C of C가 진본임
을 계약자가 직접 일반규격품 제작사에 확인 후, 품질서류 진위여부
확인서(붙임 8)를 작성한다.
“모든 품목 및 품질증빙서류는 계약조건(CFSI 검증요건)에 따라 위변
조품목의 사용, 구매 및 허위문서에 대한 검증을 하였으며, 그 결과
CFSI 및 허위문서가 발생하지 않았음을 보증합니다”
(나) 계약자는 계약자->(중개인)->일반대리점->(중개인)->일반규격품 제
작사의 유통구조 전반을 확인하고 각 사로부터 계약내역(문서)을 확
보하여 해당내역을 비교하고 추적성을 확인한다.
6. 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사
6.1 발주자(대리인 포함) 또는 정부 규제기관(이하 발주자)은 계약자가 수행하는
계약업무(하도급 업무 포함)에 대하여 정기 또는 수시로 품질보증감사, 품질
감독 및 품질검사 등을 실시할 수 있다.
6.2 발주자에 의한 품질보증감사, 품질감독 및 품질검사가 품질보증계획 이행에
대한 계약자의 책임을 면제하는 것은 아니다.
6.3 계약자는 자체의 설비로 수행하지 못하는 시험, 검사 등이 있을 경우 공인기
관 또는 발주자가 인정하는 전문기관에서 시험, 검사 등을 수행해야 한다. 단,
계약자의 품질보증절차에 따라 심사 및 자격이 부여된 하도급 기관에서 시험,
검사 등을 수행할 수 있으며, 이 경우 하도급 기관은 발주자의 승인이 필요하
다.
6.4 계약자는 발주자의 품질보증감사, 품질감독 또는 품질검사 결과 지적사항에
대해 해결 방안을 제시해야 하며, 지적사항 접수 후 요구된 기일 이내에 시정
조치 결과 또는 조치계획을 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다.
6.5 발주자는 계약자의 업무 수행 중 중대한 품질 문제점 발생 시 즉시 작업 중지
를 요청할 권리를 가지며, 계약자는 작업 중지 요청서 접수 후 작업을 중지하
고 필요한 조치를 취한 후 그 결과를 발주자에게 제출하여야 한다. 이러한 경
우 작업 중지에 따른 제반 책임은 계약자에게 있다.
6.6 계약자 자체 품질검사
(1) 계약자의 품질검사 조직은 계약관련서류의 요건 및 관련 기술기준, 발주
자가 검토한 설계서류 및 품질보증계획서 등의 요건에 적합하게 품질검사
업무를 관리할 수 있도록 지시서, 절차서 등을 작성하여 이행하여야 한다.
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 9/28
(2) 품질검사 대상 업무에는 품질보증, 설계, 구매, 용접, 열처리, 비파괴검사,
각종 시험, 도장, 포장, 취급, 선적, 운송 등이 포함된다.
(3) 발주자의 검사를 받기 전에 계약자의 자체 품질검사가 선행되어 필요한
후속조치가 완료되어야 한다. 계약자의 자체 품질검사가 선행되지 않은
경우, 발주자는 검사진행을 거절할 수 있다. 다만, 압력시험 등 불가피한
경우에는 발주자와 계약자 품질검사자가 동시에 검사를 진행할 수 있다.
6.7 품질검사계획(Quality Plan 또는 Inspection & Test Plan) 제출
(1) 품질검사가 요구되는 업무를 수행하는 계약자는 해당 업무(하도급 업무
포함)에 대한 시험, 검사 및 서류검토 공정을 상세하게 기술하는 품질검사
계획을 작성 및 제출하여 해당 업무 착수 이전까지 발주자의 승인을 받아
야 한다. 단, 계약관련서류에서 제출기한이 별도로 규정되는 경우에는 그
에 따른다.
(2) 품질검사계획에는 최소한 다음 사항이 포함되어야 하며, <붙임 2. 품질검
사계획서> 양식 또는 계약자의 자체 양식을 이용한다.
가. 계약명
나. 품질검사계획 번호 및 개정번호
다. 작업, 시험, 검사 공정
라. 공정별 적용서류(절차서, 도면 등) 및 개정번호
마. 계약자 자체 품질검사점(입회점, 필수확인점)
바. 발주자의 품질검사점(입회점, 필수확인점) 선정란
사. 품질검사 결과 서명란
아. 해당 공정의 품질보증기록 제출 여부 등
(3) 품질검사계획은 다음 중 해당하는 사항을 반영하여 작성한다.
가. 작업공정표(Traveler)에 준하여 품목(부품, 조립품) 별 공정
나 계약관련서류에 요구된 모든 시험/검사 항목
다. 해당 공정 전 적용될 문서의 승인여부 점검 항목
라. 해당 공정 후 적용된 문서의 설계변경여부 점검 항목
마. 구매품목의 위․변조 여부 및 관련 서류의 진위여부 확인 항목
바. 원자력 공인검사(ANI) 완료 여부 점검 항목
사. 기기검증(성능검증) 점검 항목(기기검증(성능검증) 품질검사계획서는
별도 작성)
아. 일반규격품 품질검증 항목(일반규격품 품질검증 품질검사계획서는 별
도 작성)
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 10/28
자. 출하 검사 전 품질증빙서류(QVD) 검토 항목
차. 출하검사 전 계약관련서류 제출 및 승인 여부 최종 확인 항목
카. 출하 검사 항목
하. 기타

• 성능시험(Performance Test)의 경우 각 점검 항목별로 세분화
• 도장검사의 경우 표면처리검사와 도장검사로 구분
• 체적검사(Volumetric Test) 항목
• 볼트, 너트 조임 및 토크값 확인 점검 항목
• Part List 점검 항목
• 플랜지, 오리피스, 커플링, 엘보우 등 방향, 평형도 점검 항목
• 노즐 위치 등 현장 Interface 확인 항목
• 최종 육안 검사의 경우 구체적인 점검 항목 세분화
• 포장 등급에 따른 포장상태 확인 항목

(4) 발주자의 품질검사자는 계약자 품질검사계획에 발주자의 품질검사점(입회
점, 필수확인점)을 선정하고 승인서명하여 계약자에게 회신한다.
6.8 발주자의 품질검사
(1) 계약자는 발주자의 품질검사점(입회점, 필수확인점)에 대하여 해당 작업 7
일(근무일 기준)전까지 검사일자를 협의하고, 해당 작업 2일(근무일 기준)
전까지 <붙임 3. 품질검사요청서> 또는 계약자의 자체 품질검사요청서
양식을 이용하여 발주자의 품질검사자(또는 대리인)에게 입회검사 요청을
해야 한다.
(2) 입회검사 요청시에는 검사품명, 검사공정, 수량, 예정일자, 검사장소, 계약
자 측의 담당자 및 전화번호 등을 포함하여야 한다.
(3) 검사과정에서 불일치사항이 발견되면 해당 작업을 중단하고 필요한 시정
조치를 취해야 하며, 필요시 발주자의 재검사를 받아야 한다.
(4) 발주자는 검사결과에 만족한 경우에는 품질검사계획의 해당란에 서명한
다. 단, 발주자의 서명이 품질보증을 의미하지 않으며, 검사 이후에 발견
된 품질 문제에 대해서도 계약자에게 책임이 있다.
(5) 발주자는 검사결과에 불만족하거나 보완이 필요한 사항에 대해서는 <붙
임 4. 품질시정요구서>를 발행하여 시정을 요구할 수 있으며, 품질시정요
구서를 접수한 계약자는 요구기한 내에 시정요구사항에 대한 이행결과를
발주자에게 회신하여 확인받아야 한다.
6.9 출하검사
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 11/28
(1) 계약자는 제품을 출하하려면 다음 사항에 대한 조치 완료 후 발주자의 출
하검사를 받아야 한다.
가. 출하품목에 관련한 설계, 설계변경(FCR 등), 품질서류의 제출 및 발주
자 승인 종결
나. 제작, 시험, 검사 및 감사 관련 지적사항 종결(NCR, SDDR, 품질시정
요구서 등)
다. 품질증빙서류(QVD) 완비
(2) 발주자의 품질검사자는 출하검사 결과에 만족하면 품질검사계획(QP)에 출
하 검사 확인란에 서명하며, 불만족하는 경우에는 출하를 보류할 권한을
갖는다. 단, 발주자의 사정에 의해 출하검사를 생략할 수 있다.
(3) 출하 검사의 완료가 선적지시를 의미하는 것은 아니며 계약서에 명시된
별도의 인도일정 또는 발주자의 지시에 따라 선적을 해야 한다.
(4) 발주자의 출하 검사 완료가 제품의 품질보증을 의미하지 않으며, 발주자
의 출하 검사 완료 후 발견된 품질 문제점에 대한 책임도 계약자에게 있
다.
6.10 품질검사계획에 따른 검사 및 시험결과는 보고서 형태로 서류화되어야 하며,
해당 서류에는 검사품명, 검사항목, 수량, 검사일자, 검사결과, 작성/검토/승인
자의 소속, 직책, 성명, 서명, 서명일자, 판정결과 및 사용된 측정장비의 정보
(장비명, 고유번호, 교정유효일자 포함) 등이 포함되어야 한다.
7. 특수공정
7.1 특수공정은 작업특성상 공정의 관리나 작업자의 기량에 따라 품질이 좌우되는
검사 또는 시험에 의한 품질확인이 어려운 작업을 말하며, 용접, 열처리, 비파
괴검사 등이 있다.
7.2 특수공정은 계약관련서류에 명시된 적용 기술기준, 시방서 및 기타 특수요건
에 따라 인증된 절차서와 장비를 사용하여 자격이 부여된 인원에 의해 수행
되어야 하며, 이를 관리하고 보증하기 위한 지시서, 절차서 등이 수립되고 이
행되어야 한다.
7.3 특수공정 작업자, 공정 및 장비에 대한 자격부여절차 및 관련 기록이 작성, 승
인 및 유지되어야 한다.
8. 포장, 취급, 선적 및 운송
8.1 계약자는 품목의 포장, 취급, 선정 및 운송과정에서 손상을 입지 않고 안전하
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 12/28
게 발주자에게 인도될 수 있도록 필요한 제반 조치를 취해야 한다. 이를 위한
적용 기술기준이 계약관련서류에 명시된 경우, 이를 우선 적용한다.
8.2 대형 중량물과 운송중 손상이 우려되는 품목은 필요에 따라 특별한 조치를 취
하여야 한다.
9. 예비품 및 대체품
9.1 예비품 및 대체품은 식별되어야 하며, 본 품목과 동일한 품질보증요건이 적용
되어 검사 및 시험되고 관련 기록이 유지되어야 한다.
9.2 예비품 및 대체품에 대한 식별요건이 계약관련서류에 명시된 경우, 이를 우선
적용한다.
10. 품질보증기록
10.1 계약자는 계약완료시 품질보증기록을 수집, 분류, 색인 및 편철하여 발주자에
게 제출하여야 하며, 품질보증기록은 명확하게 추적이 가능하도록 사전에 관
리체계가 수립되어야 한다.
10.2 계약자는 발주자에게 제출하지 않은 품질보증기록에 대하여 품질보증기록 관
리 요건에 따라 기록 보존기간을 설정하고 보존기간 동안 보관 관리하여야
한다. 기록 보관 중 계약자의 불가피한 사정으로 자체 보관이 어려운 경우에
는 계약자 자체비용으로 발주자에게 해당 품질보증기록을 인계하여야 한다.
11. 출입 및 접근 권한
11.1 발주자(대리인 포함) 또는 정부 규제기관(이하 발주자)은 품질보증감사, 품
질감독 또는 품질검사 등을 위해 별도 비용 지불없이 계약자(하도급업체 포
함)의 해당 시설을 출입하거나, 서류, 기록을 열람하거나, 검사 장비를 사용
하는 등의 활동을 수행할 수 있으며, 계약자는 이에 적극 협조하여야 한다.
12. 현장변경요청서(FCR), 공급자불일치사항처리요청서(SDDR), 불일치
사항보고서(NCR), 부적합사항의 관리
12.1 계약자는 아래의 변경사항에 대하여 수출용 신형연구로 사업관리절차서 최신
본에 따라야 한다.
(1) 계약자가 설계문서의 변경 없이 긴급하게 설계변경을 제안하는 경우, 현
장변경요청서(FCR)를 발주자에게 제출하여 검토 및 승인을 받아야 한
다.
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 13/28
(2) 계약자가 불일치품목을 현상태사용(Use-As-Is) 또는 보수(Repair)로 처
리하고자 하는 경우, 불일치사항보고서(NCR)를 발주자에게 제출하여 검
토 및 승인을 받아야 한다.
(3) 계약자가 현장변경요청서(FCR) 및 불일치사항보고서(NCR) 내용 이외의
계약 요건을 변경하고자 할 때, 공급자불일치사항처리요청서(SDDR)를
발주자에게 제출하여 검토 및 승인을 받아야 한다.
12.2 계약자는 현장변경요청서(FCR), 공급자불일치사항처리요청서(SDDR), 불일치
사항보고서(NCR)가 종결되지 않은 상태에서 해당 품목을 출하할 수 없다.
12.3 계약자는 종결된 공급자불일치사항처리요청서(SDDR), 불일치사항보고서
(NCR)를 품질증빙서류로 제출해야 한다.
12.4 안전관련설비의 설계, 제작, 성능검증 또는 품질검증(CGI Dedication) 업무를
담당하는 계약자는 원자력안전위원회고시「부적합사항의 보고에 관한 규
정」을 준수하여야 하며, 원자력안전위원회에 부적합사항 보고를 하는 경우
에는 발주자에게 해당 내용을 알려야 한다.
13. 서류제출
13.1 계약자가 제출하는 서류는 정상적인 육안으로 판독이 가능하도록 작성되거나
복사상태가 양호해야 하며, 재 복사 또는 PDF 등의 전자매체 제작이 가능한
상태의 품질이 유지되어야 한다.
13.2 계약자가 제출하는 서류에는 서류명, 서류번호, 개정번호, 작성일자 등이 명
확하게 기재되어야 하며, 서류의 각 면에 서류번호, 개정번호, 페이지(총 페
이지 수 포함)가 표시되어야 한다.
13.3 계약자가 제출하는 모든 서류에는 자체 품질보증계획서에 따라 작성, 검토,
승인되어야 하며 서명자의 소속, 직책, 성명, 서명 및 일자가 포함되어야 한
다. 또한 계약자가 자체 승인하지 않은 서류가 발주자에게 제출되어서는 안
된다.
13.4 발주자의 요청에 따라 전자매체를 이용한 서류를 제출하는 경우, 이 전자매
체는 검색, 복사, 재생이 가능해야 한다. 또한 PDF 형태의 기록의 양이 많을
경우에는 책갈피(Bookmark) 기능을 이용할 수 있도록 해야 한다.
13.5 계약자는 발주자에게 서류 제출 시 계약관련서류 또는 사업관리절차서에 따
라 공식 서면으로 제출한다.
13.6 계약자는 계약관련서류에서 제출이 요구되는 서류와 본 시방서의 13.7항에서
요구되는 서류 중 해당하는 서류를 포함하는 품질증빙서류를 <붙임 5. QVD
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 14/28
표지 양식>을 이용하여 작성 후 납품 시 제출해야 한다. 또한 품질증빙서류
에 대해서는 납품 이전에 발주자(품질검사자)의 검토를 받아야 하며, 검토
결과는 <붙임 6. 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL : Quality Verification Document
List)>에 기록되어야 한다.
13.7 계약자는 다음 중 해당하는 품질증빙서류(QVD)를 보고서 형태로 작성하여
납품시 제출하여야 한다. 발주자의 요구시 전자매체 파일도 포함하여야 한다.
(1) 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL)
(2) 품질보증확인서(Certificate of Conformance)
(3) 품질검사계획서 종결본
(4) Data Report (KEPIC MN 또는 ASME Sec. III 적용 품목)
(5) 재료일람표 (붙임 7 참조)
(6) 원자재 성적서(CMTR, 재료성적서 등)
(7) 품질검사계획서에 따른 각종 시험보고서 또는 검사보고서
(8) 특수공정(용접, 열처리, 비파괴검사, 세정, 도장 등) 관련기록
(9) 측정 및 시험장비 교정성적서(납품되는 측정 및 시험장비에 한함)
(10) 불일치사항보고서(NCR), 품질시정요구서, 공급자 불일치사항 처리요청
서(SDDR) 종결본
(11) 일반규격품 품질검증 기록
(12) 제3기관에서 발행한 품질서류에 대한 진위여부 확인서
(13) 기타 계약관련서류에 규정된 제출 요구 서류
(14) 기타 발주자가 제출을 요구하는 서류
14. 위․모조품 및 의혹자재(CFSI) 사용 방지
14.1 계약자는 계약이행과 관련하여 발주자에게 제출하는 품목 및 관련 서류를 위
조 또는 모조하여 납품(제출)하거나 그 밖의 방법으로 허위 제출해서는 안
된다. 만약 이러한 사실이 확인된 경우 발주자는 고발, 부정당업자(업체) 제
재조치, 공급자 등록 취소 및 일정 기간 재등록 금지, 손해배상 등의 조치를
취할 수 있다.
14.2 계약자는 품질등급 Q 품목 및 용역에 대하여 14.3항부터 14.6항의 요건을 적
용해야 한다.
14.3 계약자는 위․모조품 및 의혹자재가 제작 시 사용되거나, 공급되는 것을 방
지하기 위한 관리 요건 및 절차를 문서화하고 이행해야 하며, 해당 문서에는
최소한 다음 내용이 포함되어야 한다.
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 15/28
(1) 계약자가 구매하는 품목(자재, 용역 포함)에 대하여 해당 품목 및 관련
서류의 진위 여부 확인 절차(책임사항, 확인 항목, 결과 기록 양식 등 포
함)
(2) 품목 또는 서류의 위․모조 및 의혹 사항 발견 시 보고 및 처리 절차
14.4 계약자는 제3기관(하도급업체 포함)에서 발행하는 품질서류(성적서, 보고서
등)에 대해 진위여부를 점검하고 <붙임 8. 품질서류 진위여부 확인서>를 발
주자에게 제출해야 한다. 붙임 8.의 정보가 포함된 계약자의 자체 양식이 있
는 경우, 이를 사용하여도 무방하다. 단, 다음 중 하나에 해당하는 경우
CFSI 검증대상에서 제외할 수 있다.
(1) 측정 및 시험장비(납품되는 측정 및 시험장비는 제외)의 교정시험성적서
(2) 계약자가 소재공급자로부터 재료를 구입하여 자체시험하고 CMTR을 발
행한 경우, 소재공급자의 재료성적서(MTR)
(3) 계약자가 소재공급자로부터 재료를 구입하여 시험기관에 위탁하여 시험
하고 위탁시험기관이 발행한 시험성적서를 근거로 CMTR을 발행한 경
우, 소재공급자의 재료성적서(MTR) 단, 위탁시험기관의 시험성적서는
검증대상
(4) 재료공급자가 재료제조자로부터 원재료를 구입하여 시험 후 CMTR을 발
행하고 계약자에게 재료를 공급한 경우, 재료제조자의 재료성적서(MTR)
단, 재료공급자의 CMTR 및 시험성적서는 검증대상
(5) 발주자의 품질검사자가 직접 입회검사하여 확인한 시험/검사성적서
14.5 계약자는 자재 또는 부품(이하 ‘자재’)을 구매하는 경우, 인수검사 단계 혹은
제작 전에 다음 중 한 가지 방법을 통해 해당 자재의 적합성 여부를 확인
및 입증해야 한다.
(1) 자재와 함께 확보한 품질서류(자재 시험성적서 등)가 진본이고, 구입한
자재에 대한 서류임을 확인
(2) 자재의 적합성 확인을 위한 별도의 시험/검사 수행
14.6 계약자는 품질서류(공정별 작업기록 등 포함)에 실제 작업자/검사자의 소속,
직책, 성명, 서명, 일자를 기재하여 실제 업무수행자를 추적, 확인할 수 있도
록 한다.
14.7 계약자는 품질등급 T 품목 및 용역에 대하여 14.3항부터 14.6항을 참조하여
품목 및 서류의 위·변조 여부를 확인할 수 있는 절차를 수립하고 관리하여야
하며, 발주자가 요구하는 경우 해당기록을 제시하여야 한다.
14.8 계약자는 품질등급 Q 또는 T 품목 및 용역의 품질보증확인서(Certificate of
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 16/28
Conformance)에 승인된 품질보증계획(또는 절차서)에 따라 품목 및 서류의
위․변조 여부를 확인하였으며, 그 결과 납품되는 품목 및 서류에 위․변조
및 의혹 사항이 없음을 확인한다는 문구를 추가한다.
15. 붙 임
15.1 붙임 1 : 일반규격품 대체사용 지침
15.2 붙임 2 : 품질검사계획서
15.3 붙임 3 : 품질검사요청서
15.4 붙임 4 : 품질시정요구서
15.5 붙임 5 : QVD 표지 양식
15.6 붙임 6 : 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL)
15.7 붙임 7 : 재료일람표
15.8 붙임 8 : 품질서류 진위여부 확인서
15.9 붙임 9 : 품질등급 T 품목에 적용되는 품질보증계획 요건
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 17/28
<붙임 1. 일반규격품 대체사용 지침>
1. 일반규격품 품질검증: 품질등급 Q 품목을 일반규격품으로 대체사용 하고자 하는
경우
1.1 계약자는 최소한 다음 사항을 포함하는 일반규격품 품질검증프로그램(CGID
Program)을 제출하여 발주자의 사전 승인을 받아야 한다.
(1) CGID 요건을 포함하는 품질보증계획서
(2) CGID 수행 관련 절차서(기술적 평가, 필수특성의 적합성 확인, 시험, 검
사, 불일치사항 관리, 수행 인원의 자격요건 등)
(3) CGID 관련 설비 현황
(4) CGID 수행 인원 현황
(5) CGID 수행실적(해당 시)
1.2 계약자는 적합성 확인 전 다음 사항을 포함하는 일반규격품 품질검증계획
(CGID Plan)을 제출하여 발주자의 승인을 받아야 한다.
(1) 품목 정보(품목명, 모델번호, 공급자, 사양, 구매수량, 발주자 자재번호,
안전기능, 예상 고장에 따른 영향분석결과 등)
(2) 필수특성
(3) 필수특성 별 적합성 확인 방법(표본선정방법 포함) 및 합격기준
1.3 계약자는 적합성 확인 결과 및 관련 증빙기록을 포함하는 일반규격품 품질검
증보고서(CGID Report)를 발주자에게 제출하여 승인받는다.
1.4 계약자는 일반규격품 품질검증 관련 시험을 외부에 의뢰할 경우, 한국인정기
구(KOLAS)로부터 인정받은 유자격 기관을 활용한다. 단, 계약자의 품질보증
절차에 따라 심사 및 자격이 부여된 하도급 기관에서 시험을 수행할 수 있
으며, 이 경우 하도급 기관은 발주자의 승인이 필요하다.
1.5 계약자는 일반규격품 품질검증 수행된 품목에서 결함 발생 시 불일치품목 관
리 절차에 따라 발주자에게 보고 후 조치하며, 관련 기록을 유지한다.
1.6 계약자는 일반규격품 품질검증 품목은 납품 시까지 식별관리한다.
1.7 계약자는 발주자의 승인을 득한 일반규격품 품질검증계획(CGID Plan) 및 품
질검증보고서(CGID Report)를 납품 시 품질증빙서류에 포함하여 제출한다.
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 18/28
<붙임 2. 품질검사계획서(1/2)>
페이지 : #/#
계 약 자 발 주 자
계 약 명 계약번호
기술시방서 품질검사계획서
번호(개정번호) 번호(개정번호)
품 질 검 사 계 획 서
품 명: ○○○○○○○○○○○○
성명/ 서명 성명/ 서명 성명/ 서명 성명/ 서명 성명/ 서명
일 자 일 자 일 자 일 자 일 자
개정 작성자 검토자 승인자 검토자 승인자
일 자 개정사유
번호 (계약자) (계약자) (계약자) (KAERI) (KAERI QC)
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 19/28
<붙임 2. 품질검사계획서(2/2)>
품질검사계획서 번호 : 페이지 : #/#
품 질 검 사 계 획 서
검 사 점 QA
적용서류 기록
No. 작업/시험/검사 항목 계약자명 KAERI QC 비 고
(개정번호) 제출
검사점 확인 검사점 확인 (Y/N)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
...
이하 여백
(약어) WP: 입회점, HP: 필수확인점, R: 서류 검토
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 20/28
<붙임 3. 품질검사요청서>
품질검사요청서
(Quality Inspection Request)
계약자는 이 양식을 이용하여 최소 2일전에 한국원자력연구원 품질검사자에게 검사를 요청하여야 한다.
(Contractor shall give notice to KAERI QC using this form at least two (working) days before
the inspection.)
계약자
(Contractor)
계약명 (용역명)
(Contract(Project) Name)
검사품목/수량
(Item & Quantity)
적용 ITP/QP 번호
(Applicable ITP/QP No.)
작업공정 번호 및 내용
(Inspection No./Contents)
검사장소
(Inspection Location)
계약자 검사 담당
(Contractor's Contact
Person)
작성자
(Prepared)
※ 기타 특이사항
개정번호
(Rev. No.)
검사구분
(Legend: HP or WP)
검사일자
(Inspection Date)
전화번호
(Tel.)
작성일자
(Date)
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.11 21/28
<붙임 4. 품질시정요구서>
품질시정요구서
(Quality Correction Request)
계약자
(Supplier)
계약명 (용역명)
(Contract(Project) Name)
적용 ITP/QP 번호 개정번호
(Applicable ITP/QP No.) (Rev. No.)
첨부(Attachment) : ▢있음(Yes) ▢없음(No)
불만족사항
(Unsatisfied Condition)
첨부(Attachment) : ▢있음(Yes) ▢없음(No)
조치결과 회신기한(Corrective Action Due Date) :
시정요구내용
(Recommended Action
Requested)
계약자 서명 일 자
(Supplier Sig.) (Date)
KAERI 검사자 서명 일 자
(KAERI Inspector Sig.) (Date)
계약자는 조치 결과를 아래 양식에 기록하여 검사자에게 제출한다.
(Supplier shall record the corrective action result on below form, and submit to KAERI
inspector for verification.)
첨부(Attachment) : ▢있음(Yes) ▢없음(No)
조치 내용
(Corrective Action
Results)
계약자 서명
(Supplier Sig.)
KAERI 검사자 서명
(KAERI Inspector Sig.)
일 자
(Date)
일 자
(Date)
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10 22/28
<붙임 5. QVD 표지 양식>
품질증빙서류
(QUALITY VERIFICATION DOCUMENT)
계 약 자 :
계 약 명 (용역명) :
계 약 번 호 :
제 출 일 :
회사명 / 00도 00시 00구 00동 000-000
Tel: 000)0000-0000, Fax: 000)0000-0000, E-mail: [email protected]
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10 23/28
<붙임 6. 품질증빙서류목록(QVDL)>
품질증빙서류목록
(Quality Verification Documents List)
계약자
(Supplier)
계약명
(Contract
(Project)
Name)
서류명
(Document Type)
계약자 확인 KAERI 확인
쪽번호 비고
(Verified by (Verified by
(Pages) (Remark)
Supplier) KAERI)
품질증빙서류목록(QVDL) 1 þ þ
품질보증서 2 □ □
품질검사계획(종결본) 3 □ □
재료일람표 6 □ □
원자재성적서 9 □ □
검사성적서 12 □ □
... □ □
Supplier Certification
We certify that the QVD meet the
requirements of the purchase order and
applicable specification.
KAERI Acceptance
KAERI accept Supplier's QVD.
Certified by : Accepted by :
Supplier's QA/QC Date KAERI Inspector Date
Manager
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10 24/28
<붙임 7. 재료일람표>
재료일람표
(Material List)
계약명
계약자 페이지
(Contract(Project) /
(Supplier) (Page)
Name)
자재증명서
개정
도면번호 부품번호 내용 자재사양 수량 (CMTR/MTR/Mill Sheet) 히트/로트번호 비고
(Rev.
(Dwg. No.) (Part No.) (Description) (Material Spec.) (Q‘ty) 번호 QVD 쪽번호 (Heat/Lot No.) (Remark)
No.)
(No.) (Page)
A-KR-1234-11 2 11-3 Guide P ipe SA508 GR.3 2 CN200112456 15 2C0159
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10 25/28
<붙임 8. 품질서류 진위여부 확인서>
품질서류 진위여부 확인서
1. 계약자
2. 계약명
3. 품 목
4. 확인 내용
순번 서류명1) 확인 방법2) 결과3) 비고4) 확인자5)
1) 재료시험성적서, 비파괴검사보고서 등 서류명 (비파괴검사보고서는 계약자가 직접
검사입회 시 확인 불필요)
2) 원본확인, 사본비교, 인터넷확인, E-mail 확인 등
3) 만족, 불만족 등
4) 불만족사유나 원본확인불가 등 특이사항
5) 계약자의 성명/서명/일자
5. 확인자
서류발행기관6)
계약자 품질책임자
(제조사 또는 시험기관)
기관명 계약자
부서/직책 부서/직책
성명/서명/일자 성명/서명/일자
연락처 연락처
E-mail E-mail
6) 확인방법이 인터넷확인일 경우 서류 발행기관의 확인은 생략할 수 있으며 이 경우
기관명에 N/A 명기. E-mail 확인일 경우 서명은 생략할 수 있다.
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10 26/28
<붙임 9. 품질등급 T 품목에 적용되는 품질보증계획 요건(1/3)>
품질보증요건 적용여부
1. 조직 (Organization)
기본요건 ○
1S-1 조직 ○
2. 품질보증계획 (Quality Assurance Program)
기본요건 ○
2S-1 검사 및 시험원의 자격인정 ○
2S-2 비파괴검사원의 자격인정 ○
2S-3 품질보증감사자의 자격인정 ○
2S-4 교육 및 훈련 ○
3. 설계관리 (Design Control)
기본요건 ○
3S-1 설계관리
설계입력 ○
설계공정 ○
설계확인 ○
변경관리 ○
공유영역관리 ○
문서화 및 기록 ○
4. 구매문서관리(Procurement Document Control)
기본요건 ○
4S-1 구매문서 관리 ○
5. 지시서, 절차서 및 도면 (Instructions, Procedures and Drawings)
기본요건 ○
6. 문서관리 (Document Control)
기본요건 ○
6S-1 문서관리 ○
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10 27/28
<붙임 9. 품질등급 T 품목에 적용되는 품질보증계획 요건(2/3)>
품질보증요건 적용여부
7. 구매품목 및 용역의 관리 (Control of Purchased Items and Services)
기본요건 ○
7S-1 구매 품목 및 용역의 관리
구매계획
공급자 선정 ○
입찰서 평가
공급자 업무수행 평가 ○
공급자 작성 문서관리 ○
품목 또는 용역의 변경관리 ○
품목 또는 용역의 합격여부 판정 ○
공급자 불일치사항 관리 ○
일반규격품목 ○
8. 품목의 식별 및 관리 (Identification and Control of Items)
기본요건 ○
8S-1 품목의 식별 및 관리
9. 공정관리 (Control of Processes)
기본요건 ○
9S-1 공정관리 ○
10. 검사 (Inspection)
기본요건 ○
10S-1 검사
검사 요건 ○
인원 ○
필수확인점 ○
검사계획 ○
공정중 검사 ○
최종검사 ○
가동중 검사
기록 ○
한국원자력연구원

기장연구로사업 품질보증구매시방서, QPS-KJ-001, Rev.10 28/28
<붙임 9. 품질등급 T 품목에 적용되는 품질보증계획 요건(3/3)>
품질보증요건 적용여부
11. 시험관리 (Test Control)
기본요건 ○
11S-1 시험관리 ○
11S-2 컴퓨터 프로그램 시험 ○
12. 측정 및 시험장비의 관리 (Control of Measuring & Test Equipment)
기본요건 ○
12S-1 측정 및 시험장비의 관리 ○
13. 취급, 저장 및 운송 (Handling, Storage and Shipping)
기본요건 ○
13S-1 취급, 저장 및 운송
14. 검사, 시험 및 운전상태 (Inspection, Test and Operating Status)
기본요건 ○
15. 불일치품목의 관리 (Control of Nonconforming Items)
기본요건 ○
15S-1 불일치품목의 관리 ○
16. 시정조치 (Corrective Action)
기본요건 ○
17. 품질보증기록 (Quality Assurance Records)
기본요건 ○
17S-1 품질보증기록
기록관리 ○
인수
저장, 보관 및 보안
검색
기록의 처리
18. 품질보증감사 (Audits)
기본요건 ○
18S-1 품질보증감사 ○
한국원자력연구원

===== 붙임11. 수출용신형연구로 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기 상세설계, 제조 입찰안내서(세부기준 포함).hwp =====

수출용신형연구로 건설공사 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 입찰안내서

수출용 신형연구로 개발 및 실증사업

수출용신형연구로 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기 (NES Exhaust Fan)

입찰안내서 2026. 09. 수출용신형연구로실증사업단 Contents 1.0 입찰안내서 1.1 제작 개요

1.2 사업자 선정방법
3

1.2.1 입찰참가 자격
3

1.2.2 입찰 방법
3

1.3 입찰 추진일정 및 현장설명회
3

1.3.1 입찰 추진일정
3

1.3.2 현장설명회
4

1.4 입찰서 제출 및 기술(규격) 입찰서 작성방법
4

1.4.1 입찰서 제출일시 및 방법
4

1.4.2 기술(규격) 입찰서의 작성방법
4

1.5 기술(규격) 입찰서 평가
4

1.5.1 평가 방법
4

1.5.2 평가 일정
5

1.5.3 적격자 선정
5

1.6 낙찰자 선정
5

1.6.1 낙찰자 선정 방법
5

1.7 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 1부. (별도첨부)
5

1.0 입찰안내서 제작 개요

품 명: 수출용신형연구로 건설공사 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan)

제작기간: 계약일로부터 16개월 이내 (* 상세 과업지시서 참조)

사업예산: 입찰공고문 참조

과업 역무범위: 과업지시서 및 설계시방서 참조

※ 본 계약은 ‘총사업비관리지침(기획예산처훈령 제59호, '260511)’에 따라 운영, 관리됩니다.

1.2 사업자 선정방법 1.2.1 입찰참가 자격

(1)『국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률』시행령 제12조(경쟁입찰의 참가자격) 및 동법 시행규칙 제14조(입찰 참가자격 요건의 증명)의 규정에 의한 자격을 구비하고, 같은 법 시행령 제76조에 따라 입찰참가자격을 제한받지 않는 업체

(2)「중소기업제품 구매촉진 및 판로지원에 관한 법률」 제9조 및 같은 법 시행령 제10조에 의한 직접생산확인증명서[세부품명: 4010160101송풍기]를 소지한 자

1.2.2 입찰 방법

입찰방법: 2단계 입찰 [기술(규격)/ 가격 동시입찰]

단독계약 방식으로 공동계약(공동수급)을 불허함

본 입찰은 국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률 시행령 제18조(2단계 경쟁등의 입찰) 제3항에 따른 “기술(규격)과 가격 동시입찰”로 기술(규격) 입찰서와 가격 입찰서를 동시에 제출하고, 기술(규격) 심사 결과 적격자로 확정된 자에 한하여 가격입찰을 개찰하며, 기술(규격) 적격자 중 예정가격 이하 최저가로 입찰한 업체를 낙찰자로 선정함

1.3 입찰 추진일정 및 현장설명회 1.3.1 입찰 추진일정 1.3.2 현장설명회 해당없음

”현장설명회는 제안요청서 및 서면질의로 갈음”.

본 입찰 관련 문의사항 및 도면의 열람은 입찰서 제출 마감일 이전까지 한국원자력연구원 수출용신형연구로실증사업단 (공사관리팀,신성기 051-726-7632 또는 공사관리팀장 최민호, 051-726-7612)으로 연락하여 주시기 바랍니다.

1.4 입찰서 제출 및 기술(규격) 입찰서 작성방법

1.4.1 입찰서 제출일시 및 방법

입찰서 제출일시 및 방법: ’입찰공고서.에 의함’.

1.4.2 기술(규격) 입찰서의 작성방법 (1) 제출서류: 제안요청서 참조

(2) 제출부수: A4 규격의 기술(규격)입찰서 및 요약서 파일 각 1부

(3) 작성분량: 제한없음/ 요약서의 경우 PDF 25페이지 이내

(4) 작성요령: 1.7 제안요청서(별도첨부) 참조

※ 요약서는 발표자료로 활용될 예정이므로, 작성분량을 준수하시기 바랍니다.

1.5 기술(규격) 입찰서 평가 1.5.1 평가 방법 평가위원회 구성

• 평가위원장 포함하여 전문가 5명이상으로 구성하며, 명단은 비공개로 함

• 평가위원회 구성 및 운영은 발주기관의 기준을 적용함

평가 항목 및 배점

• 평가항목 및 배점은 1.7 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함, 별도첨부) 참조

∙ 정량평가(20점): 제출된 서류에 의함

∙ 정성평가(80점): 제출된 서류 및 발표평가에 의함

• 제출된 기술(규격) 입찰서에 기재되지 않은 사항 및 부적합한 내용은 평가대상에서 제외함

※ 발표평가는 접수 상황 및 기타 연구원 사정 등에 따라 비대면 평가, 서면평가 등으로 대체 될 수 있음

1.5.2 평가 일정 평가일시: 제안서 접수 마감 후 별도 공지 발표순서: 제안서 접수 순

발표시간: 총 40분(발표 30분, 질의응답 10분)

발표자료: 기 제출된 요약서에 의함

※ 제안업체 수 및 기타 연구원 사정에 따라 시간은 변동될 수 있음

1.5.3 적격자 선정

배점한도의 85% 이상 획득한 경우 적격자로 선정함

각 평가위원별 평가점수의 평균값으로 함(단, 평균점수 산정시 최고점 및 최저점을 제외하며, 소수점 이하의 숫자가 있는 경우에는 소수점 다섯째 자리에서 반올림하여 소수 넷째자리까지 산출함)

• 획득점수 = 각 위원별 평가점수의 합 ÷ 평가위원 수

1.6 낙찰자 선정 1.6.1 낙찰자 선정 방법

기술(규격) 심사 결과 적격자로 확정된 자에 한하여 가격입찰을 개찰하며, 가격입찰서 개찰 결과 예정가격 이하의 최저가격으로 입찰한 자를 낙찰자로 결정함. 단, 낙찰될 수 있는 동일가격으로 입찰한 자가 2인 이상인 때에는 규격 또는 기술우위자를 낙찰자로 결정하되, 규격 또는 기술평가 결과도 동일한 때에는 추첨에 의하여 낙찰자를 결정함

1.7 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 1부. (별도첨부)

===== 붙임12. 수출용신형연구로 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기 기자재구매 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함).hwp =====

수출용신형연구로 건설공사 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 제안요청서 /27

수출용 신형연구로 개발 및 실증사업

수출용신형연구로 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기 (NES Exhaust Fan)

제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 2026. 09. 수출용신형연구로실증사업단 Table of Contents Contents 1.0 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함)

1.1 제안서 작성
3

1.1.1 품명 및 사양
3

1.1.2 제안서 작성 순서
3

1.1.3 제안서 작성 일반사항
3

1.1.4 제안서의 효력
4

1.1.5 제안서 제출

1.2 제안서 평가항목 및 배점표
6

1.3 평가 세부기준
7

1.3.1 정량지표 세부 평가기준
7

1.3.2 정성지표 세부 평가기준
10

1.3.3 제출서류 목록 및 서식
14

1.0 제안요청서(평가세부기준 포함) 제안서 작성 1.1.1 품명 및 사양

품 명: 수출용신형연구로 건설공사 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan)

사 양: 과업지시서 참조 1.1.2 제안서 작성 순서

제안서는 다음의 평가항목 순서로 목차를 구성하여 작성한다.

평가항목 및 배점 구분 평가항목 평가 기준 배점 소계

정량
지표

신용도 ○ 신용평가등급별 배점 3 (20) 참여기술자 (8점) ○ 기술등급 4 ○ 경력 4 수행실적 ○ 최근 3년간 납품실적 4 보유시설 (5점) ○ 공장등록증 보유 여부 2 ○ 가공기계 및 시험/검사 장비 보유 3

정성
지표

제작이해도 ○ 업무수행 범위 및 목표 이해도 ○ 제안요청서와의 일치성 20 (80) 제작수행계획 (20점) ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성 15 ○ 추진일정의 적정성 5

제작수행 기술성
(25점)

○ 기기검사/검증시험 수행능력 15 ○ 제작 후 관리방안 10 제작기관 수행능력 ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력 5 품질보증 ○ 품질보증 체계 적합성 10 합 계 100 1.1.3 제안서 작성 일반사항

제안자는 입찰 안내서 및 제안요청서를 충분히 숙지하고 이를 준수하여야 한다.

제안자는 관련규정에 적합하게 설계, 제작될 수 있도록 계획을 작성한다.

제출 도서의 작성은 한글, 아라비아숫자, 미터법으로 표기한다.

(다만, 문구의 특성상 영문이 불가피한 경우 사용이 가능함)

제출 서류의 작성시 정량 평가 요소는 지정 서식에 따라 작성한다.

제안서는 명확한 용어를 사용하며, “~를 제공할 수도 있다”, “~이 가능하다”, “~를 고려하고 있다” 등 모호한 표현은 제안서 평가 시 불가능한 것으로 평가한다.

저작권법, 특허법 등 타인의 지적재산권을 침해하지 않도록 제안하여야 한다.

공고에 포함되지 않은 사항은 제안요청서에 따르며, 그 외에 명시되지 않은 사항은 한국원자력연구원의 결정에 따라 작성한다.

실적증명서 등 사실 확인을 요하는 사항에 대하여는 해당 증명서 또는 계약서 사본(원본대조필 날인)을 첨부한 것에 한하여 인정한다.

컨소시엄(공동, 분담)은 불허하며, 하도급은 제안서에 명시되어야 하며, 계약자의 신청에 의해 발주자의 승인 후 수행이 가능하다.

1.1.4 제안서의 효력

제안서의 내용은 제안사가 사업자로 선정된 후 계약서에 명시 되지 않더라도 계약서의 일부로서 효력이 있다.

제출된 제안서의 내용은 발주기관의 요청에 의해서만 변경할 수 있으며, 계약체결 시 계약의 일부로서 효력이 있다.

발주기관의 필요에 따라 입찰참가자에 대한 추가 제안/자료를 요청할 수 있으며, 이에 따라 제출된 자료는 제안서와 동일한 효력을 가지며 계약의 일부로 효력을 가진다.

계약의 이행과정에서 발생하는 산출물은 계약서에 별도의 명시가 없더라도 한국원자력연구원이 소유권을 갖는다.

제안서의 모든 기재사항은 객관적으로 입증할 수 있는 관련증빙서류를 첨부하여야 하며, 제출된 자료 중 일부라도 허위가 있을 경우 평가대상에서 제외 함은 물론 계약체결 후라도 계약해지와 함께 민·형사상 책임을 져야한다.

1.1.5 제안서 제출

제안서는 제출기간 내에 일괄 제출하여야 하며, 제출된 서류는 사업자 선정 여부와 관계없이 일체 반환하지 않는다.

제출 서류는 어떠한 경우에도 수정, 보완, 변경이 불가하다. (누락 서류 제출시 보고)

기술(규격)입찰서에는 반드시 제안사의 대표자가 서명 날인 하여야 한다.

다음의 각호에 해당하는 경우, 실격처리 또는 계약을 취소할 수 있으며, 이에 따른 변상 등의 손해에 대해서는 제안자(또는 계약자)의 책임으로 한다.

제1호. 등록구비서류에 허위 사실을 기재하거나, 중대한 미비 사항이 있을 경우

제2호. 제안한 내용과 달리 사업이 수행되거나, 현저하게 사업목적을 충족시키지 못하는 경우

제3호. 자격이 미달되거나, 저작권 등에 위배한 경우

본 제안요청서에 거론되지 않은 사항에 대하여는 「국가를 당사자로 하는 계약에 관한 법률」등 관련 법령을 적용한다.

제안서 평가항목 및 배점표

▣ 제작명:수출용신형연구로 건설공사 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan)

구분 평가항목 평가 기준 배점 소계 비고 기술능력평가 (1)

정량적
평가

신용도 ○ 신용평가등급별 배점 3 (20) 제출

서류
평가

참여기술자 (8점) ○ 기술등급 4 ○ 경력 4 수행실적 ○ 최근 3년간 납품실적 4 보유시설 (5점) ○ 공장등록증 보유 여부 2 ○ 가공기계 및 시험/검사 장비 보유 3 (2)

정성적
평가

제작이해도 ○ 업무수행 범위 및 목표 이해도 ○ 제안요청서와의 일치성 20 (80) 제출

서류 및 발표
평가

제작수행계획 및 능력 (20점) ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성 15 ○ 추진일정의 적정성 5

제작수행 기술성
(25점)

○ 기기검사/검증시험 수행능력 15 ○ 제작 후 관리방안 10 제작기관 수행능력 ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력 5 품질보증 ○ 품질보증 체계 적합성 10 합 계 100 평가 세부기준 1.3.1 정량지표 세부 평가기준 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 1.신용도 ○ 신용평가등급

○ ‘신용정보의 이용 및 보호에 관한 법률’ 제4조 제1항 제1호 내지 제3호의 업무를 영위하는 신용정보업자가 입찰공고일 이전에 평가한 유효한 기간 내에 있는 회사채, 기업어음, 기업신용평가등급을 기준으로 평가하며, 가장 최근의 신용평가등급으로 평가

[3] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항>

○ 제출서류 : 입찰공고일 현재 유효한 신용평가등급 확인서

[입찰 참가용으로 사용이 불가한 확인서는 제외하며, 확인되지 않은 경우 최저등급으로 평가함]

○ 신용평가 등급에 따른 평가 기준표 회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 기업어음에 대한 신용평가등급 기업신용평가등급 배점한도 [3점] AAA, AA+, AA0, AA, A+A0,A-, BBB+,BBB0 이상 A1, A2+, A20, A2-, A3+, A30 이상

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 A+에 준하는 등급 ~

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 BBB0에 준하는 등급

(3.00) (배점의100%) BBB-,BB+,BB0, BB- A3-, B+, B0

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 BB-에 준하는 등급

(2.85) (배점의95%) B+, B0, B- B-

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 B-에 준하는 등급

(2.70) (배점의90%) CCC+ 이하 C 이하

회사채에 대한 신용평가등급 CCC+에 준하는 등급 이하

(2.1) (배점의70%)

*등급별 평점이 소수점 이하의 숫자가 있는 경우 소수점 다섯째자리에서 반올림 함.

평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 2.참여 기술자 [8] (1) 기술등급 ○ 자격 및 등급에 따라 평가 평가방법: Σ참여기술자 점수/참여기술자수 자격 특급기술자 이상 고급기술자 중급기술자 초급기술자 점수 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 (4) (2) 경력 ○ 누계경력기간에 따라 평가 평가방법: Σ참여기술자 점수/참여기술자수 기간 15년 이상 15년미만 ~10년이상 10년미만 ~5년이상 5년미만 점수 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 (4) <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항>

○ 참여기술자는 총 5인 이상으로 구성되어야 하며, 품질(QA) 분야의 경우 전문 분야에서의 경력을 보유한 인력이여야 함.

○ 참여 기술자는 납품 후 설치 및 시운전 관련 업무에 필수적으로 지원 필요.

○ 경력은 관련분야의 누계 경력임. ○ 제출서류

• 투입예정기술자의 기술등급, 경력, 실적 총괄표 【서식2】

• 투입예정기술자의 개인별 상세설계경력, 설계실적 【서식3】

• 한국건설기술인협회, 한국엔지니어링진흥협회 발행 경력증명서 첨부 (기술등급 평가에 활용)

• 경력기간에 해당하는 회사에서 발급한 재직증명서, 경력증명서 각 1부 첨부

(해당회사에서 발급한 경력증명서는 누계경력기간 평가에 참고 자료로 활용되며, 기술등급에 따른 평가 자료로는 불인정함)

○ 입찰공고일 현재 파견근로자(당원 및 타 기관포함)는 평가대상 인력에서 제외함

○ 기술 등급: [별첨1]의 기술등급 및 자격기준 참고

평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 3.수행 실적 ○ 관련분야 기기 계약 및 납품 실적 ○ 최근 3년간 납품실적 실적 누계 해당사업금액 100% 이상 해당사업금액 90% 이상 해당사업금액 80% 이상 해당사업금액 70% 이하 점수 4 (배점의100%) 3.6 (배점의90%) 3.2 (배점의80%) 2.8 (배점의70%) [4] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> ○ 제출서류 - 해당품목 관련한 공급 실적 【서식4】

• 발주처 발행 준공실적 증명서 【서식4-1】 및 계약서 사본 첨부

○ 실적은 입찰 공고일 기준으로 최근 3년간 사업수행실적(금액기준)을 합산적용.

단, 입찰공고일을 기준으로 최근7년 이내에 사업을 개시한 창업기업의에 대해서는 최근

7년간 사업 사업수행실적을 합산적용. ○ 해외실적 및 하도급 실적 인정 <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 4. 보유시설 [5점] ○ 사업수행에 요구되는 시설보유의 적절성평가 ○ 공장등록증 보유 여부 보유 미보유 2 0 (2) ○ 가공기계 및 시험/검사 장비의 보유 20대이상 15대 10대 7대 5대 미보유 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.0 (3) ○ 제출서류 - 공장등록증

• 가공기계 (용접 및 제관설비 포함) 및 시험/측정 장비 목록(사진 대지포함)

1.3.2 정성지표 세부 평가기준 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 1.제작 이해도 ○ 제작 이해도

○ 제작업무 수행 범위 및 목표에 대한 이해도

○ 제안요청서와의 일치성 구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 (20) 배점의100% (18) 90% (16) 80% (14) 70% (12) 60% [20] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항>

○ 제작업무 수행 범위 및 목표에 대한 이해도 평가

• 각 품목별 적용코드 및 수행역무 범위에 대한 이해도

- 각 품목별 연계요건에 대한 이해도 ○ 제안요청서와의 일치성

• 제안요청서와 일치 사항 및 불일치 사항을 구분하여 목록 작성 (불일치 사항 경우 방안 제시)

○ 제출서류

• 각 품목별 재료목록 (Billl of Materials)

• 각 품목별 제안도면 (Proposal Drawing)

<참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 2.제작 수행계획 및 능력 [20] ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성

○ 계약 수행에 적절한 체계적 계획이 제시되고, 일정이 우리연구원 사업일정에 부합하는지 평가

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 15 (배점의100%) 13.5 (90%) 12 (80%) 10.5 (70%) 9 (60%) (15) ○ 추진 일정의 적정성

○ 계약 수행에 체계적 일정이 제시되는지 평가

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 5 (배점의100%) 4.5 (90%) 4 (80%) 3.5 (70%) 3 (60%) (5) ○ 추진방법 및 체계의 타당성 만족 - 과업 업무 수행 방법론 제시 - 제작 수행 체계의 명확성 제시 - 추진전략 및 결과물의 타당성 제시 ○ 추진 일정의 적정성 - 과업 수행 계획 및 일정 제시 - 각 일정 별 인력 투입 계획 제시 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 3.제작수행 기술성 [25] ○ 기기검사 /검증시험 수행능력 ○ 검사/시험 장비의 보유 및 운영능력, 구조건전성 평가 수행 능력 구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 15 (베점의100%) 13.5 (90%) 12 (80%) 10.5 (70%) 9 (60%) (15) ○ 제작 후 관리방안 ○ 제작품 운송 계획의 적정성

납품 완료 시 설치 후 사용전검사 수행방안 제시

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 10 (배점의100%) 9 (90%) 8 (80%) 7 (70%) 6 (60%) (10) <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> ○ 기기 검사/시험 수행능력 평가

• 각 품목별 제작 치수 검사 및 제작 단계별 기능시험 수행 계획 제시

• 구조건전성평가(지진해석 포함) 수행계획 제시

○ 제작 후 관리방안 - 각 품목별 운송 및 현장설치 방안 제시 - 연계구조물 설치 시 정렬방안 제시 - 설치 단계별 기능시험 방안 제시 - 사용 전 검사 수행 방안 제시 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 4.제작기관 수행능력 ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력

○ 계약 수행에 적절한 조직이 제시되고, 업무 수행능력이 적절한지 평가

구분 매우우수 우수 보통 미흡 매우미흡 점수 5 (배점의100%) 4.5 (90%) 4 (80%) 3.5 (70%) 3 (60%) [5] <참가업체 제출서류 및 참고사항> ○ 조직구성 및 업무능력 - 조직도 제시 - 사업책임자의 동등 이상 제작 참여 경험 - 분야별 인력구성 및 배분의 적정성 - 조직 및 인원의 기술 수준 평가항목 평가요소 세부 평가방법 배점 5.품질보증 [10] ○ 품질 보증체계 적합성

○ 본 사업에 적용될 품질보증절차서 및 작업절차서 수립 현황 절대평가

○ 본 사업에 적용될 품질보증절차서 및 작업절차서 수립 현황, 각 절차서 표지 및 목차(서명 포함) 제시 【서식 5】

품질보증/작업 절차서 만족 미흡 미수립 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2)

○ 내/외부 품질보증감사 이행 및 외부 품질보증감사 수검 현황 절대평가

○ 내/외부 품질보증감사 이행 현황, 외부 품질보증 감사 수검 현황, 최근 3년간의 감사계획 및 이행 실적 제시 【서식 5】

품질보증감사 만족 미흡 미이행 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2) ○ 품질부서장 품질교육 이수 현황 절대평가

○ 최근 3년간의 품질부서장 품질보증교육 실적 및 해당 교육훈련기록 제시 【서식 5】

품질부서장 품질교육 만족 미흡 미이수 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2) ○ 품질보증교육 이행 현황 절대평가

○ 최근 1년간의 품질보증교육 실적 및 해당 교육훈련 기록 제시 【서식 5】

전직원 품질교육 만족 미흡 미실시 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2)

○ 품질보증인력 및 품질검사인력에 대한 절대평가

○ 품질보증인력 및 품질검사인력 현황 제시 【서식 5】

품질보증/검사 인력 만족 미흡 인력 부재 점 수 2.0 1.0 0.0 (2) 1.3.3 제출서류 목록 및 서식 서식 1-1.

수출용신형연구로 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan) 상세설계 및 제조

기술제안서 2026. 00. 00. 제안사명: 주식회사 OOO 대표: OOO 서식 1-2. 기술제안서(요약) 1. 입찰명

수출용신형연구로 건설공사 자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan)

2. 제안사 일반사항 회사명 사업자등록번호 대표자 주소

(대표)전화번호 :
이메일 :

3. 주요연혁 (요약) 4. 사업책임자 ① 성명 및 직위: ② 해당분야 경력 기간: 00년 00개월 ③ 연락처: 전화번호/ E-mail 5. 투입 인력현황

본 사업관련 업무수행 인력을 일(Man Day) 단위로 기재

서식 1-3. 서 약 서 제안사명: 사업자등록번호: 주 소: 연락처(대표):

당사는 한국원자력연구원에서 추진하는『자연증발계통 배기용 송풍기(NES Exhaust Fan)』 입찰에 참가하며 아래와 같이 제반 사항을 준수할 것을 서약합니다.

가. 제출된 모든 관련 증빙서류는 성실하게 작성·제출하며, 만일 허위 기재사항 등이 확인될 경우에는 참가자격에서 제외되어도 아무런 이의를 제기하지 않겠습니다.

나. 제안서 평가를 위해 구성된 평가위원회의 평가방법 및 기준, 평가결과에 어떠한 이의 제기도 하지 않겠습니다.

2026. 00. 00.

서 약 자 : 제안사명
(인)

한국원자력연구원장 귀하 서식 2. 투입예정 기술자의 자격, 경력 총괄표 성 명 (생년월일)

본 과업
참여분야

(직위)

최종학교
(학위)

전공 자격증 자격증

해당 전문분야 경력
( 년 월)

기술자
등급

종류 취득일

전체경력
( 년 월)

갑(예시) 사업책임 기술자 0년 0월 0년 0월 을(예시) 참여기술자 0년 0월 0년 0월

주) 1. 본 과업 참여분야는 사업책임기술자, 참여기술자로 구분 작성.

2. 해당 전문분야 경력은 기계, 전기, 전자, 및 원자력관련 분야 설계, 제작, 및 설치/시운전 경력을 기재할 것.

3. 【서식3】의 사업책임기술자, 참여기술자에 대한 설계경력을 집계하여 총괄표로 작성함.

4. 설계경력의 총참여기간 합계 작성시 년,월기준이며 일수는 한달기준으로 반올림하여 년,월까지만 작성함.

5. 참여기술자의 자격, 경력은 경력관리수탁기관(엔지니어링진흥협회, 건설기술인협회)의 확인을 받은것에 한함(단, 경력관리수탁기관의 확인 대상이 아닌 경우는 제출된 증빙서류로 평가함)

6. 기술자 등급, 자격, 학력, 경력 등은 근거 및 증빙서류를 첨부할 것.

서식 3. 투입예정 기술자의 해당분야 자격, 경력 ○ 자격 및 경력

주) 1. 투입 예정기술자의 자격 및 경력은 경력관리수탁기관(한국건설기술인협회, 한국엔지니어링진흥 협회)의 확인을 받은 것에 한함. (한국건설기술인협회, 한국엔지니어링진흥협회 발행 경력증명서 첨부, 해당 회사에서 발급한 경력증명서는 불인정 함)

성명 소속 본 과업 참여 분야(직위) 연령 만 세 최종학교 (학위)

(
)

전공 기술자 등 급 취득년․월․일

.
.
.

자격증 (분야 및 종류) 취득일 전체 경력

년
월

해당전문분야 기술경력

년
월

2. 설계경력의 총참여기간 합계 작성시 년, 월 기준이며 일수는 한달 기준으로 반올림하여 년월까지만 작성함.

3. 기술등급은 엔지니어링 사업대가 기준([별첨 1])에 따름.

4. 사업책임기술자, 참여기술자의 개인별로 각각 연도순으로 작성.

5. 입찰공고일 현재 파견근로자(당원 및 타 기관 포함)는 평가대상 인력에서 제외함.

서식 4. 사업 수행실적 ○ 최근 3년 이내 사업 수행 실적 년 도 사 업 명 사업기간 계약금액 (천원, 부가세 별도) 발주처 비고 수행실적 총 건 총 금액

주)
1. 실적은 일반 기계설비 제작 및 전기 전자적인 자동제어 관련 실적 및 원자력 분야 관련 실적을 대상으로 하여야 하며 입찰 공고일 기준으로 최근 3년 이내 사업 실적으로서, 공급계약 및 납품실적 건에 한함.

2. 실적 기준은 사업수행실적(금액기준)을 합산 적용

3. 실적 증빙서류는 발주처, 원도급자, 한국엔지니어링협회 등에서 발급한 해당분야 실적 증빙서류 사본 또는 계약서 사본을 첨부.

○ 검증된 기술 및 디지털 기술 적용 년 도 사 업 명 사업기간 계약금액 (천원, 부가세 별도) 발주처 비고 수행실적 총 건 총 금액 ○ 검증실적 년 도 사 업 명 사업기간 계약금액 (천원, 부가세 별도) 발주처 비고 수행실적 총 건 총 금액 서식 4-1. 실적증명서

주)
1. 이행실적 증명은 본 양식에 발급기관(/기업)의 확인을 필 한 원본이 제시되어야 함.

신청인 업 체 명 대 표 자 소 재 지 전화번호 사업자번호 증명서용도 입찰 참여 신청용 제 출 처 한국원자력연구원 사업범위 및 기준 (면적, 금액 등) 사업 이행 실적 내용 사 업 명 실적 구분 사업개요 계약번호 계약일자 계약기간 계약금액 (부가세 별도) 이행실적 비 고 비율 실적 % 증명서 발급 기관 (/기업) 위 사실을 증명함

년
월
일

기관(/기업)명 :
(인) (전화번호 :
)

주 소 : (FAX번호:
)

발급부서 :

담당자 :
(인)

2. 이행실적은 입찰공고시에 제시한 사업범위 및 기준 등의 조건에 부합되는 실적에 한하며, 공동계약으로 이행하였을 경우에는 비율과 이행실적을 기재하여야 함.

3. 이행실적증명서의 증빙서류로서 계약서(사본) 및 세금계산서(사본)을 제시하여야 함.

4. 계약금액에 부가세 별도 여부 명시

※ 본 양식의 동일한 내용이 포함된 발급기관의 고유 서식도 인정함

서식 5. 품질시스템 현황 1. 품질보증시스템 수립 1) 품질보증절차서 현황

※ 첨부 : 상기 항목이 모두 포함된 목록 1부.

품질보증절차서 작성일자 관리부서 제목 절차서번호 개정번호 최초 최신 개정 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 2) 작업절차서 현황

※ 첨부 : 상기 항목이 모두 포함된 목록 1부.

작업절차서 작성일자 관리부서 제목 절차서번호 개정번호 최초 최신 개정 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 년 월 일 2. 내/외부 품질보증감사

1) 내/외부 품질보증감사 이행 현황(최근 3년간)

※ 첨부 : 각 감사보고서 1부. 구분 (내부/외부) 감사대상분야 감사수행기관 감사기간 감사결과 (지적/권고) 비고

2) 외부 품질보증감사 수검 현황(최근 3년간)

※ 첨부 : 각 감사보고서 각 1부. 감사대상분야 감사수행기관 감사기간 감사결과 (지적/권고) 비고 3. 품질보증 교육훈련

1) 품질부서장 품질보증교육 실적(최근 3년간)

※ 첨부 : 해당 교육훈련기록(수료증 등) 1부.

교육주관기관 교육과정 교육일정 교육시간 2) 품질보증교육 실적(최근 1년간)

※ 첨부 : 해당 교육훈련기록(서명록 등) 1부.

교육과정 교육일정 교육대상 수강인원 교육시간 명 명 4. 품질보증 및 품질검사 인력 품질보증요원 성명 직급 경력

※ 첨부 : 회사 조직도(부서의 인원수 포함) 1부.

품질검사요원 성명 직급 경력 별첨 1. 기술자 등급 및 자격기준 가. 기술계 엔지니어링기술자 구 분 국가기술자격자 및 학력자 기준 기술사

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기술사 자격을 가진 사람

특 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를10년 이상 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련

업무를 13년 이상 수행한 사람 고 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를

7년 이상 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련

업무를 10년 이상 수행한 사람 중 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를

4년 이상 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 해당 전문분야의 관련

업무를 7년 이상 수행한 사람 초 급 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기사자격을 가진 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사자격을 가진 사람으로서 2년 이상 해당 전문분야의

관련 업무를 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 석사학위를 가진 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 학사학위를 가진 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 전문대학을 졸업한 사람으로서 3년 이상 해당 전문분야의

관련 업무를 수행한 사람 나. 숙련 기술계 엔지니어링기술자 구 분 국가기술자격자 및 학력자 기준 고급숙련 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기능장 자격을 가진 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사 자격을 가진 사람으로서 4년 이상 해당 기능

분야의 관련 업무를 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기능사 자격을 가진 사람으로서 7년 이상 해당 전문분야의

관련 업무를 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기능사보 자격을 가진 사람으로서 10년 이상 해당 전문분야

의 관련 업무를 수행한 사람 중급숙련 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 산업기사 자격을 가진 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기능사 자격을 가진 사람으로서 3년 이상 해당 전문분야의

관련 업무를 수행한 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기능사보 자격을 가진 사람으로서 5년 이상 해당 전문분야

의 관련 업무를 수행한 사람 초급숙련 기술자

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기능사 자격을 가진 사람

◦ 해당 전문분야의 관련 기능사보 자격을 가진 사람으로서 2년 이상 해당 전문분야

의 관련 업무를 수행한 사람

◦ 고등학교를 졸업한 사람으로서 1년 이상 해당 전문분야의 관련 업무를 수행한 사람

※ 비고

가) 위 표의 ‘국가기술자격자란’ 의 각 자격은 『국가기술자격법 시행령』 에 따른 국가기술자격의 종목 중 별표1의 2 전문분야와 관련되는 종목의 국가기술자격을 말한다.

나) 위 표에서 ‘학력자란’ 의 각 학력은 다음의 어느 하나에 해당하는 학력을 말한다.

(1) 『초∙중등교육법』 또는 『고등교육법』 에 따른 학교에서 엔지니어링기술관련 학과의 이수와

졸업에 따라 취득한 학력

(2) 그 밖의 관계 법령에 따른 국내외에서 받은 (1)과 같은 수준 이상의 학력

다) 위 표에서 ‘해당 전문분야’란 별표1의 2 전문분야를 말한다

별첨 2. (1)정량지표 평가표 ▣ 품 명 : ▣ 제안사명 : 평가항목 평가요소 배점 심사 점수 비고 신용도 [3] 참여 기술자 [8] 수행실적 [4] 보유시설 [5] 평점 계

년
월
일

평가위원:
(인)

(2)정성지표 평가표 ▣ 품 명 : ▣ 제안사명 : 평가항목 평가요소 배점 심사 점수 비고 제작 이해도 [20] 1.1.2 (2) 평가항목 및 배점 참조 제작 수행계획 [20] 제작수행기술성 [25] 제작기관 수행능력 [5] 품질보증 [10] 평점 계

년
월
일

평가위원: < 기술평가 결과 집계표 > ☐ 사 업 명 : 수출용신형연구로 건설공사 □ 평 가 기 관 : 한국원자력연구원 □ 평 가 위 원 : 실명은 비공개 □ 평 가 점 수

*제안서 평가 후 개별업체 평가결과표 통보예정(단 평가자 실명은 미공개)

구 분 회사명 : 평가자A 평가자B 평가자C 평가자D 평가자E 비 고 정량적 평가 신용도 참여기술자 수행실적 보유시설 정성적 평가 제작이해도 제작수행 계획 제작수행 기술성 제작수행 능력 품질보증 개별점수(위원별) 종합점수 (최고점 및 최소점 제외 평균점수) 평가결과 적합 ㆍ 부적합

*전자조달 시스템 또는 수요기관 정보처리장치 등을 통해 3일이상 공개 후 개찰진행 예정